Migratory Bird Hunting; Proposed 2020-21 Frameworks for Migratory Bird Hunting Regulations, 15870-15907 [2020-04918]
Download as PDF
15870
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service
50 CFR Part 20
[Docket No. FWS–HQ–MB–2019–0004;
FF09M21200–201–FXMB1231099BPP0]
RIN 1018–BD89
Migratory Bird Hunting; Proposed
2020–21 Frameworks for Migratory
Bird Hunting Regulations
Fish and Wildlife Service,
Interior.
ACTION: Proposed rule; supplemental.
AGENCY:
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service (Service or we) is proposing to
establish the 2020–21 hunting
regulations for certain migratory game
birds. We annually prescribe
frameworks, or outer limits, for dates
and times when hunting may occur and
the number of birds that may be taken
and possessed in hunting seasons.
These frameworks are necessary to
allow State selections of seasons and
limits and to allow harvest at levels
compatible with migratory game bird
population status and habitat
conditions. Migratory game bird hunting
seasons provide opportunities for
recreation and sustenance and aid
Federal, State, and Tribal governments
in the management of migratory game
birds.
SUMMARY:
You must submit comments on
the proposed migratory bird hunting
frameworks by April 20, 2020.
ADDRESSES: Comments: You may submit
comments on the proposals by one of
the following methods:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://
www.regulations.gov. Follow the
instructions for submitting comments
on Docket No. FWS–HQ–MB–2019–
0004.
• U.S. mail or hand delivery: Public
Comments Processing, Attn: FWS–HQ–
MB–2019–0004; U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, MS: JAO/1N, 5275 Leesburg
Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041–3803.
We will post all comments on https://
www.regulations.gov. This generally
means that we will post any personal
information you provide us (see Review
of Public Comments and Flyway
Council Recommendations, below, for
more information).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Jerome Ford, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Department of the Interior,
(202) 208–1050.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
DATES:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Process for Establishing Annual
Migratory Game Bird Hunting
Regulations
As part of the Department of the
Interior’s retrospective regulatory
review, in 2015 we developed a
schedule for migratory game bird
hunting regulations that is more
efficient and establishes hunting season
dates earlier than was possible under
the previous process. Under the current
process, we develop proposed hunting
season frameworks for a given year in
the fall of the prior year. We then
finalize those frameworks a few months
later, thereby enabling the State
agencies to select and publish their
season dates in early summer. We
provided a detailed overview of the
current process in the August 3, 2017,
Federal Register (82 FR 36308). This
proposed rule is the second in a series
of proposed and final rules for the
establishment of the 2020–21 migratory
bird hunting seasons.
Regulations Schedule for 2020
On October 15, 2019, we published a
proposal to amend title 50 of the Code
of Federal Regulations (CFR) at part 20
(84 FR 55120). The proposal provided a
background and overview of the
migratory bird hunting regulations
process, and addressed the
establishment of seasons, limits, and
other regulations for hunting migratory
game birds under §§ 20.101 through
20.107, 20.109, and 20.110 of subpart K.
This document is the second in a series
of proposed and final rules for migratory
game bird hunting regulations. Major
steps in the 2020–21 regulatory cycle
relating to open public meetings and
Federal Register notifications were
illustrated in the diagram at the end of
the October 15, 2019, proposed rule. For
this regulatory cycle, we have combined
elements of the document that is
described in the diagram as
Supplemental Proposals with the
document that is described as Proposed
Season Frameworks.
Further, in the October 15, 2019,
proposed rule we explained that all
sections of subsequent documents
outlining hunting frameworks and
guidelines were organized under
numbered headings. Those headings
are:
1. Ducks
A. General Harvest Strategy
B. Regulatory Alternatives
C. Zones and Split Seasons
D. Special Seasons/Species Management
i. September Teal Seasons
ii. September Teal/Wood Duck Seasons
iii. Black Ducks
iv. Canvasbacks
v. Pintails
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
vi. Scaup
vii. Mottled Ducks
viii. Wood Ducks
ix. Youth and Veterans-Active Military
Personnel Hunting Days
x. Mallard Management Units
xi. Other
2. Sea Ducks
3. Mergansers
4. Canada Geese
A. Special Early Seasons
B. Regular Seasons
C. Special Late Seasons
5. White-fronted Geese
6. Brant
7. Snow and Ross’s (Light) Geese
8. Swans
9. Sandhill Cranes
10. Coots
11. Moorhens and Gallinules
12. Rails
13. Snipe
14. Woodcock
15. Band-tailed Pigeons
16. Doves
17. Alaska
18. Hawaii
19. Puerto Rico
20. Virgin Islands
21. Falconry
22. Other
This and subsequent documents will
refer only to numbered items requiring
attention. We will omit those items not
requiring attention, and remaining
numbered items may be discontinuous
and appear incomplete.
We provided the meeting dates and
locations for the Service Regulations
Committee (SRC) and Flyway Council
meetings on Flyway calendars posted on
our website at https://www.fws.gov/
birds/management/flyways.php. The
October 15, 2019, proposed rule
provided detailed information on the
proposed 2020–21 regulatory schedule
and announced the SRC meetings. On
October 8–9, 2019, we held open
meetings with the Flyway Council
Consultants, at which the participants
reviewed information on the current
status of migratory game birds and
developed recommendations for the
2020–21 regulations for these species.
This document deals specifically with
proposed frameworks for the migratory
bird hunting regulations. It will lead to
final frameworks from which States may
select season dates, shooting hours,
areas, and limits. We have considered
all pertinent comments received
through November 2019, which
includes comments submitted in
response to our October 15 proposed
rulemaking document and comments
from the October SRC meeting. In
addition, new proposals for certain
regulations are provided for public
comment. The comment period is
specified above under DATES. We will
publish final regulatory frameworks for
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
migratory game bird hunting in the
Federal Register around June, 2020.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Population Status and Harvest
Each year we publish reports that
provide detailed information on the
status and harvest of certain migratory
gamebird species. These reports are
available at the address indicated under
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT or
from our website at https://
www.fws.gov/birds/surveys-and-data/
reports-and-publications/populationstatus.php.
We used the following annual reports
published in August 2019 in the
development of proposed frameworks
for the migratory bird hunting
regulations: Adaptive Harvest
Management, 2020 Hunting Season;
American Woodcock Population Status,
2019; Band-tailed Pigeon Population
Status, 2019; Migratory Bird Hunting
Activity and Harvest During the 2017–
18 and 2018–19 Hunting Seasons;
Mourning Dove Population Status, 2019;
Status and Harvests of Sandhill Cranes,
Mid-continent, Rocky Mountain, Lower
Colorado River Valley and Eastern
Populations, 2019; and Waterfowl
Population Status, 2019.
Our long-term objectives continue to
include providing opportunities to
harvest portions of certain migratory
game bird populations and to limit
harvests to levels compatible with each
population’s ability to maintain healthy,
viable numbers. Having taken into
account the zones of temperature and
the distribution, abundance, economic
value, breeding habits, and times and
lines of flight of migratory birds, we
believe that the proposed hunting
seasons provided for herein are
compatible with the current status of
migratory bird populations and longterm population goals. Additionally, we
are obligated to, and do, give serious
consideration to all information
received during the public comment
period.
Review of Public Comments and
Flyway Council Recommendations
The preliminary proposed
rulemaking, which appeared in the
October 15, 2019, Federal Register,
opened the public comment period for
migratory game bird hunting regulations
and described the proposed regulatory
alternatives for the 2020–21 duck
hunting season. Comments and
recommendations are summarized
below and numbered in the order used
in the October 15, 2019, proposed rule.
We received recommendations from
all four Flyway Councils. Some
recommendations supported
continuation of last year’s frameworks.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Due to the comprehensive nature of the
annual review of the frameworks
performed by the Councils, support for
continuation of last year’s frameworks is
assumed for items for which no
recommendations were received.
Council recommendations for changes
in the frameworks are summarized
below. As explained earlier in this
document, we have included only the
numbered items pertaining to issues for
which we received recommendations.
Consequently, the issues do not follow
in successive numerical order.
We seek additional information and
comments on the recommendations in
this supplemental proposed rule. New
proposals and modifications to
previously described proposals are
discussed below. Wherever possible,
they are discussed under headings
corresponding to the numbered items in
the October 15, 2019, proposed rule.
General
Written Comments: Four commenters
expressed interest in a longer duck
season in the Pacific and Mississippi
Flyways; a commenter expressed
support for youth waterfowl hunting
longer than one day and more than one
week before the regular duck season;
and a commenter expressed concern
that penalties for regulation violations
may be inadequate to dissuade
violations.
Service Response: In regard to longer
duck seasons, we develop duck hunting
regulations cooperatively with the four
Flyway Councils and use an adaptive
harvest management (AHM) decision
framework that allows selection of the
optimal regulation each year based on
agreed-upon objectives, regulatory
alternatives, population models,
observed and expected harvest, habitat
conditions, and the status of duck
populations (see 1. Ducks, below, for
more details on the process for
establishing duck hunting regulations).
Public comments are considered in
developing and revising these AHM
protocols. Also, recent duck seasons in
the Pacific Flyway are 107 days, which
is the maximum season length allowed
by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act.
Finally, Federal guidelines currently
allow States to offer 2 special youth
waterfowl hunting days and these days
can be up to 14 days before the regular
duck season.
Regarding law enforcement, this rule
proposes frameworks, or outside limits,
for migratory bird hunting. States then
select hunting seasons within these
outside limits to allow harvest at levels
compatible with migratory bird
population status and habitat
conditions. States subsequently
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15871
establish regulations consistent with
these season selections. Enforcement of
migratory bird hunting regulations is a
shared responsibility between State and
Federal Government agencies, and
penalties for violations of these
regulations are established under
separate State and Federal rule making
processes. The Service’s Division of
Migratory Bird Management discusses
regulatory issues with law enforcement
personnel to ensure that proposed
regulations are enforceable.
1. Ducks
A. General Harvest Strategy
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended
adoption of the liberal regulatory
alternative for their respective flyways.
The Mississippi and Central Flyway
Councils further recommended several
changes to the AHM decision
framework for mid-continent mallards
beginning with the 2021–2022 (next)
season. Specifically, the Mississippi
Flyway Council made the following
recommendations:
(1) Continue to base the annual
regulatory decision on current mallard
breeding population estimates and
spring pond counts in central North
America (Federal Waterfowl Breeding
Population and Habitat Survey
[WBPHS] strata 13–18, 20–50, and 75–
77), and in Michigan, Minnesota, and
Wisconsin (State surveys).
(2) Remove the North American
Waterfowl Management Plan (NAWMP)
mallard population goal from the AHM
objective function.
(3) Replace the current four discrete
models with a model parameterization
based on the estimation results from an
annually updated integrated population
model.
(4) For the three AHM regulatory
open-season alternatives, provide a
duck hunting season framework start
date of the Saturday nearest September
24 and an end date of 31 January.
(5) Allow no other changes from
current AHM regulatory alternatives
until additional work on revisions to
other species’ strategies are completed.
(6) Allow no changes to current bag
limits or harvest strategies for duck
species other than mallards until
additional work on revisions to other
species’ strategies are completed.
The Central Flyway Council
recommendations were consistent with
Mississippi Flyway Council
recommendations 1–4 and 6, but the
Central Flyway Council also
recommended that the bag limit for
male mallards in the moderate and
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
15872
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
liberal regulatory alternatives for the
Central Flyway be increased by one
bird, so that the male mallard bag limit
would be the same as the overall duck
bag limit of six birds. This
recommendation is in opposition to
Mississippi Flyway Council
recommendation 5.
Service Response: As we stated in the
October 15, 2019, proposed rule, we
intend to continue use of AHM to help
determine appropriate duck-hunting
regulations for the 2020–21 season.
AHM is a tool that permits sound
resource decisions in the face of
uncertain regulatory impacts and
provides a mechanism for reducing that
uncertainty over time. We use an AHM
protocol (decision framework) to
evaluate four regulatory alternatives,
each with a different expected harvest
level, and choose the optimal regulation
for duck hunting based on the status
and demographics of mallards for the
Mississippi, Central, and Pacific
Flyways, and based on the status and
demographics of a suite of four species
(eastern waterfowl) in the Atlantic
Flyway (see below, and the earlier
referenced report ‘‘Adaptive Harvest
Management, 2020 Hunting Season’’ for
more details). We have specific AHM
protocols for species of special concern,
including black ducks, scaup, and
pintails, that guide appropriate bag
limits and season lengths for these
species within the general duck season.
These protocols use the same outside
season dates and lengths as those
alternatives for the 2020–21 duck
hunting season.
For the 2020–21 hunting season, we
will continue to use independent
optimizations to determine the
appropriate regulatory alternative for
mallard stocks in the Mississippi,
Central, and Pacific Flyways and for
eastern waterfowl in the Atlantic
Flyway. This means that we will
develop regulations for mid-continent
mallards, western mallards, and eastern
waterfowl independently based on the
breeding stock that contributes
primarily to each Flyway. We detailed
implementation of AHM protocols for
mid-continent and western mallards in
the July 24, 2008, Federal Register (73
FR 43290), and for eastern waterfowl in
the September 21, 2018, Federal
Register (83 FR 47868).
Regarding the Mississippi and Central
Flyway Councils’ recommendations for
changes to the mid-continent mallard
AHM protocol for next season, the
Service has used an AHM protocol since
1995 to determine appropriate hunting
season regulations for mid-continent
mallards. The protocol includes (1) an
objective function that devalues harvest
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
if predicted population size of midcontinent mallards is below the
population goal described in the
NAWMP; (2) a set of four discrete
models that incorporates the effects of
harvest and mallard density on
population demographics; and (3) a set
of four regulatory alternatives. During
the past five years, the Service and the
Mississippi and Central Flyway
Councils have undertaken a revision
process to examine both the objectives
of harvest management for the midcontinent mallard population, and the
appropriateness of the models used to
estimate changes in their demographics.
As a result of this review, the two
Flyway Councils have recommended
changes to the mid-continent mallard
AHM protocol.
We agree with the Mississippi and
Central Flyway Councils’
recommendations for changes to the
mid-continent mallard AHM protocol
beginning with the 2021–22 season
where the recommendations from the
two Councils are in agreement (see B.
Regulatory Alternatives, below, for more
discussion on Council recommended
changes to regulatory alternatives). The
two Councils’ recommendations
differed in mallard daily bag limits.
Consistent with past issues where
Councils that share a migratory bird
population have differing
recommendations, the Service will not
choose one Council’s recommendation
over another. Rather, the two Councils
should forward a consensus
recommendation that either (1) adopts
the Central Flyway Council
recommendation for mallard bag limits;
(2) adopts the Mississippi Flyway
Council recommendation for mallard
bag limits (status quo); or (3) endorses
each other’s recommendation and
accepts differences in the regulatory
alternatives across flyways. Since such
an agreement between the flyways has
not yet been reached, the Service
supports mallard bag limits for the
2021–22 season that are the same as
those from the 2020–21 season where
the two Councils were last in agreement
(i.e., no change).
Atlantic Flyway
For the Atlantic Flyway, we set duckhunting regulations based on the status
and demographics of a suite of four
duck species (eastern waterfowl) in
eastern Canada and the Atlantic Flyway
States: green-winged teal, common
goldeneye, ring-necked duck, and wood
duck. For purposes of the assessment,
eastern waterfowl stocks are those
breeding in eastern Canada and Maine
(Federal WBPHS fixed-wing surveys in
strata 51–53, 56, and 62–70, and
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
helicopter plot surveys in strata 51–52,
63–64, 66–68, and 70–72) and in
Atlantic Flyway States from New
Hampshire south to Virginia (Atlantic
Flyway Breeding Waterfowl Survey,
AFBWS). Breeding population size
estimates for green-winged teal, ringnecked ducks, and goldeneyes are
derived annually by integrating fixedwing and helicopter survey data from
eastern Canada and Maine (WBPHS
strata 51–53, 56, and 62–72). Counts of
green-winged teal, ring-necked ducks,
and goldeneyes in the AFBWS are
negligible and therefore excluded from
population estimates for those species.
Breeding population size estimates for
wood ducks in the Atlantic Flyway
(Maine south to Florida) are estimated
by integrating data from the AFBWS and
the North American Breeding Bird
Survey. Counts of wood ducks from the
WBPHS are negligible and therefore
excluded from population estimates.
For the 2020–21 hunting season, we
evaluated alternative harvest regulations
for eastern waterfowl using: (1) A
management objective of 98 percent of
maximum long-term sustainable harvest
for eastern waterfowl; (2) the 2020–21
regulatory alternatives; and (3) current
stock-specific population models and
associated weights. Based on the liberal
regulatory alternative selected for the
2019–20 duck hunting season, the 2019
survey estimates of 0.30 million greenwinged teal, 1.02 million wood ducks,
0.69 million ring-necked ducks, and
0.52 million goldeneyes, the optimal
regulation for the Atlantic Flyway is the
liberal alternative. Therefore, we concur
with the recommendation of the
Atlantic Flyway Council regarding
selection of the liberal regulatory
alternative as described in the October
15, 2019, proposed rule for the 2020–21
season.
The mallard bag limit in the Atlantic
Flyway is based on a separate
assessment of the harvest potential of
eastern mallards (see xi. Other, below,
for further discussion on the mallard
bag limit in the Atlantic Flyway).
Mississippi and Central Flyways
For the Mississippi and Central
Flyways, we set duck-hunting
regulations based on the status and
demographics of mid-continent
mallards and habitat conditions (pond
numbers in Prairie Canada). For
purposes of the assessment, midcontinent mallards are those breeding in
central North America (Federal WBPHS
strata 13–18, 20–50, and 75–77), and in
Michigan, Minnesota, and Wisconsin
(State surveys).
For the 2020–21 hunting season, we
evaluated alternative harvest regulations
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
for mid-continent mallards using: (1) A
management objective of maximum
long-term sustainable harvest; (2) the
2020–21 regulatory alternatives; and (3)
current population models and
associated weights. Based on a liberal
regulatory alternative selected for the
2019–20 hunting season, the 2019
survey estimates of 9.73 million midcontinent mallards and 2.86 million
ponds in Prairie Canada, the optimal
regulation for the Mississippi and
Central Flyways is the liberal
alternative. Therefore, we concur with
the recommendations of the Mississippi
and Central Flyway Councils regarding
selection of the liberal regulatory
alternative as described in the October
15, 2019, proposed rule for the 2020–21
season.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Pacific Flyway
For the Pacific Flyway, we set duckhunting regulations based on the status
and demographics of western mallards.
For purposes of the assessment, western
mallards consist of two substocks and
are those breeding in Alaska and Yukon
Territory (Federal WBPHS strata 1–12)
and those breeding in the southern
Pacific Flyway including California,
Oregon, Washington, and British
Columbia (State and Provincial surveys)
combined.
For the 2020–21 hunting season, we
evaluated alternative harvest regulations
for western mallards using: (1) A
management objective of maximum
long-term sustainable harvest; (2) the
2020–21 regulatory alternatives; and (3)
the current population model. Based on
a liberal regulatory alternative selected
for the 2019–20 hunting season, the
2019 survey estimates of 0.89 million
western mallards in Alaska and the
Yukon Territory (0.36 million) and the
southern Pacific Flyway (0.52 million),
the optimal regulation for the Pacific
Flyway is the liberal alternative.
Therefore, we concur with the
recommendation of the Pacific Flyway
Council regarding selection of the
liberal regulatory alternative as
described in the October 15, 2019,
proposed rule for the 2020–21 season.
B. Regulatory Alternatives
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended
that AHM regulatory alternatives for
duck hunting seasons in 2020–21
remain the same as those used in the
previous year. The Mississippi and
Central Flyway Councils also
recommended that, beginning with the
2021–22 (next) season, the duck
framework opening and closing dates be
the Saturday nearest September 24 and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
January 31, respectively, for the three
AHM regulatory open-season
alternatives.
Service Response: Consistent with
Flyway recommendations, the AHM
regulatory alternatives proposed for the
Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyways in the October 15, 2019,
proposed rule (84 FR 55128) will be
used for the 2020–21 hunting season
(see accompanying table at the end of
that document for specific information).
The AHM regulatory alternatives consist
only of the maximum season lengths,
framework dates, and bag limits for total
ducks and mallards. Restrictions for
certain species within these frameworks
that are not covered by existing harvest
strategies will be addressed elsewhere
in these proposed frameworks. For those
species with specific harvest strategies
(pintails, black ducks, and scaup), those
strategies will again be used for the
2020–21 hunting season.
We also agree with the Mississippi
and Central Flyway Councils’
recommendations for opening and
closing dates for duck season
frameworks beginning with the 2021–22
season, which are slightly different from
what the Service identified in the
October 15, 2019, proposed rule (84 FR
55128). The John D. Dingell, Jr.
Conservation, Management, and
Recreation Act of 2019 (Pub. L. 116–9)
amended the Migratory Bird Treaty Act
to establish that the closing framework
date for duck seasons will be January
31, unless a flyway chooses an earlier
closing date. The recommendations to
change the opening framework date
represent a one-week earlier opening in
the restrictive regulatory alternative for
the Mississippi and Central Flyways,
but no changes to the moderate or
liberal alternatives. We expect this
change to have a negligible impact on
duck harvests, and note that changes in
season lengths and bag limits are still
available to effect changes in duck
harvests and will ensure long-term
conservation of duck populations.
C. Zones and Split Seasons
Zones and split seasons are ‘‘special
regulation’’ designed to distribute
hunting opportunities and harvests
according to temporal, geographic, and
demographic variability in waterfowl
and other migratory game bird
populations. For ducks, States have
been allowed the option of dividing
their allotted hunting days into two (or
in some cases three) segments (splits) to
take advantage of species-specific peaks
of abundance or to satisfy hunters in
different areas who want to hunt during
the peak of waterfowl abundance in
their area. However, the split-season
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15873
option does not fully satisfy many States
who wish to provide a more equitable
distribution of harvest opportunities.
Therefore, we also have allowed the
establishment of independent seasons in
up to four zones within States for the
purpose of providing more equitable
distribution of harvest opportunity for
hunters throughout the State.
In 1978, we prepared an
environmental assessment (EA) on the
use of zones to set duck hunting
regulations. A primary tenet of the 1978
EA was that zoning would be used to
provide equitable distribution of duck
hunting opportunities within a State or
region. The intent was not to increase
total annual waterfowl harvest in the
zoned areas; target harvest levels were
to be adjusted downward if they
exceeded traditional levels as a result of
zoning. Subsequent to the 1978 EA, we
conducted a review of the use of zones
and split seasons in 1990. The ability to
detect the impacts of zones and splits
use on waterfowl demographics and
harvest was poor because of the absence
of adequate study designs and
experimental controls, limitations in
monitoring capacities, imprecise
parameter estimates, and low power to
detect changes in parameter estimates.
Substantial concern remained about the
unknown consequences of zones and
split seasons on duck populations and
harvest redistribution among states and
flyways, potential reduced effectiveness
of regulations (season length and bag
limit) to reduce duck harvest if needed,
and the administrative burden
associated with changing regulations
annually. Consequently, we established
guidelines to provide a framework for
controlling the proliferation of zones
and split seasons. The guidelines
identified a limited number of zone and
split-season configurations that could be
used for duck hunting and restricted the
frequency of changes in State selection
among these configurations to open
seasons at the beginning of five-year
intervals. The first open season was in
1991, with subsequent open seasons in
1996, 2001, 2006, 2011–2012, and 2016–
2017. In 2011, we prepared a new EA
analyzing proposed changes to the
guidelines for zones and split seasons.
Revised guidelines were finalized in
2011 (76 FR 53536; August 26, 2011).
We discussed and presented
guidelines for duck zones and split
seasons during 2021–25 seasons in the
October 15, 2019, proposed rule. We
also stated that for those States wishing
to change zone and split-season
configurations in time for the 2021–25
seasons, we would need to receive
configuration selections and zone
descriptions by May 1, 2020.
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
15874
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended
that we modify the existing guidelines
for duck zones and split seasons to
allow an additional configuration
including two zones with up to three
season segments per zone for use
beginning with the 2021–22 duck
hunting season. The Mississippi Flyway
Council also recommended the
requirement that States selecting this
additional configuration conduct an
evaluation of changes in hunter
numbers, satisfaction, and harvest. The
Central and Pacific Flyway Councils
further recommended additional zone
and split-season configurations
including: (1) One zone in each State
may comprise up to two geographically
separated areas, and (2) three zones with
up to three season segments per zone.
Finally, the Atlantic Flyway Council
recommended that the deadline for
States to select their zone and splitseason configurations and define new
zone boundaries be extended from May
1 to July 1, 2020.
Service Response: We agree with the
recommendations of the Atlantic,
Mississippi, Central, and Pacific Flyway
Councils to allow an additional duck
zone and split-season configuration
with two zones and up to three season
segments per zone beginning with the
2021–22 season. States that select this
new configuration must conduct an
evaluation of impacts to hunter
dynamics (e.g., hunter numbers,
satisfaction) and harvest during the
fixed five-year period it is implemented
(e.g., 2021–25 period) and need to
involve human dimensions specialists
in the assessment.
We do not support the
recommendations of the Central and
Pacific Flyway Councils to add
additional configurations including one
zone with discontinuous boundaries or
three zones with up to three season
segments per zone. We remain
concerned about the proliferation of
zones, impacts to harvest, and potential
confounding of these additional zone
and split-season configurations with
results from the Central Flyway
Council’s proposed two-tier license
experiment. We need to better
understand how additional zone and
split-season configurations might
influence hunter recruitment, retention,
and reactivation (R3) efforts, and
whether additional options run counter
to the desire to simplify regulations.
Therefore, we are supportive of
additional discussions at the spring
2020 SRC meetings to help us better
understand these additional options and
how they can help us meet our mutual
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
objectives while addressing R3 and
waterfowl population concerns.
Finally, we will extend the deadline
for States to select their zone and splitseason configurations and to define
potential new zone boundaries for the
2021–25 seasons to July 1, 2020, but we
encourage States to submit their
selections and zone boundaries as soon
as possible.
For the 2021–25 seasons, the
guidelines for duck zones and split
seasons are as follows:
Guidelines for Duck Zones and Split
Seasons
The following guidelines for zones
and split seasons apply only for the
regular duck season:
(1) A zone is a geographic area or
portion of a State, with a contiguous
boundary, for which independent dates
may be selected for the regular duck
season.
(2) Consideration of changes for
management-unit boundaries is not
subject to the guidelines and provisions
governing the use of zones and split
seasons for ducks.
(3) Only minor (less than a county in
size) boundary changes will be allowed
for any grandfathered arrangement, and
changes are limited to the open season.
(4) Once a zone and split-season
configuration is selected during an open
season, it must remain in place for the
following five years.
Any State may continue their zone
and split-season configuration used in
the previous five-year period. If changes
are made, the zone and split-season
configuration must conform to one of
the following five options:
(1) One zone (same as no zones) with up
to three season segments;
(2) Two zones with up to two season
segments in each zone;
(3) Two zones with up to three season
segments in each zone;
(4) Three zones with up to two season
segments in each zone; or
(5) Four zones with a continuous season
(i.e., no segments) in each zone.
Because this is a new configuration,
States that select the configuration with
two zones and three season segments
must conduct an evaluation of impacts
to hunter dynamics (e.g., hunter
numbers, satisfaction) and harvest
during the fixed five-year period it is
implemented (e.g., 2021–25 period).
Grandfathered Zone and Split
Arrangements
When we first implemented the zone
and split-season guidelines in 1991,
several States had completed
experiments with zone and split-season
arrangements different from our original
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
options. We offered those States a onetime opportunity to continue
(‘‘grandfather’’) those arrangements,
with the stipulation that only minor
changes could be made to zone
boundaries. If any of those States now
wish to change their zone and split
arrangement:
(1) The new arrangement must
conform to one of the five options
identified above; and
(2) The State cannot go back to the
grandfathered arrangement that it
previously had in place.
Mallard Management Units
For the States that have a recognized
management unit (Columbia Basin
Management Unit in the Pacific Flyway,
High Plains Management Unit in the
Central Flyway) and include a nonmanagement unit portion, an
independent 2-segment duck season
with no zones can be selected for the
management unit. The remainder of the
State in the non-management unit
portion can be zoned and have split
seasons according to existing guidelines.
In the Central Flyway, additional duck
season days afforded to the management
unit must occur on or after the Saturday
nearest December 10.
D. Special Seasons/Species
Management
i. September Teal Seasons
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic Flyway Council recommended
Florida be granted operational status for
the September teal-only season
beginning with the 2020 season.
Service Response: We agree with the
Atlantic Flyway Council’s
recommendation. Florida has met the
minimum requirements for sample size
and targets for nontarget species attempt
rates in both the pre-sunrise and postsunrise periods, which were below the
acceptable rate of 25 percent. In
addition the nontarget species harvest
rates for both pre- and post-sunrise
periods were below the acceptable rate
of 10 percent.
iii. Black Ducks
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic and Mississippi Flyway
Councils recommended continued use
of the AHM protocol for black ducks,
and adoption of the moderate regulatory
alternative for their respective flyways.
The Flyway-specific regulations consist
of a daily bag limit of two black ducks
and a season length of 60 days.
Service Response: The Service,
Atlantic and Mississippi Flyway
Councils, and Canada adopted an
international AHM protocol for black
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
ducks in 2012 (77 FR 49868; August 17,
2012) whereby we set black duck
hunting regulations for the Atlantic and
Mississippi Flyways (and Canada) based
on the status and demographics of these
birds. The AHM protocol clarifies
country-specific target harvest levels,
and reduces conflicts over regulatory
policies.
For the 2020–21 hunting season, we
evaluated country-specific alternative
harvest regulations using: (1) A
management objective of 98 percent of
maximum long-term sustainable
harvest; (2) country-specific regulatory
alternatives; and (3) current population
models and associated weights. Based
on the 2019 survey estimates of 0.56
million breeding black ducks and 0.36
million breeding mallards (Federal
WBPHS strata 51, 52, 63, 64, 66, 67, 68,
70, 71, and 72; core survey area), the
optimal regulation for the Atlantic and
Mississippi Flyways is the moderate
alternative (and the liberal alternative in
Canada). Therefore, we concur with the
recommendations of the Atlantic and
Mississippi Flyway Councils regarding
selection of the moderate regulatory
alternative for the 2020–21 season.
iv. Canvasbacks
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended
adoption of the liberal regulatory
alternative for their respective flyways.
The Flyway-specific regulations consist
of a daily bag limit of two canvasbacks
and a season length of 60 days in the
Atlantic and Mississippi Flyways, 74
days in the Central Flyway, and 107
days in the Pacific Flyway.
Service Response: As we discussed in
the March 28, 2016, Federal Register
(81 FR 17302), the canvasback harvest
strategy that we had relied on until 2015
was not viable under our new regulatory
process because it required biological
information that was not yet available at
the time a decision on season structure
needed to be made. We do not yet have
a new harvest strategy to propose for use
in guiding canvasback harvest
management in the future. However, we
have worked with technical staff of the
four Flyway Councils to develop a
decision framework (hereafter, decision
support tool) that relies on the best
biological information available to
develop recommendations for annual
canvasback harvest regulations. The
decision support tool uses available
information (1994–2014) on canvasback
breeding population size in Alaska and
north central North America (Federal
WBPHS traditional survey area, strata
1–18, 20–50, and 75–77), growth rate,
survival, and harvest, and a population
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
model to evaluate alternative harvest
regulations based on a management
objective of maximum long-term
sustainable harvest. The decision
support tool calls for a closed season
when the population is below 460,000,
a 1-bird daily bag limit when the
population is between 460,000 and
480,000, and a 2-bird daily bag limit
when the population is greater than
480,000. Based on the 2019 survey
estimate of 686,000 canvasbacks, we
concur with the recommendations of the
four Flyway Councils regarding
selection of the liberal regulatory
alternative for the 2020–21 season.
v. Pintails
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended
adoption of the liberal regulatory
alternative for their respective flyway.
The Flyway-specific regulations consist
of a daily bag limit of one pintail and
a season length of 60 days in the
Atlantic and Mississippi Flyways, 74
days in the Central Flyway, and 107
days in the Pacific Flyway.
Service Response: The Service and
four Flyway Councils adopted an AHM
protocol for pintail in 2010 (75 FR
44856; July 29, 2010) whereby we set
pintail hunting regulations in all four
Flyways based on the status and
demographics of these birds.
For the 2020–21 hunting season, we
evaluated alternative harvest regulations
for pintails using: (1) A management
objective of maximum long-term
sustainable harvest, including a closedseason constraint of 1.75 million birds;
(2) the regulatory alternatives; and (3)
current population models and
associated weights. Based on a liberal
regulatory alternative with a 1-bird daily
bag limit for the 2019–20 season, and
the 2019 survey estimates of 2.27
million pintails observed at a mean
latitude of 54.4 degrees (Federal WBPHS
traditional survey area, strata 1–18, 20–
50, and 75–77), the optimal regulation
for all four Flyways is the liberal
alternative. Therefore, we concur with
the recommendations of the four Flyway
Councils regarding selection of the
liberal regulatory alternative for the
2020–21 season.
vi. Scaup
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended
adoption of the restrictive regulatory
alternative for the 2020–21 season. The
Flyway-specific regulations consist of a
60-day season with a 1-bird daily bag
limit during 40 consecutive days and a
2-bird daily bag limit during 20
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15875
consecutive days in the Atlantic
Flyway, a 60-day season with a 2-bird
daily bag limit during 45 consecutive
days and a 1-bird daily bag limit during
15 consecutive days in the Mississippi
Flyway, a 1-bird daily bag limit for 74
days in the Central Flyway, and an 86day season with a 2-bird daily bag limit
in the Pacific Flyway.
Service Response: The Service and
four Flyway Councils adopted an AHM
protocol for scaup in 2008 (73 FR 43290,
July 24, 2008; and 73 FR 51124, August
29, 2008) whereby we set scaup hunting
regulations in all four Flyways based on
the status and demographics of these
birds.
For the 2020–21 hunting season, we
evaluated alternative harvest regulations
for scaup using: (1) A management
objective of 95 percent of maximum
sustainable harvest; (2) the regulatory
alternatives; and (3) the current
population model. Based on a moderate
regulatory alternative for the 2019–20
season, and the 2019 survey results of
3.59 million scaup (Federal WBPHS
traditional survey area, strata 1–18, 20–
50, and 75–77), the optimal regulation
for all four Flyways is the restrictive
alternative. Therefore, we concur with
the recommendations of the four Flyway
Councils regarding selection of the
restrictive alternative for the 2020–21
season.
xi. Other
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic Flyway Council recommended
a mallard daily bag limit of two birds,
only one of which could be female, for
the Atlantic Flyway. The Central
Flyway Council recommended that the
Service allow South Dakota and
Nebraska to evaluate a two-tier licensing
system, wherein two different types of
licenses would be available to hunters
to harvest ducks. One license type
would allow maximum harvest
opportunity under the regulations, and
would require the hunter to comply
with all species and sex restrictions on
the take of the various duck species. The
second type of license would allow the
hunter to take three ducks of any
species each day of the season, thus not
requiring the hunter to identify species
prior to shooting them. The intent of
this less restrictive license type is to
recruit and retain waterfowl hunters.
The recommendation proposes that
South Dakota and Nebraska be allowed
to evaluate this new license system
beginning with the 2020–21 season. The
less-restrictive license would be
available to any hunter (both residents
and nonresidents), but the first license
purchased in the State would require
that the individual hunt under that
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
15876
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
license type for the entire season (for
example, hunters purchasing multiple
licenses in that State in a given season
would always have to hunt under the
strictures of the first license purchased;
they could not change between the
typical license type and the lessrestrictive license type).
Service Response: We agree with the
Atlantic Flyway Council’s
recommendation for a mallard daily bag
limit of two birds, of which only one
may be female, for the Atlantic Flyway.
The Atlantic Flyway Council’s eastern
waterfowl AHM protocol (see above) did
not specifically address bag limits for
mallards. The number of breeding
mallards in the northeastern United
States (about two-thirds of the eastern
mallard population in 1998) has
decreased by about 38 percent since
1998, and the overall population has
declined by about 1 percent per year
during that time period. This situation
has resulted in reduced harvest
potential for that population. The
Service conducted a Prescribed Take
Level (PTL) analysis to estimate the
allowable take (kill rate) for eastern
mallards, and compared that with the
expected kill rate under the most liberal
season length (60 days) considered as
part of the eastern waterfowl AHM
regulatory alternatives.
Using contemporary data and
assuming a management objective of
maximum long-term sustainable
harvest, the PTL analysis estimated an
allowable kill rate of 0.194–0.198. The
expected kill rate for eastern mallards
under a 60-day season and a 2-mallard
daily bag limit in the U.S. portion of the
Atlantic Flyway was 0.193 (SE = 0.016),
which is slightly below (but not
significantly different from) the point
estimate of allowable kill at maximum
long-term sustainable harvest. This
indicates that a 2-bird daily bag limit is
sustainable at this time.
Regarding the Central Flyway
Council’s recommendation for a two-tier
license system, the Service notes that a
similar recommendation was first
presented to the SRC by the Council in
2012, and was debated by the Service at
that time. In 2015, after several years of
discussion with the Council, the SRC
concluded that, although they saw some
merit in the proposal, the SRC did not
believe sufficient evidence was
presented showing that duck
identification was a significant barrier to
waterfowl recruitment and retention.
Thus, the SRC did not support the
proposal at that time, but stated that
they would reconsider their decision if
evidence showing that duck
identification was a significant barrier to
participation became available.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Since 2015, several surveys have been
conducted which included questions
asking respondents whether duck
identification might deter them from
hunting waterfowl. Results from some
surveys suggest that may be the case,
addressing at least in part the concerns
the SRC had identified. However, the
Service also recognizes that this
proposal represents a significant change
to the way it has set regulations since
the early 1900s, and that a change of
that magnitude requires significant
input, planning, and documentation to
meet legal concerns and ensure that
reliable information results from the
study to assist decision makers in the
future.
Therefore, the Service intends to
approve a limited two-tier licensing
system in selected States to assess
impacts to hunters and duck harvests,
but not during the 2020–21 season as
proposed in the Central Flyway
Council’s recommendation. Rather, the
Service tasks Division of Migratory Bird
Management staff to work with the
Flyway Councils to develop a team to
address the components needed in an
evaluation, and to have a draft
evaluation plan that is supported by
both the Division of Migratory Bird
Management and the Flyway Councils
ready for review prior to the spring 2020
SRC meeting. The Service believes that
completing NEPA compliance,
developing shared objectives,
identifying appropriate metrics for
evaluation, potentially modifying
monitoring efforts, and addressing law
enforcement concerns are important
elements to consider before
implementing a limited two-tier
licensing system for evaluation. The
Service wants this work completed in
time to implement the limited two-tier
licensing system for the 2021–22
hunting season. Over the last two years,
the Service has completed extensive
work with our State partners reviewing
hunting and fishing regulations on
Refuge lands. Our commitment is for the
Service to continue to explore
opportunities to enhance the waterfowl
hunting experience for the American
public.
4. Canada Geese
B. Regular Seasons
Council Recommendations: The
Pacific Flyway Council recommended a
framework closing date of January 31 in
places where the closing date is
currently the last Sunday in January.
Service Response: We agree with the
Pacific Flyway Council’s
recommendation. The Canada goose
season framework dates traditionally
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
have coincided with the duck, coot, and
merganser season framework dates
except where there are exceptions for a
later Canada goose season framework
closing date. We earlier discussed under
1. Ducks, B. Regulatory Alternatives that
last year we extended the duck, coot,
and merganser season framework
closing date from the last Sunday in
January to January 31 across all four
Flyways as directed by the John D.
Dingell, Jr. Conservation, Management,
and Recreation Act, signed into law on
March 12, 2019 (Pub. L. 116–9).
Therefore, we are supportive of
adjusting the general Canada goose
season framework closing date to again
coincide with the duck, coot, and
merganser season framework closing
date, and expect this to have negligible
impact to Canada goose population
status.
6. Brant
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic Flyway Council recommended
that the 2020–21 season for Atlantic
brant follow the Atlantic Flyway
Council’s brant harvest strategy pending
the results of the 2020 Atlantic Flyway
Mid-winter Waterfowl Survey (MWS).
The Council also recommended that if
results of the 2020 MWS are not
available, then results of the most recent
MWS should be used.
The Pacific Flyway Council
recommended a framework closing date
of January 31 in places were the closing
date is currently the last Sunday in
January. The Council also recommended
that the 2020–21 brant season
frameworks be determined based on the
harvest strategy in the Council’s
management plan for the Pacific
population of brant pending results of
the 2020 Winter Brant Survey (WBS). If
results of the 2020 WBS are not
available, results of the most recent
WBS should be used.
Service Response: As we discussed in
the March 28, 2016, Federal Register
(81 FR 17302), the current harvest
strategy used to determine the Atlantic
brant season frameworks does not fit
well within the new regulatory process,
similar to the Rocky Mountain
Population (RMP) of sandhill cranes
issue discussed below under 9. Sandhill
Cranes. In developing the annual
proposed frameworks for Atlantic brant
in the past, the Atlantic Flyway Council
and the Service used the number of
brant counted during the MWS in the
Atlantic Flyway, and took into
consideration the brant population’s
expected productivity that summer. The
MWS is conducted each January, and
expected brant productivity is based on
early-summer observations of breeding
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
habitat conditions and nesting effort in
important brant nesting areas. Thus, the
data under consideration were available
before the annual Flyway Council and
SRC decision-making meetings in late
July. Although the former regulatory
alternatives for Atlantic brant were
developed by factoring together longterm productivity rates (observed during
November and December productivity
surveys) with estimated observed
harvest under different framework
regulations, the primary decisionmaking criterion for selecting the annual
frameworks was the MWS count.
Under the current regulatory
schedule, neither the expected 2020
brant production information (available
spring) nor the 2020 MWS count
(available January) is yet available.
However, the 2020 MWS will be
completed and winter brant data will be
available by the expected publication of
the final frameworks. Therefore, in the
September 24, 2015, Federal Register
(80 FR 57664), we adopted the Atlantic
Flyway Council’s changes to the thencurrent Atlantic brant harvest strategy.
The current harvest strategy for Atlantic
brant is as follows:
• If the MWS count is <100,000
Atlantic brant, the season would be
closed.
• If the MWS count is between
100,000 and 115,000 brant, States could
select a 30-day season with a 1-bird
daily bag limit.
• If the MWS count is between
115,000 and 130,000 brant, States could
select a 30-day season with a 2-bird
daily bag limit.
• If the MWS count is between
130,000 and 150,000 brant, States could
select a 50-day season with a 2-bird
daily bag limit.
• If the MWS count is between
150,000 and 200,000 brant, States could
select a 60-day season with a 2-bird
daily bag limit.
• If the MWS count is >200,000 brant,
States could select a 60-day season with
a 3-bird daily bag limit.
Under all the above open-season
alternatives, seasons would be between
the Saturday nearest September 24 and
January 31. Further, States could split
their seasons into two segments.
When we acquire the 2020 MWS
brant survey results, we will select the
appropriate Atlantic brant hunting
season for 2020–21 from the above
Atlantic brant harvest strategy and
publish the result in the final
frameworks rule.
We agree with the Pacific Flyway
Council’s recommendation for a
framework closing date of January 31 in
places where the closing date is
currently the last Sunday in January for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
brant in the Pacific Flyway. The brant
season framework dates traditionally
have coincided with the duck, coot, and
merganser season framework dates
except where there are earlier brant
season framework closing date
restrictions. We earlier discussed under
1. Ducks, B. Regulatory Alternatives that
last year we extended the duck, coot,
and merganser season framework
closing date from the last Sunday in
January to January 31 across all four
Flyways as directed by the John D.
Dingell, Jr. Conservation, Management,
and Recreation Act, signed into law on
March 12, 2019 (Pub. L. 116–9).
Therefore, we are supportive of
adjusting the general brant season
framework closing date to again
coincide with the duck, coot, and
merganser season framework closing
date, and expect this to have negligible
impact to Pacific brant population
status.
We also agree with the Pacific Flyway
Council’s recommendation that the
2020–21 Pacific brant season
frameworks be determined by the
harvest strategy in the Council’s
management plan for the Pacific
population of brant pending results of
the 2020 WBS. Similar to the case for
Atlantic brant, the harvest strategy used
to determine the Pacific brant season
frameworks does not fit well within the
current regulatory process. In
developing the annual proposed
frameworks for Pacific brant, the Pacific
Flyway Council and the Service use the
three-year average number of brant
counted during the WBS in the Pacific
Flyway to determine annual allowable
season length and daily bag limits. The
WBS is conducted each January, which
is after the date that proposed
frameworks are formulated in the
regulatory process. However, the data
are typically available by the expected
publication of final frameworks. When
we acquire the current survey data, we
will select the appropriate frameworks
for the 2020–21 Pacific brant season
according to the harvest strategy in the
Pacific Flyway Council’s management
plan for Pacific brant and publish the
result in the final frameworks rule. The
current harvest strategy for Pacific brant
is as follows:
• If the WBS index is <102,000 brant,
then the brant season is closed, and the
season may not reopen until the 3-year
average WBS index exceeds 112,000
brant.
• If the WBS index is between
102,000 and 122,000 brant, then Alaska
may select a 51-day season with a 2-bird
daily bag limit, and California, Oregon,
and Washington may select a 16-day
season with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15877
• If the WBS index is between
122,001 and 147,000 brant, then Alaska
may select a 107-day season with a 2bird daily bag limit, and California,
Oregon, and Washington may select a
27-day season with a 2-brant daily bag
limit.
• If the WBS index is greater than
147,000 brant, then Alaska may select a
107-day season with a 4-bird daily bag
limit, and California, Oregon, and
Washington may select a 37-day season
with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
Under all the above open-season
alternatives, the framework outside
season dates are September 1 through
January 26 in Alaska, Saturday closest
to September 24 through December 15
in California and Oregon, and Saturday
closest to September 24 through January
31 in Washington.
8. Swans
We first approved a hunting season
for the Eastern Population (EP) of tundra
swans in the early 1980s, and gradually
expanded opportunities to include the
States of Montana, North Dakota, North
Carolina, South Dakota, and Virginia by
the late 1980s. Recently, we also
allowed Delaware to initiate an
experimental hunting season on these
birds. Harvest of EP tundra swans is
guided by a cooperative management
plan, which specifies a population
objective and harvest levels designed to
maintain population abundance near
that objective. In recent years, some
Interior Population (IP) trumpeter swans
have been present during fall and winter
in States where EP tundra swan hunting
is allowed. As a result of restoration
efforts and natural population growth,
the IP has grown from 43 adult and
subadult birds in 1968 to over 27,000 in
2015. Given the growth and range
expansion that has occurred in the IP,
it is likely that migrating and wintering
trumpeter swan numbers will increase
in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyways. Tundra and trumpeter swans
are very similar in appearance,
particularly at a distance. As the
number and range of trumpeter swans
continue to increase during fall and
winter in States where tundra swan
hunting is allowed, the risk of
accidental harvest of trumpeter swans
by hunters will increase. Thus, there is
a need to address the potential for
misidentification and accidental harvest
of trumpeter swans that may occur
during existing tundra swan seasons.
To address this issue, the Service
reviewed information and drafted an EA
to determine whether harvest of IP
trumpeter swans during current EP
tundra swan hunting seasons could be
permitted while sustaining IP trumpeter
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
15878
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
swans at desired levels. The proposed
action is to establish a regulatory
framework for swan hunting that would
govern the harvest of both trumpeter
and tundra swans in portions of the
Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyways that currently have operational
hunting seasons on EP tundra swans or
may have them in the future. The
framework would allow a limited take
of trumpeter swans, but only during
hunting seasons established to provide
opportunities to hunt tundra swans.
New hunting seasons (i.e., seasons in
areas that are currently closed to swan
hunting) will not be approved unless
the requesting State demonstrates that
≥90% of the swans in the proposed
hunting area are tundra swans. Any
season where take of both swan species
is allowed would require data
collection, which would ensure harvests
of IP trumpeter swans remain within
appropriate levels, and allow
modification of the seasons if necessary.
Importantly, no State that currently has
a tundra swan season is required to
change that season to a general swan
season; the latter is only an option that
is available to States if they want to
implement such a season. A copy of the
Final EA—including background
information on the swan species
impacted, levels of take of IP trumpeter
swans that would be allowed, and
specifics of the five alternatives we
analyzed—can be found at either https://
www.regulations.gov or on our website
at https://www.fws.gov/birds/index.php.
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic and Central Flyway Councils
recommended that the total number of
hunting permits for EP tundra swans be
reduced from 12,000 to 9,600, with
5,600 permits allowed in the Atlantic
Flyway and 4,000 permits allowed in
the Central Flyway. The Pacific Flyway
Council recommended that the Pacific
Flyway swan season framework allow
the season to be split into two segments
and allow a season in northern Idaho
with the following parameters:
(1) Hunting area may include the four most
northwestern counties (Benewah, Bonner,
Boundary, and Kootenai);
(2) Not more than 50 hunting permits may
be issued;
(3) Only 1 permit may be issued per
hunter; and
(4) All hunters that harvest a swan must
complete and submit a harvest report with
the bill measurement and color information
from the harvested swan within 72 hours of
harvest for species determination.
Service Response: We agree with the
Atlantic and Central Flyway Councils’
recommendations that the total number
of hunting permits be reduced from
12,000 to 9,600, with 5,600 permits
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
allowed in the Atlantic Flyway and
4,000 permits allowed in the Central
Flyway. The recommendations are
consistent with reductions called for in
the Atlantic, Central, Mississippi, and
Pacific Flyway Councils’ management
plan for EP tundra swans. The count of
tundra swans from the 2019 Midwinter
Waterfowl Survey in the Atlantic and
Mississippi Flyways combined resulted
in 92,819 birds. The average count for
the last three years was 107,907, which
is below the 110,000-bird threshold
needed to support 12,000 permits as
specified in the Councils’ management
plan for EP tundra swans.
We also agree with the Pacific Flyway
Council’s recommendation that the
Pacific Flyway swan season framework
allow the season to be split into two
segments. This is a minor adjustment to
realign the swan season framework in
the Pacific Flyway with changes to the
duck, coot, merganser, and goose season
frameworks that have occurred since
1995 when the Pacific Flyway swan
season framework was established. This
will allow States to simplify their
waterfowl seasons by having season
dates for ducks, coots, mergansers,
geese, and swans coincide. Swan
hunting will continue to be regulated
primarily by the number of swan
hunting permits a State may issue each
year, which is unchanged. Allowing a
split in the season is expected to have
negligible impact to tundra and
trumpeter swan populations in the
Pacific Flyway.
We also agree with the Pacific Flyway
Council’s recommendation to allow
limited take of swans in northern Idaho
during the fall-winter general hunting
season for migratory birds. This
effectively expands the operational
swan hunting season framework in the
Pacific Flyway that includes parts of
Montana, Nevada, and Utah to also
include the four northwestern-most
counties in Idaho (Benewah, Bonner,
Boundary, and Kootenai). The purpose
is to provide additional hunting
opportunity in Idaho for swans that
have met population goals.
The Service authorized an
experimental general swan hunting
season (hereafter swan season) within
the Pacific Flyway south of Alaska
(parts of Montana, Utah, and Nevada) in
1995, which became operational in
2003. The Service addressed impacts of
the swan season in a sequence of
National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA) environmental assessments and
findings of no significant impact (1995,
2000, 2001, 2003). Idaho did not express
interest in a swan season at that time.
The proposed swan season in Idaho is
consistent with: (1) Earlier NEPA
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
documents establishing the swan season
in the Pacific Flyway as operational, (2)
applicable hunting regulations in title
50 of the Code of Federal Regulations,
part 20, and (3) the Council
management plans for tundra and
trumpeter swans. The proposed swan
season framework in Idaho would be
experimental for a period of at least
three years where no framework
changes could occur unless restrictions
were necessary. After that period, the
framework could become operational
upon approval by the Council and
Service.
Both the Western Population (WP) of
tundra swans and Rocky Mountain
Population (RMP) of trumpeter swans
are subjected to harvest during the swan
hunting season in the Pacific Flyway.
Regarding WP tundra swans, the recent
3-year (2017–2019) mean abundance
index was 127,556 (95% CI = 83,027–
172,086) swans, and exceeded the
Pacific Flyway Council’s population
objective of 60,000 swans. Regarding
RMP trumpeter swans, the recent (2015)
count was 11,271 white trumpeter
swans (i.e., adult and subadult birds),
and exceeded the Pacific Flyway
Council’s population objective of 10,000
white swans. The Council also has an
objective for the U.S. breeding segment
of RMP trumpeter swans. The recent
(2018) minimum count was 810 white
swans, and exceeded the Council’s
population objective of 718 white
swans. The recent 3-year (2016–2018)
average count was 774 white swans.
The experimental swan season in
Idaho will be limited to ≤50 permits per
year and is expected to result in a small
increase in total Pacific Flyway swan
harvest (≤23 tundra swans and <1
trumpeter swan per year on average),
but have negligible impact to habitat
and overall tundra and trumpeter swan
population status. The experimental
season is expected to have positive
impacts on the socioeconomic
environment in localized areas where
swans occur and are hunted, and is not
expected to have any significant impacts
on other wildlife species and their
habitats, including endangered and
threatened species.
We prepared an EA on the proposed
swan season in northern Idaho. A copy
of the EA and specifics of the two
alternatives we analyzed can be found at
either https://www.regulations.gov or on
our website at https://www.fws.gov/
birds/index.php.
9. Sandhill Cranes
Council Recommendations: The
Central Flyway Council recommended
that Kansas be allowed to have two
hunting zones. The Central and Pacific
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Flyway Councils recommended that the
status of the season in Estancia Valley,
New Mexico, be changed from
experimental to operational, and that
allowable harvest of RMP cranes be
determined based on the formula
described in the Pacific and Central
Flyway Management Plan for RMP
cranes.
Service Response: We agree with the
Central Flyway Council’s
recommendations that Kansas be
allowed to have two hunting zones. In
2004, two to three whooping cranes
were shot just prior to the opening of
the sandhill crane hunting season in
Kansas. As a result, Kansas has been
required to open their sandhill crane
season later than they had historically to
assist in protecting whooping cranes.
However, because significant numbers
of sandhill cranes migrate through
Kansas prior to the opening date,
harvest opportunity has been lost. The
hunting area in Kansas includes the
western two-thirds of the State, but
whooping cranes primarily migrate
through only the eastern part of the
hunting area. Allowing Kansas to divide
their hunting area into two zones would
allow an earlier opening date in the
western part of the hunting area and
improve hunting opportunity, while
maintaining the current opening date in
the eastern part of the hunting area
would continue to protect whooping
cranes. Extensive information on
whooping crane sightings was used in
determining the placement of the
boundary between the central and
western hunting zones, and the Service
believes the boundary and different
zone-specific season opening dates
provide sufficient protection to
whooping cranes.
We also agree with the
recommendations of the Central and
Pacific Flyway Councils to change the
status of the season in Estancia Valley,
New Mexico, from experimental to
operational. The season is consistent
with the requirements in the Central
and Pacific Flyway Councils’ RMP crane
management plan. The experimental
season required monitoring the level
and racial composition of the harvest
and to assign greater sandhill cranes
harvested during this season to the RMP
cranes quota. From 2001 to 2019,
harvest in the Estancia Valley season
was monitored via mandatory hunter
check stations. In recent years,
approximately one to two percent of the
crane harvest comprised greater sandhill
cranes (1–2 birds out of a harvest of
approximately 100 birds in the Estancia
Valley). New Mexico will continue to
monitor the level and racial
composition of the harvest in the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Estancia Valley season using bill cards
and assign greater cranes harvest to the
RMP crane quota.
Finally, we also agree with the Central
and Pacific Flyway Councils’
recommendations to determine
allowable harvest of RMP cranes using
the formula in the Pacific and Central
Flyway Councils’ management plan for
RMP cranes pending results of the fall
2019 abundance and recruitment
surveys.
Regarding RMP crane harvest, as we
discussed in the March 28, 2016,
Federal Register (81 FR 17302), the
harvest strategy used to calculate the
allowable harvest of RMP cranes does
not fit well within the current regulatory
process. In developing the annual
proposed frameworks for RMP cranes,
the Flyway Councils and the Service use
the fall abundance and recruitment
surveys of RMP cranes to determine
annual allowable harvest. Results of the
fall abundance and recruitment surveys
of RMP cranes are released between
December 1 and January 31 each year,
which is after the date proposed
frameworks are formulated in the
regulatory process. However, the data
are typically available by the expected
publication of final frameworks. When
we acquire the survey data, we will
determine the appropriate allowable
harvest for the RMP crane season
according to the harvest strategy in the
Central and Pacific Flyway Councils’
management plan for RMP cranes
published in the March 28, 2016,
Federal Register (81 FR 17302) and
publish the results in the final
frameworks rule.
11. Moorhens and Gallinules
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyway Councils recommended a
framework closing date of January 31 for
moorhens and gallinules in the Atlantic,
Mississippi, and Central Flyways.
Service Response: We agree with the
recommendations of the Atlantic,
Mississippi, and Central Flyway
Councils for a framework closing date of
January 31 rather than the last Sunday
in January for moorhens and gallinules
in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyways. The moorhens and gallinules
season framework closing date
traditionally has coincided with the
duck, coot, and merganser season
framework closing date. We earlier
discussed under 1. Ducks, B. Regulatory
Alternatives that last year we extended
the duck, coot, and merganser season
framework closing date from the last
Sunday in January to January 31 across
all four Flyways as directed by the John
D. Dingell, Jr. Conservation,
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15879
Management, and Recreation Act,
signed into law on March 12, 2019 (Pub.
L. 116–9). Therefore, we are supportive
of adjusting the moorhens and
gallinules season closing date to again
coincide with the duck, coot, and
merganser season framework closing
date, and expect this to have negligible
impact to moorhen and gallinule
population status.
12. Rails
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended
a framework closing date of January 31
for rails in the Atlantic, Mississippi,
Central, and Pacific Flyways.
Service Response: We agree with the
recommendations of the Atlantic,
Mississippi, Central, and Pacific Flyway
Councils for a framework closing date of
January 31 rather than the last Sunday
in January for rails in the Atlantic,
Mississippi, Central, and Pacific
Flyways. The rail season framework
closing date traditionally has coincided
with the duck, coot, and merganser
season framework closing date. We
earlier discussed under 1. Ducks, B.
Regulatory Alternatives that last year we
extended the duck, coot, and merganser
season framework closing date from the
last Sunday in January to January 31
across all four Flyways as directed by
the John D. Dingell, Jr. Conservation,
Management, and Recreation Act,
signed into law on March 12, 2019 (Pub.
L. 116–9). Therefore, we are supportive
of adjusting the rail season closing date
to again coincide with the duck, coot,
and merganser season framework
closing date, and expect this to have
negligible impact to rail population
status.
14. Woodcock
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyway Councils recommended use of
the ‘‘moderate’’ season framework for
the 2020–21 season.
Service Response: In 2011, we
implemented a harvest strategy for
woodcock (76 FR 19876, April 8, 2011).
The harvest strategy provides a
transparent framework for making
regulatory decisions for woodcock
season length and bag limits while we
work to improve monitoring and
assessment protocols for this species.
Utilizing the criteria developed for the
strategy, the three-year average for the
Singing Ground Survey indices and
associated confidence intervals fall
within the ‘‘moderate package’’ for both
the Eastern and Central Management
Regions. As such, a ‘‘moderate season’’
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
15880
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
for both management regions for the
2020–21 season is appropriate.
16. Doves
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic and Mississippi Flyway
Councils recommended adoption of the
standard regulatory alternative, which
consists of a 90-day season and 15-bird
daily bag limit for States within the
Eastern Management Unit. The daily bag
limit could be composed of mourning
doves and white-winged doves, singly
or in combination.
The Mississippi and Central Flyway
Councils recommended adoption of the
standard regulatory alternative, which
consists of a 90-day season and 15-bird
daily bag limit for States within the
Central Management Unit.
The Pacific Flyway Council
recommended adoption of the standard
regulatory alternative, which consists of
a 60-day season and 15-bird daily bag
limit for States in the Western
Management Unit (WMU). The Council
also recommended allowing States in
the WMU to select seasons in one or two
zones with up to two segments per zone.
Service Response: Based on the
harvest strategies and current
population status, we agree with the
recommended selection of the standard
season frameworks for doves in the
Eastern, Central, and Western
Management Units for the 2020–21
season.
We also agree with the Pacific Flyway
Council’s recommendation to allow
States in the WMU to select seasons in
one or two zones with up to two
segments per zone.
In 2004, we recognized the need to
work with the States to review our
current policy regarding zoning for dove
hunting (69 FR 52970; August 30, 2004).
We asked the Flyway Councils and
Mourning Dove Management Unit
Technical Committees to review the
current policies regarding the use of
zones and split seasons for dove
hunting, with a view toward
establishing guidelines for the use of
these harvest-management tools, as has
been done for ducks. Items considered
included the number of zone and splitseason configurations that each State
may choose among, the frequency with
which each State may change their
configuration selection, and the need for
a restricted framework opening date in
south zones. In 2006, we adopted a set
of guidelines for dove zones and split
seasons applicable in the Eastern and
Central Mourning Dove Management
Units based on recommendations of the
Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyway Councils for use beginning in
the 2007–08 season and conforming to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
those fixed five-year periods used for
ducks, e.g., 2006–10 (71 FR 51406;
August 29, 2006). These guidelines were
not extended to the WMU at the time
because they were not endorsed by the
Pacific Flyway Council and no dove
zones occurred in the WMU.
Furthermore, the framework season
length in the WMU was 30 consecutive
days, except in Arizona and California
where the season length was 60 days,
and could be split into two segments.
The season length in the WMU was
expanded to 60 days beginning with the
2014 hunting season. The Pacific
Flyway Council is now requesting the
same flexibility for zones and split
seasons we have afforded to other MUs,
with the exception that the WMU would
be allowed only two season segments in
one or both zones rather than three.
Thus, we are supportive of extending
the guidelines for dove zones and split
seasons to the WMU, with the exception
that seasons may be split into no more
than two segments. Any State’s zone
and split-season configuration also must
conform to those fixed five-year periods
used for duck and dove guidelines for
zones and split seasons, e.g., 2021–25.
Dove harvest may increase slightly in
those States where zones are
established, particularly late in the
season, but any additional harvest is
expected to have negligible impact to
dove population status. Finally, we will
extend the deadline for States to select
their zone and split-season
configurations and to define potential
new zone boundaries for the 2021–25
seasons to July 1, 2020, but we
encourage States to submit their
selections and zone boundaries as soon
as possible (see C. Zones and Split
Seasons, above).
For the 2021–25 seasons, the
guidelines for dove zones and split
seasons are as follows:
Guidelines for Dove Zones and Split
Seasons
(1) A zone is a geographic area or
portion of a State, with a contiguous
boundary, for which independent
seasons may be selected for dove
hunting.
(2) Each State may select a zone and
split-season configuration during an
open season. The configuration must
remain in place for the following five
years except that each State may make
a one-time change and revert to their
previous zone and split-season
configuration in any year of the fiveyear period. Formal approval will not be
required, but the State must notify the
Service before making the change.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(3) Zoning periods for dove hunting
will conform to those years used for
ducks, e.g., 2021–25.
(4) The zone and split-season
configuration consists of two zones with
the option for three-segment seasons in
one or both zones, except in the WMU
where the season in one or both zones
may be split into two segments. As a
grandfathered arrangement, Texas will
have three zones with the option for
two-segment seasons in one, two, or all
three zones.
(5) States that do not wish to zone for
dove hunting may split their seasons
into three segments.
For the 2021–25 period, any State
may continue the configuration used in
2016–20. If changes are made, the zone
and split-season configuration must
conform to one of the configurations
listed above. If Texas uses a new
configuration for the entirety of the fiveyear period, it cannot go back to the
grandfathered arrangement that it
previously had in place.
17. Alaska
Council Recommendations: The
Pacific Flyway Council recommended
reducing the emperor goose total
allowable harvest in Alaska from 1,000
to 500 geese.
Service Response: We agree with the
Pacific Flyway Council’s
recommendation to reduce the emperor
goose total allowable harvest in Alaska
from 1,000 to 500 geese. The Pacific
Flyway Council revised their
management plan for emperor geese in
2016. The management plan includes
emperor goose population objectives,
commitments to monitor population
status, and a harvest strategy. The fallwinter harvest of emperor geese in
Alaska was resumed as a registration
permit hunt in 2017 after more than 30
years of closed seasons. The Council’s
harvest strategy is based on emperor
goose abundance during spring on the
Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta Coastal Zone
and thresholds for prescribed regulatory
alternatives. The harvest strategy
specifies an open hunting season with
an annual quota of 1,000 emperor geese
if the spring abundance index is greater
than 23,000 geese; when spring
abundance index is below 28,000 geese,
a restrictive quota of 500 birds will be
considered. The 2019 emperor goose
spring abundance index was 26,585
(95% CI = 24,161–29,008), and below
the Pacific Flyway Council’s population
objective of 34,000 geese. The
abundance index was also below the
28,000-bird threshold, which triggers
consideration of reducing the allowable
harvest quota from 1,000 to 500 birds for
the 2020–21 season.
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
19. Puerto Rico
Council Recommendations: The
Atlantic Flyway Council recommended
increasing the daily bag limit from 20 to
30 doves in the aggregate in Puerto Rico
beginning with the 2020–21 season. The
daily bag may not exceed 3 mourning
doves and 10 Zenaida doves, as in the
current regulation, but may be as high
as 30 white-winged doves per hunter
daily.
Service Response: We agree with the
Atlantic Flyway Council’s
recommendation. The daily bag may not
exceed 3 mourning doves, 10 Zenaida
doves, but can be as high as 30 whitewinged doves per hunter daily. Whitewinged dove abundance is estimated to
be approximately 1.04 million birds in
Puerto Rico, which is above the target
population of 0.5–0.7 million birds. The
increase in the white-winged dove daily
bag limit from 20 to 30 birds is expected
to increase their harvest rate by 8
percent from 36.7 to 44.7 percent and
reduce total population size of whitewinged doves in Puerto Rico to 0.95
million birds, which is above the target
population of 0.5–0.7 million birds.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Public Comments
The Department of the Interior’s
policy is, whenever possible, to afford
the public an opportunity to participate
in the rulemaking process. Accordingly,
we invite interested persons to submit
written comments, suggestions, or
recommendations regarding the
proposed regulations. Before
promulgating final migratory game bird
hunting regulations, we will consider all
comments we receive. These comments,
and any additional information we
receive, may lead to final regulations
that differ from these proposals.
You may submit your comments and
materials concerning this proposed rule
by one of the methods listed in
ADDRESSES. We will not accept
comments sent by email or fax. We will
not consider hand-delivered comments
that we do not receive, or mailed
comments that are not postmarked, by
the date specified in DATES.
We may post all comments in their
entirety—including your personal
identifying information—on https://
www.regulations.gov. Before including
your address, phone number, email
address, or other personal identifying
information in your comment, you
should be aware that your entire
comment—including your personal
identifying information—may be made
publicly available at any time. While
you can ask us in your comment to
withhold your personal identifying
information from public review, we
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
cannot guarantee that we will be able to
do so. Comments and materials we
receive, as well as supporting
documentation we used in preparing
this proposed rule, will be available for
public inspection on https://
www.regulations.gov, or by
appointment, during normal business
hours, at the U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Division of Migratory Bird
Management, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls
Church, Virginia. We will consider, but
possibly may not respond in detail to,
each comment. As in the past, we will
summarize all comments we receive
during the comment period and respond
to them after the closing date in the
preambles of any final rules.
Required Determinations
Based on our most current data, we
are affirming our required
determinations made in the October 15
proposed rule; for descriptions of our
actions to ensure compliance with the
following statutes and Executive Orders,
see our October 15, 2019, proposed rule
(84 FR 55120):
• National Environmental Policy Act
(NEPA) Consideration;
• Endangered Species Act
Consideration;
• Regulatory Flexibility Act;
• Small Business Regulatory
Enforcement Fairness Act;
• Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995;
• Unfunded Mandates Reform Act;
• Executive Orders 12630, 12866,
12988, 13132, 13175, 13211, 13563, and
13771.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 20
Exports, Hunting, Imports, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements,
Transportation, Wildlife.
The rules that eventually will be
promulgated for the 2020–21 hunting
season are authorized under 16 U.S.C.
703–712 and 16 U.S.C. 742 a–j.
Dated: March 5, 2020.
Rob Wallace,
Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wildlife and
Parks.
Proposed Regulations Frameworks for
2020–21 Hunting Seasons on Certain
Migratory Game Birds
Pursuant to the Migratory Bird Treaty
Act and delegated authorities, the
Department of the Interior is proposing
the following frameworks for season
lengths, shooting hours, bag and
possession limits, and outside dates
within which States may select seasons
for hunting migratory game birds
between the dates of September 1, 2020,
and March 10, 2021. These frameworks
are summarized below.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15881
General
Dates: All outside dates specified
below are inclusive.
Season Lengths: All season lengths
specified below are the maximum
allowed.
Season Segments: All season
segments specified below are the
maximum allowed.
Zones: Unless otherwise specified,
States may select hunting seasons by
zone. Zones for duck seasons (and
associated youth and veterans-active
military waterfowl hunting days,
moorhens and gallinules seasons, and
snipe seasons) and dove seasons may be
selected only in years we declare such
changes can be made (i.e., open seasons
for zones and splits) and according to
federally established guidelines for dove
zones and split seasons. Areas open to
hunting must be described, delineated,
and designated as such in each State’s
hunting regulations and published in
the Federal Register as a Federal
migratory bird hunting frameworks final
rule.
Shooting and Hawking (taking by
falconry) Hours: Unless otherwise
specified, from one-half hour before
sunrise to sunset daily.
Possession Limits: Unless otherwise
specified, possession limits are three
times the daily bag limit.
Permits: For some species of
migratory birds, the Service authorizes
the use of permits to regulate harvest or
monitor their take by hunters, or both.
In such cases, the Service determines
the amount of harvest that may be taken
during hunting seasons during its
formal regulations-setting process, and
the States then issue permits to hunters
at levels predicted to result in the
amount of take authorized by the
Service. Thus, although issued by
States, the permits would not be valid
unless the Service approved such take
in its regulations.
These federally authorized, Stateissued permits are issued to individuals,
and only the individual whose name
and address appears on the permit at the
time of issuance is authorized to take
migratory birds at levels specified in the
permit, in accordance with provisions of
both Federal and State regulations
governing the hunting season. The
permit must be carried by the permittee
when exercising its provisions and must
be presented to any law enforcement
officer upon request. The permit is not
transferrable or assignable to another
individual, and may not be sold,
bartered, traded, or otherwise provided
to another person. If the permit is
altered or defaced in any way, the
permit becomes invalid.
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
15882
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Flyways and Management Units
We set migratory bird hunting
frameworks for the conterminous U.S.
States by Flyway or Management Unit/
Region. Frameworks for Alaska, Hawaii,
Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands are
contained in separate sections near the
end of the frameworks portion of this
document. The States included in the
Flyways and Management Units/
Regions are described below.
Waterfowl Flyways
Atlantic Flyway: Includes
Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia,
Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode
Island, South Carolina, Vermont,
Virginia, and West Virginia.
Mississippi Flyway: Includes
Alabama, Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana,
Iowa, Kentucky, Louisiana, Michigan,
Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Ohio,
Tennessee, and Wisconsin.
Central Flyway: Includes Colorado
(east of the Continental Divide), Kansas,
Montana (Counties of Blaine, Carbon,
Fergus, Judith Basin, Stillwater,
Sweetgrass, Wheatland, and all counties
east thereof), Nebraska, New Mexico
(east of the Continental Divide except
the Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation),
North Dakota, Oklahoma, South Dakota,
Texas, and Wyoming (east of the
Continental Divide).
Pacific Flyway: Includes Arizona,
California, Idaho, Nevada, Oregon, Utah,
Washington, and those portions of
Colorado, Montana, New Mexico, and
Wyoming not included in the Central
Flyway.
Mallard Management Units
High Plains Management Unit:
Roughly defined as that portion of the
Central Flyway that lies west of the
100th meridian. See Area, Unit, and
Zone Descriptions, Ducks (Including
Mergansers) and Coots, below, for
specific boundaries in each State.
Columbia Basin Management Unit: In
Washington, all areas east of the Pacific
Crest Trail and east of the Big White
Salmon River in Klickitat County; and
in Oregon, the counties of Gilliam,
Morrow, and Umatilla.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Mourning Dove Management Units
Eastern Management Unit: All States
east of the Mississippi River, and
Louisiana.
Central Management Unit: Arkansas,
Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota,
Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New
Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, South
Dakota, Texas, and Wyoming.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Western Management Unit: Arizona,
California, Idaho, Nevada, Oregon, Utah,
and Washington.
Woodcock Management Regions
Eastern Management Region:
Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia,
Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode
Island, South Carolina, Vermont,
Virginia, and West Virginia.
Central Management Region:
Alabama, Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana,
Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana,
Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi,
Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio,
Oklahoma, South Dakota, Tennessee,
Texas, and Wisconsin.
Definitions
For the purpose of the hunting
regulations listed below, the collective
terms ‘‘dark’’ and ‘‘light’’ geese include
the following species:
Dark geese: Canada geese (including
cackling geese), white-fronted geese,
brant (except in Alaska, California,
Oregon, Washington, and the Atlantic
Flyway), and all other goose species
except light geese.
Light geese: Snow (including blue)
geese and Ross’s geese.
Area, Zone, and Unit Descriptions:
Geographic descriptions related to
regulations are contained in a later
portion of this document.
Migratory Game Bird Seasons in the
Atlantic Flyway
In the Atlantic Flyway States of
Connecticut, Delaware, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey,
North Carolina, and Pennsylvania,
where Sunday hunting of migratory
birds is prohibited Statewide by State
law or regulation, all Sundays are closed
to the take of all migratory game birds.
Special Youth and Veterans-Active
Military Personnel Waterfowl Hunting
Days
Outside Dates: States may select 2
days per duck-hunting zone, designated
as ‘‘Youth Waterfowl Hunting Days,’’
and 2 days per duck-hunting zone,
designated as ‘‘Veterans and Active
Military Personnel Waterfowl Hunting
Days,’’ in addition to their regular duck
seasons. The days may be held
concurrently. The Youth Waterfowl
Hunting Days must be held outside any
regular duck season on weekends,
holidays, or other non-school days
when youth hunters would have the
maximum opportunity to participate.
Both sets of days may be held up to 14
days before or after any regular duckseason frameworks or within any split
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
of a regular duck season, or within any
other open season on migratory birds.
Daily Bag Limits: The daily bag limits
may include ducks, geese, swans,
mergansers, coots, moorhens, and
gallinules. Bag limits would be the same
as those allowed in the regular season
except in states which implement a
hybrid season for scaup (i.e., different
bag limits during different portions of
the season), in which case the bag limit
will be 2 scaup per day. Flyway species
and area restrictions would remain in
effect.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before
sunrise to sunset.
Participation Restrictions for Youth
Waterfowl Hunting Days: States may use
their established definition of age for
youth hunters. However, youth hunters
must be under the age of 18. In addition,
an adult at least 18 years of age must
accompany the youth hunter into the
field. This adult may not duck hunt but
may participate in other seasons that are
open on the special youth day. Youth
hunters 16 years of age and older must
possess a Federal Migratory Bird
Hunting and Conservation Stamp (also
known as Federal Duck Stamp). Swans
may only be taken by participants
possessing applicable swan permits.
Participation Restrictions for Veterans
and Active Military Personnel Waterfowl
Hunting Days: Veterans (as defined in
section 101 of title 38, United States
Code) and members of the Armed
Forces on active duty, including
members of the National Guard and
Reserves on active duty (other than for
training), may participate. All hunters
must possess a Federal Migratory Bird
Hunting and Conservation Stamp (also
known as Federal Duck Stamp). Swans
may only be taken by participants
possessing applicable swan permits.
Special September Teal Season
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and September 30, an open season on
all species of teal may be selected by the
following States in areas delineated by
State regulations:
Atlantic Flyway: Delaware, Florida,
Georgia, Maryland, North Carolina,
South Carolina, and Virginia.
Mississippi Flyway: Alabama,
Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa,
Kentucky, Louisiana, Michigan,
Mississippi, Missouri, Ohio, Tennessee,
and Wisconsin.
Central Flyway: Colorado (part),
Kansas, Nebraska, New Mexico (part),
Oklahoma, and Texas.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not to exceed 16 consecutive
days in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and
Central Flyways. The daily bag limit is
6 teal.
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Shooting Hours
Atlantic Flyway: One-half hour before
sunrise to sunset, except in South
Carolina, where the hours are from
sunrise to sunset.
Mississippi and Central Flyways: Onehalf hour before sunrise to sunset,
except in the States of Arkansas,
Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Michigan,
Minnesota, Missouri, Ohio, and
Wisconsin, where the hours are from
sunrise to sunset.
Special September Duck Seasons
Florida, Kentucky, and Tennessee: In
lieu of a special September teal season,
a 5-consecutive-day teal/wood duck
season may be selected in September.
The daily bag limit may not exceed 6
teal and wood ducks in the aggregate, of
which no more than 2 may be wood
ducks. In addition, a 4-consecutive-day
teal-only season may be selected in
September either immediately before or
immediately after the 5-consecutive-day
teal/wood duck season. The daily bag
limit is 6 teal.
Waterfowl
Atlantic Flyway
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Ducks, Mergansers, and Coots
Outside Dates: Between the Saturday
nearest September 24 (September 26)
and January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Duck Limits: 60
days. The daily bag limit is 6 ducks,
including no more than 2 mallards (no
more than 1 of which can be female), 2
black ducks, 1 pintail, 1 mottled duck,
1 fulvous whistling duck, 3 wood ducks,
2 redheads, 2 canvasbacks, 4 scoters, 4
eiders, and 4 long-tailed ducks. The
season for scaup may be split into 2
segments, with one segment consisting
of 40 consecutive days with a 1-scaup
daily bag limit, and the second segment
consisting of 20 consecutive days with
a 2-scaup daily bag limit.
Closures: The season on harlequin
ducks is closed.
Merganser Limits: The daily bag limit
of mergansers is 5, only 2 of which may
be hooded mergansers. In States that
include mergansers in the duck bag
limit, the daily limit is the same as the
duck bag limit, only 2 of which may be
hooded mergansers.
Coot Limits: The daily bag limit is 15
coots.
Lake Champlain Zone, New York: The
waterfowl seasons, limits, and shooting
hours should be the same as those
selected for the Lake Champlain Zone of
Vermont.
Connecticut River Zone, Vermont:
The waterfowl seasons, limits, and
shooting hours should be the same as
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
those selected for the Inland Zone of
New Hampshire.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Delaware,
Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North
Carolina, Rhode Island, South Carolina,
Virginia, and West Virginia may split
their seasons into 3 segments.
Connecticut may select seasons in each
of 2 zones, Maine, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, New Jersey, and Vermont
may select seasons in each of 3 zones,
Pennsylvania may select seasons in each
of 4 zones, and New York may select
seasons in each of 5 zones; and all these
States may split their season in each
zone into 2 segments.
Scoters, Eiders, and Long-tailed Ducks
Special Sea Duck Seasons
Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia,
Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
North Carolina, Rhode Island, South
Carolina, and Virginia may select a
Special Sea Duck Season in designated
Special Sea Duck Areas. If a Special Sea
Duck Season is selected, scoters, eiders,
and long-tailed ducks may be taken in
the designated Special Sea Duck Area(s)
only during the Special Sea Duck
Season dates; scoters, eiders, and longtailed ducks may be taken outside of
Special Sea Duck Area(s) during the
regular duck season, in accordance with
the frameworks for ducks, mergansers,
and coots specified above.
Outside Dates: Between September 15
and January 31.
Special Sea Duck Seasons and Daily
Bag Limits: 60 consecutive days, or 60
days that are concurrent with the
regular duck season, with a daily bag
limit of 5, of the listed sea duck species,
including no more than 4 scoters, 4
eiders, and 4 long-tailed ducks. Within
the special sea duck areas, during the
regular duck season in the Atlantic
Flyway, States may choose to allow the
above sea duck limits in addition to the
limits applying to other ducks during
the regular season. In all other areas, sea
ducks may be taken only during the
regular open season for ducks and are
part of the regular duck season daily bag
(not to exceed 4 scoters, 4 eiders, and
4 long-tailed ducks) and possession
limits.
Special Sea Duck Areas: In all coastal
waters and all waters of rivers and
streams seaward from the first upstream
bridge in Maine, New Hampshire,
Massachusetts, Rhode Island,
Connecticut, and New York; in New
Jersey, all coastal waters seaward from
the International Regulations for
Preventing Collisions at Sea (COLREGS)
Demarcation Lines shown on National
Oceanic and Atmospheric
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15883
Administration (NOAA) Nautical Charts
and further described in 33 CFR 80.165,
80.501, 80.502, and 80.503; in any
waters of the Atlantic Ocean and in any
tidal waters of any bay that are
separated by at least 1 mile of open
water from any shore, island, and
emergent vegetation in South Carolina
and Georgia; and in any waters of the
Atlantic Ocean and in any tidal waters
of any bay that are separated by at least
800 yards of open water from any shore,
island, and emergent vegetation in
Delaware, Maryland, North Carolina,
and Virginia; and provided that any
such areas have been described,
delineated, and designated as special
sea duck hunting areas under the
hunting regulations adopted by the
respective States.
Canada Geese
Special Early Canada Goose Seasons
Season lengths and Outside Dates: A
Canada goose season of not more than
15 days during September 1–15 may be
selected for the Eastern Unit of
Maryland. Seasons not to exceed 30
days during September 1–30 may be
selected for Connecticut, Florida,
Georgia, New Jersey, New York (Long
Island Zone only), North Carolina,
Rhode Island, and South Carolina.
Seasons may not exceed 25 days during
September 1–25 in the remainder of the
Flyway. Areas open to the hunting of
Canada geese must be described,
delineated, and designated as such in
each State’s hunting regulations.
Daily Bag Limits: Not to exceed 15
Canada geese.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before
sunrise to sunset, except that during any
special early Canada goose season,
shooting hours may extend to one-half
hour after sunset if all other waterfowl
seasons are closed in the specific
applicable area.
Regular Canada Goose Seasons
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and
Limits: Specific regulations for Canada
geese are provided below by State.
These seasons may also include whitefronted geese in an aggregate daily bag
limit. Unless subsequently provided,
seasons may be split into 2 segments.
Connecticut
North Atlantic Population (NAP)
Zone: Between October 1 and January
31, a 60-day season may be held with
a 2-bird daily bag limit.
Atlantic Population (AP) Zone: A 30day season may be held between
October 10 and February 5, with a 2bird daily bag limit.
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
15884
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
South Zone: A special season may be
held between January 15 and February
15, with a 5-bird daily bag limit.
Resident Population (RP) Zone: An
80-day season may be held between
October 1 and February 15, with a 5bird daily bag limit. The season may be
split into 3 segments.
Delaware
A 30-day season may be held between
November 15 and February 5, with a 1bird daily bag limit.
Florida
An 80-day season may be held
between October 1 and March 10, with
a 5-bird daily bag limit. The season may
be split into 3 segments.
Georgia
An 80-day season may be held
between October 1 and March 10, with
a 5-bird daily bag limit. The season may
be split into 3 segments.
Maine
North and South NAP–H Zones: A 60day season may be held between
October 1 and January 31, with a 2-bird
daily bag limit.
Coastal NAP–L Zone: A 70-day season
may be held between October 1 and
February 15, with a 3-bird daily bag
limit.
Maryland
RP Zone: An 80-day season may be
held between November 15 and March
10, with a 5-bird daily bag limit. The
season may be split into 3 segments.
AP Zone: A 30-day season may be
held between November 15 and
February 5, with a 1-bird daily bag limit.
Massachusetts
NAP Zone: A 60-day season may be
held between October 1 and January 31,
with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
Additionally, a special season may be
held from January 15 to February 15,
with a 5-bird daily bag limit.
AP Zone: A 30-day season may be
held between October 10 and February
5, with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
New Hampshire
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
A 60-day season may be held
Statewide between October 1 and
January 31 with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
New Jersey
AP Zone: A 30-day season may be
held between the fourth Saturday in
October (October 24) and February 5,
with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
NAP Zone: A 60-day season may be
held between October 1 and January 31,
with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Special Late Goose Season Area: A
special season may be held in
designated areas of north and south
New Jersey from January 15 to February
15, with a 5-bird daily bag limit.
New York
NAP Zone: Between October 1 and
January 31, a 60-day season may be
held, with a 2-bird daily bag limit in the
High Harvest areas; and between
October 1 and February 15, a 70-day
season may be held, with a 3-bird daily
bag limit in the Low Harvest areas.
AP Zone: A 30-day season may be
held between the fourth Saturday in
October (October 24), except in the Lake
Champlain Area where the opening date
is October 10, through February 5, with
a 2-bird daily bag limit.
Western Long Island RP Zone: A 107day season may be held between the
Saturday nearest September 24
(September 26) and the last day of
February, with an 8-bird daily bag limit.
The season may be split into 3
segments.
Rest of State RP Zone: An 80-day
season may be held between the fourth
Saturday in October (October 24) and
the last day of February, with a 5-bird
daily bag limit. The season may be split
into 3 segments.
North Carolina
RP Zone: An 80-day season may be
held between October 1 and March 10,
with a 5-bird daily bag limit. The season
may be split into 3 segments.
Northeast Zone: A 14-day season may
be held between the Saturday prior to
December 25 (December 19) and January
31, with a 1-bird daily bag limit.
Pennsylvania
SJBP Zone: A 78-day season may be
held between the first Saturday in
October (October 3) and February 15,
with a 3-bird daily bag limit.
RP Zone: An 80-day season may be
held between the fourth Saturday in
October (October 24) and March 10,
with a 5-bird daily bag limit. The season
may be split into 3 segments.
AP Zone: A 30-day season may be
held between the fourth Saturday in
October (October 24) and February 5,
with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
Rhode Island
A 60-day season may be held between
October 1 and January 31, with a 2-bird
daily bag limit. A special late season
may be held in designated areas from
January 15 to February 15, with a 5-bird
daily bag limit.
South Carolina
In designated areas, an 80-day season
may be held between October 1 and
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
March 10, with a 5-bird daily bag limit.
The season may be split into 3
segments.
Vermont
Lake Champlain Zone and Interior
Zone: A 30-day season may be held
between October 10 and February 5,
with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
Connecticut River Zone: A 60-day
season may be held between October 1
and January 31, with a 2-bird daily bag
limit.
Virginia
SJBP Zone: A 40-day season may be
held between November 15 and January
14, with a 3-bird daily bag limit.
Additionally, a special late season may
be held between January 15 and
February 15, with a 5-bird daily bag
limit.
AP Zone: A 30-day season may be
held between November 15 and
February 5, with a 1-bird daily bag limit.
RP Zone: An 80-day season may be
held between November 15 and March
10, with a 5-bird daily bag limit. The
season may be split into 3 segments.
West Virginia
An 80-day season may be held
between October 1 and March 10, with
a 5-bird daily bag limit. The season may
be split into 3 segments.
Light Geese
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and
Limits: States may select a 107-day
season between October 1 and March
10, with a 25-bird daily bag limit and no
possession limit. Seasons may be split
into 3 segments.
Brant
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and
Limits: States may select a season
between the Saturday nearest September
24 (September 26) and January 31.
Seasons may be split into 2 segments.
The season length and daily bag limit
will be based on the upcoming MidWinter Survey results and the Atlantic
Flyway Council’s Atlantic brant harvest
strategy.
Mississippi Flyway
Ducks, Mergansers, and Coots
Outside Dates: Between the Saturday
nearest September 24 (September 26)
and January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Duck Limits: 60
days. The daily bag limit is 6 ducks,
including no more than 4 mallards (no
more than 2 of which may be females),
1 mottled duck, 2 black ducks, 1 pintail,
3 wood ducks, 2 canvasbacks, and 2
redheads. The season for scaup may be
split into 2 segments, with one segment
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
consisting of 45 consecutive days with
a 2-scaup daily bag limit, and the
second segment consisting of 15
consecutive days with a 1-scaup daily
bag limit.
Merganser Limits: The daily bag limit
is 5, only 2 of which may be hooded
mergansers. In States that include
mergansers in the duck bag limit, the
daily limit is the same as the duck bag
limit, only 2 of which may be hooded
mergansers.
Coot Limits: The daily bag limit is 15
coots.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Alabama,
Arkansas, and Mississippi may split
their seasons into 3 segments. Kentucky
and Tennessee may select seasons in
each of 2 zones, and Indiana, Iowa,
Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota,
Missouri, Ohio and Wisconsin may
select seasons in each of 3 zones; and all
these States may split their season in
each zone into 2 segments. Illinois may
select seasons in each of 4 zones.
Geese
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and
Limits
Canada Geese: States may select
seasons for Canada geese not to exceed
107 days with a 5-bird daily bag limit
during September 1–30, and a 3-bird
daily bag limit for the remainder of the
season. Seasons may be held between
September 1 and February 15, and may
be split into 4 segments.
White-fronted Geese and Brant:
Arkansas, Illinois, Louisiana, Kentucky,
Missouri, Mississippi, and Tennessee
may select a season for white-fronted
geese not to exceed 74 days with 3 geese
daily, or 88 days with 2 geese daily, or
107 days with 1 goose daily between
September 1 and February 15; Alabama,
Iowa, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota,
Ohio, and Wisconsin may select a
season for white-fronted geese not to
exceed 107 days with 5 geese daily, in
aggregate with dark geese between
September 1 and February 15. States
may select a season for brant not to
exceed 70 days with 2 brant daily, or
107 days with 1 brant daily with outside
dates the same as for Canada geese;
alternately, States may include brant in
an aggregate goose bag limit with either
Canada geese, white-fronted geese, or
dark geese.
Light Geese: States may select seasons
for light geese not to exceed 107 days,
with 20 geese daily between September
1 and February 15. There is no
possession limit for light geese.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before
sunrise to sunset, except that during
September 1–15 shooting hours may
extend to one-half hour after sunset for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
15885
Canada geese if all other waterfowl and
crane seasons are closed in the specific
applicable area.
Split Seasons: Seasons for geese may
be split into 4 segments.
Wyoming may select seasons in each of
3 zones; and all these States may split
their season in each zone into 2
segments. Nebraska may select seasons
in each of 4 zones.
Central Flyway
Geese
Ducks, Mergansers, and Coots
Special Early Canada Goose Seasons
Outside Dates: Between the Saturday
nearest September 24 (September 26)
and January 31.
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and
Limits: In Kansas, Nebraska, Oklahoma,
South Dakota, and Texas, Canada goose
seasons of not more than 30 days during
September 1–30 may be selected. In
Colorado, New Mexico, Montana, and
Wyoming, Canada goose seasons of not
more than 15 days during September 1–
15 may be selected. In North Dakota,
Canada goose seasons of not more than
22 days during September 1–22 may be
selected. The daily bag limit may not
exceed 5 Canada geese, except in
Kansas, Nebraska, and Oklahoma, where
the daily bag limit may not exceed 8
Canada geese, and in North Dakota and
South Dakota, where the daily bag limit
may not exceed 15 Canada geese. Areas
open to the hunting of Canada geese
must be described, delineated, and
designated as such in each State’s
hunting regulations.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before
sunrise to sunset, except that during
September 1–15 shooting hours may
extend to one-half hour after sunset if
all other waterfowl and crane seasons
are closed in the specific applicable
area.
Hunting Seasons
High Plains Mallard Management
Unit (roughly defined as that portion of
the Central Flyway that lies west of the
100th meridian): 97 days. The last 23
days must run consecutively and may
start no earlier than the Saturday nearest
December 10 (December 12).
Remainder of the Central Flyway: 74
days.
Duck Limits: The daily bag limit is 6
ducks, including no more than 5
mallards (no more than 2 of which may
be females), 2 redheads, 3 wood ducks,
1 pintail, and 2 canvasbacks. The daily
bag limit for scaup is 1 and the season
for scaup may be split into 2 segments,
with one segment consisting of 39
consecutive days and another segment
consisting of 35 consecutive days. In
Texas, the daily bag limit on mottled
ducks is 1, except that no mottled ducks
may be taken during the first 5 days of
the season. In addition to the daily
limits listed above, the States of
Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota,
and Wyoming, in lieu of selecting an
experimental September teal season,
may include an additional daily bag and
possession limit of 2 and 6 blue-winged
teal, respectively, during the first 16
days of the regular duck season in each
respective duck hunting zone. These
extra limits are in addition to the regular
duck bag and possession limits.
Merganser Limits: The daily bag limit
is 5 mergansers, only 2 of which may be
hooded mergansers. In States that
include mergansers in the duck daily
bag limit, the daily limit may be the
same as the duck bag limit, only two of
which may be hooded mergansers.
Coot Limits: The daily bag limit is 15
coots.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Colorado,
Kansas (Low Plains portion), Montana,
Nebraska, New Mexico, Oklahoma (Low
Plains portion), South Dakota (Low
Plains portion), Texas (Low Plains
portion), and Wyoming may select
hunting seasons by zones.
North Dakota may split their season
into 3 segments. Montana, New Mexico,
Oklahoma, and Texas may select
seasons in each of 2 zones, and
Colorado, Kansas, South Dakota, and
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Regular Goose Seasons
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and
Limits
Outside Dates: For dark geese, seasons
may be selected between the outside
dates of the Saturday nearest September
24 (September 26) and the Sunday
nearest February 15 (February 14). For
light geese, outside dates for seasons
may be selected between the Saturday
nearest September 24 (September 26)
and March 10. In the Rainwater Basin
Light Goose Area (East and West) of
Nebraska, temporal and spatial
restrictions that are consistent with the
late-winter snow goose hunting strategy
cooperatively developed by the Central
Flyway Council and the Service are
required.
Dark Geese: In Kansas, Nebraska,
North Dakota, Oklahoma, South Dakota,
and the Eastern Goose Zone of Texas,
States may select a season for Canada
geese (or any other dark goose species
except white-fronted geese) not to
exceed 107 days with a daily bag limit
of 8. For white-fronted geese, these
States may select either a season of 74
days with a bag limit of 3, or an 88-day
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
15886
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
season with a bag limit of 2, or a season
of 107 days with a bag limit of 1.
In Colorado, Montana, New Mexico,
and Wyoming, States may select seasons
not to exceed 107 days. The daily bag
limit for dark geese is 5 in the aggregate.
In the Western Goose Zone of Texas,
the season may not exceed 95 days. The
daily bag limit for Canada geese (or any
other dark goose species except whitefronted geese) is 5. The daily bag limit
for white-fronted geese is 2.
Light Geese: States may select a light
goose season not to exceed 107 days.
The daily bag limit for light geese is 50
with no possession limit.
Split Seasons: Seasons for geese may
be split into 3 segments. Three-segment
seasons for Canada geese require Central
Flyway Council and U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service approval, and a 3-year
evaluation by each participating State.
Pacific Flyway
Ducks, Mergansers, and Coots
Outside Dates: Between the Saturday
nearest September 24 (September 26)
and January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Duck and
Merganser Limits: 107 days. The daily
bag limit is 7 ducks and mergansers,
including no more than 2 female
mallards, 1 pintail, 2 canvasbacks, 2
scaup, and 2 redheads. For scaup, the
season length is 86 days, which may be
split according to applicable zones and
split duck hunting configurations
approved for each State.
Coot, Common Moorhen, and Purple
Gallinule Limits: The daily bag limit of
coots, common moorhens, and purple
gallinules is 25, singly or in the
aggregate.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Montana
and New Mexico may split their seasons
into 3 segments. Arizona, Colorado,
Oregon, Utah, Washington, and
Wyoming may select seasons in each of
2 zones, Nevada may select seasons in
each of 3 zones, and California may
select seasons in each of 5 zones; and all
these States may split their season in
each zone into 2 segments. Idaho may
select seasons in each of 4 zones.
Colorado River Zone, California:
Seasons and limits should be the same
as seasons and limits selected in the
adjacent portion of Arizona (South
Zone).
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Geese
Special Early Canada Goose Seasons
A Canada goose season of not more
than 15 days during September 1–20
may be selected. The daily bag limit
may not exceed 5 Canada geese, except
in Pacific County, Washington, where
the daily bag limit may not exceed 15
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Canada geese. Areas open to hunting of
Canada geese in each State must be
described, delineated, and designated as
such in each State’s hunting regulations.
Regular Goose Seasons
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and
Limits
Canada Geese and Brant: Except as
subsequently provided, 107-day seasons
may be selected with outside dates
between the Saturday nearest September
24 (September 26) and January 31. In
Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Montana,
Nevada, New Mexico, Utah, and
Wyoming, the daily bag limit is 4
Canada geese and brant in the aggregate.
In California, Oregon, and Washington,
the daily bag limit is 4 Canada geese.
For brant, in California, Oregon and
Washington, the season lengths and
daily bag limits will be based on the
upcoming Winter Brant Survey results
and the Pacific brant harvest strategy.
Days must be consecutive. Washington
and California may select hunting
seasons for up to 2 zones. The daily bag
limit is 2 brant and is in addition to
other goose limits. In Oregon and
California, the brant season must end no
later than December 15.
White-fronted Geese: Except as
subsequently provided, 107-day seasons
may be selected with outside dates
between the Saturday nearest September
24 (September 26) and March 10. The
daily bag limit is 10.
Light Geese: Except as subsequently
provided, 107-day seasons may be
selected with outside dates between the
Saturday nearest September 24
(September 26) and March 10. The daily
bag limit is 20.
Split Seasons: Seasons may be split
into 3 segments. Three-segment seasons
for Canada geese and white-fronted
geese require Pacific Flyway Council
and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
approval and a 3-year evaluation by
each participating State.
California
The daily bag limit for Canada geese
is 10.
Balance of State Zone: A Canada
goose season may be selected with
outside dates between the Saturday
nearest September 24 (September 26)
and March 10. In the Sacramento Valley
Special Management Area, the season
on white-fronted geese must end on or
before December 28, and the daily bag
limit is 3 white-fronted geese. In the
North Coast Special Management Area,
hunting days that occur after January 31
should be concurrent with Oregon’s
South Coast Zone.
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Northeastern Zone: The white-fronted
goose season may be split into 3
segments.
Oregon
The daily bag limit for light geese is
6 on or before the last Sunday in
January (January 31).
Harney and Lake County Zone: For
Lake County only, the daily whitefronted goose bag limit is 1.
Northwest Permit Zone: A Canada
goose season may be selected with
outside dates between the Saturday
nearest September 24 (September 26)
and March 10. Canada goose and whitefronted goose seasons may be split into
3 segments. The daily bag limits of
Canada geese and light geese are 6 each.
In the Tillamook County Management
Area, the hunting season is closed on
geese.
South Coast Zone: A Canada goose
season may be selected with outside
dates between the Saturday nearest
September 24 (September 26) and
March 10. Canada goose and whitefronted goose seasons may be split into
3 segments. The daily bag limit of
Canada geese is 6. Hunting days that
occur after January 31 should be
concurrent with California’s North Coast
Special Management Area.
Utah
A Canada goose and brant season may
be selected in the Wasatch Front Zone
with outside dates between the Saturday
nearest September 24 (September 26)
and the first Sunday in February
(February 7).
Washington
The daily bag limit for light geese is
6.
Areas 2 Inland and 2 Coastal
(Southwest Permit Zone): A Canada
goose season may be selected in each
zone with outside dates between the
Saturday nearest September 24
(September 26) and March 10. Canada
goose and white-fronted goose seasons
may be split into 3 segments.
Area 4: Canada goose and whitefronted goose seasons may be split into
3 segments.
Permit Zones
In Oregon and Washington permit
zones, the hunting season is closed on
dusky Canada geese. A dusky Canada
goose is any dark-breasted Canada goose
(Munsell 10 YR color value 5 or less)
with a bill length between 40 and 50
millimeters. Hunting of geese will only
be by hunters possessing a State-issued
permit authorizing them to do so.
Shooting hours for geese may begin no
earlier than sunrise. Regular Canada
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
goose seasons in the permit zones of
Oregon and Washington remain subject
to the Memorandum of Understanding
entered into with the Service regarding
monitoring the impacts of take during
the regular Canada goose season on the
dusky Canada goose population.
Swans
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Pacific Flyway
In portions of the Pacific Flyway
(Idaho, Montana, Nevada, and Utah), an
open season for taking a limited number
of swans may be selected. These seasons
are also subject to the following
conditions:
Outside Dates: Between the Saturday
nearest September 24 (September 26)
and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Seasons may not
exceed 107 days, and may be split into
2 segments.
Permits: Swan hunting is by permit
only. Permits will be issued by the State
and will authorize each permittee to
take no more than 1 swan per season
with each permit. Only 1 permit may be
issued per hunter in Montana and Utah,
2 permits may be issued per hunter in
Nevada. The total number of permits
issued may not exceed 50 in Idaho, 500
in Montana, 650 in Nevada, and 2,750
in Utah.
Quotas: The swan season in the
respective State must end upon
attainment of the following reported
harvest of trumpeter swans: 20 in Utah
and 10 in Nevada. There is no quota in
Montana.
Monitoring: Each State must evaluate
hunter participation, species-specific
swan harvest, and hunter compliance in
providing either species-determinant
parts (at least the intact head) or bill
measurements (bill length from tip to
posterior edge of the nares opening, and
presence or absence of yellow lore spots
on the bill in front of the eyes) of
harvested swans for species
identification. Each State should use
appropriate measures to maximize
hunter compliance with the State’s
program for swan harvest reporting.
Each State must achieve a hunter
compliance of at least 80 percent in
providing species-determinant parts or
bill measurements of harvested swans
for species identification or subsequent
permits will be reduced by 10 percent
in the respective State. Each State must
provide to the Service by June 30
following the swan season a report
detailing hunter participation, speciesspecific swan harvest, and hunter
compliance in reporting harvest. In
Idaho and Montana, all hunters that
harvest a swan must complete and
submit a reporting card (bill card) with
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
15887
the bill measurement and color
information from the harvested swan
within 72 hours of harvest for species
determination. In Utah and Nevada, all
hunters that harvest a swan must have
the swan or species-determinant parts
examined by a State or Federal biologist
within 72 hours of harvest for species
determination.
Other Provisions: In Utah, the season
is subject to the terms of the
Memorandum of Agreement entered
into with the Service in January 2019
regarding harvest monitoring, season
closure procedures, and education
requirements to minimize take of
trumpeter swans during the swan
season.
—In Virginia, no more than 638 permits
may be issued.
Atlantic and Central Flyways
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and February 28 in Minnesota, and
between September 1 and January 31 in
Alabama, Kentucky and Tennessee.
Hunting Seasons: A season not to
exceed 37 consecutive days may be
selected in the designated portion of
northwestern Minnesota (Northwest
Goose Zone), and a season not to exceed
60 consecutive days in Alabama,
Kentucky, and Tennessee. The season in
Alabama is experimental.
Daily Bag Limit: 1 sandhill crane in
Minnesota, 2 sandhill cranes in
Kentucky, and 3 sandhill cranes in
Alabama and Tennessee. In Alabama,
Kentucky, and Tennessee, the seasonal
bag limit is 3 sandhill cranes.
Permits: Each person participating in
the regular sandhill crane seasons must
have a valid State sandhill crane
hunting permit.
Other Provisions: The number of
permits (where applicable), open areas,
season dates, protection plans for other
species, and other provisions of seasons
must be consistent with the
management plans and approved by the
Mississippi Flyway Council.
In portions of the Atlantic Flyway
(Delaware, North Carolina, and Virginia)
and the Central Flyway (North Dakota,
South Dakota [east of the Missouri
River], and that portion of Montana in
the Central Flyway), an open season for
taking a limited number of swans may
be selected. Permits will be issued by
the States that authorize the take of no
more than 1 swan per permit. A second
permit may be issued to hunters from
unused permits remaining after the first
drawing.
Monitoring: Each State must evaluate
hunter participation, species-specific
swan harvest, and hunter compliance in
providing measurements of harvested
swans for species identification. Each
State should use appropriate measures
to maximize hunter compliance with
the State’s program for swan harvest
reporting. Each State must achieve a
hunter compliance of at least 80 percent
in providing species-determinant
measurements of harvested swans for
species identification. Each State must
provide to the Service by June 30
following the swan season a report
detailing hunter participation, speciesspecific swan harvest, and hunter
compliance in reporting harvest.
In lieu of a general swan hunting
season, States may select a season only
for tundra swans. States selecting a
season only for tundra swans must
obtain harvest and hunter participation
data.
These general swan seasons and
tundra swan seasons are also subject to
the following conditions:
In the Atlantic Flyway
—The season may be 90 days, between
October 1 and January 31.
—In Delaware, no more than 67 permits
may be issued. The season is
experimental.
—In North Carolina, no more than 4,895
permits may be issued.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
In the Central Flyway
—The season may be 107 days, between
the Saturday nearest October 1
(October 3) and January 31.
—In the Central Flyway portion of
Montana, no more than 500 permits
may be issued.
—In North Dakota, no more than 2,200
permits may be issued.
—In South Dakota, no more than 1,300
permits may be issued.
Sandhill Cranes
Regular Seasons in the Mississippi
Flyway
Regular Seasons in the Central Flyway
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and February 28.
Hunting Seasons: Seasons not to
exceed 37 consecutive days may be
selected in designated portions of Texas
(Area 2). Seasons not to exceed 58
consecutive days may be selected in
designated portions of the following
States: Colorado, Kansas, Montana,
North Dakota, South Dakota, and
Wyoming. Seasons not to exceed 93
consecutive days may be selected in
designated portions of the following
States: New Mexico, Oklahoma, and
Texas.
Daily Bag Limits: 3 sandhill cranes,
except 2 sandhill cranes in designated
portions of North Dakota (Area 2) and
Texas (Area 2).
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
15888
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Permits: Each person participating in
the regular sandhill crane season must
have a valid Federal or State sandhill
crane hunting permit.
gallinules, singly or in the aggregate of
the two species.
Zoning: Seasons may be selected by
zones established for duck hunting.
Special Seasons in the Central and
Pacific Flyways
Rails
Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Montana,
New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming may
select seasons for hunting sandhill
cranes within the range of the Rocky
Mountain Population (RMP) of sandhill
cranes subject to the following
conditions:
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: The season in any
State or zone may not exceed 60 days,
and may be split into 3 segments.
Bag limits: Not to exceed 3 daily and
9 per season.
Permits: Participants must have a
valid permit, issued by the appropriate
State, in their possession while hunting.
Other Provisions: Numbers of permits,
open areas, season dates, protection
plans for other species, and other
provisions of seasons must be consistent
with the management plan and
approved by the Central and Pacific
Flyway Councils, with the following
exceptions:
A. In Utah, 100 percent of the harvest
will be assigned to the RMP crane quota;
B. In Arizona, monitoring the racial
composition of the harvest must be
conducted at 3-year intervals unless 100
percent of the harvest will be assigned
to the RMP crane quota;
C. In Idaho, 100 percent of the harvest
will be assigned to the RMP crane quota;
and
D. In the Estancia Valley hunt area of
New Mexico, the level and racial
composition of the harvest must be
monitored; greater sandhill cranes in the
harvest will be assigned to the RMP
crane quota.
Outside Dates: States included herein
may select seasons between September
1 and January 31 on clapper, king, sora,
and Virginia rails.
Hunting Seasons: Seasons may not
exceed 70 days, and may be split into
2 segments.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Common Moorhens and Purple
Gallinules
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Clapper and King Rails: In
Connecticut, Delaware, Maryland, New
Jersey, and Rhode Island, 10, singly or
in the aggregate of the two species. In
Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana,
Mississippi, North Carolina, South
Carolina, Texas, and Virginia, 15, singly
or in the aggregate of the two species.
Sora and Virginia Rails: In the
Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyways and the Pacific Flyway
portions of Colorado, Montana, New
Mexico, and Wyoming, 25 rails, singly
or in the aggregate of the two species.
The season is closed in the remainder of
the Pacific Flyway.
Snipe
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and February 28, except in Connecticut,
Delaware, Maine, Maryland,
Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New
Jersey, New York, Rhode Island,
Vermont, and Virginia, where the
season must end no later than January
31.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Seasons may not exceed 107
days and may be split into 2 segments.
The daily bag limit is 8 snipe.
Zoning: Seasons may be selected by
zones established for duck hunting.
American Woodcock
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and January 31 in the Atlantic,
Mississippi, and Central Flyways. States
in the Pacific Flyway may select their
hunting seasons between the outside
dates for the season on ducks,
mergansers, and coots; therefore, Pacific
Flyway frameworks for common
moorhens and purple gallinules are
included with the duck, merganser, and
coot frameworks.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Seasons may not exceed 70 days
in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyways. Seasons may be split into 2
segments. The daily bag limit is 15
common moorhens and purple
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Daily Bag Limits
Outside Dates: States in the Eastern
Management Region may select hunting
seasons between October 1 and January
31. States in the Central Management
Region may select hunting seasons
between the Saturday nearest September
22 (September 19) and January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Seasons may not exceed 45 days
in the Eastern and Central Regions. The
daily bag limit is 3. Seasons may be split
into 2 segments.
Zoning: New Jersey may select
seasons in each of two zones. The
season in each zone may not exceed 36
days.
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Band-Tailed Pigeons
Pacific Coast States (California, Oregon,
Washington, and Nevada)
Outside Dates: Between September 15
and January 1.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not more than 9 consecutive
days, with a daily bag limit of 2.
Zoning: California may select hunting
seasons not to exceed 9 consecutive
days in each of 2 zones. The season in
the North Zone must close by October
3.
Four-Corners States (Arizona, Colorado,
New Mexico, and Utah)
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and November 30.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not more than 14 consecutive
days, with a daily bag limit of 2.
Zoning: New Mexico may select
hunting seasons not to exceed 14
consecutive days in each of 2 zones. The
season in the South Zone may not open
until October 1.
Doves
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and January 31 in the Eastern
Management Unit, and between
September 1 and January 15 in the
Central and Western Management Units,
except as subsequently provided, States
may select hunting seasons and daily
bag limits as follows:
Eastern Management Unit
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not more than 90 days, with a
daily bag limit of 15 mourning and
white-winged doves in the aggregate.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Seasons
may be split into 3 segments; Alabama,
Louisiana, and Mississippi may select
seasons in each of 2 zones, and may
split their season in each zone into 3
segments.
Central Management Unit
For all States except Texas
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not more than 90 days, with a
daily bag limit of 15 mourning and
white-winged doves in the aggregate.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Seasons
may be split into 3 segments; New
Mexico may select seasons in each of 2
zones and may split their season in each
zone into 3 segments.
Texas
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag
Limits: Not more than 90 days, with a
daily bag limit of 15 mourning, whitewinged, and white-tipped doves in the
aggregate, of which no more than 2 may
be white-tipped doves.
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Zoning and Split Seasons: Texas may
select hunting seasons for each of 3
zones subject to the following
conditions:
A. The season may be split into 2
segments, except in that portion of
Texas in which the special whitewinged dove season is allowed, where
a limited take of mourning and whitetipped doves may also occur during that
special season (see Special Whitewinged Dove Area in Texas, below).
B. A season may be selected for the
North and Central Zones between
September 1 and January 25; and for the
South Zone between September 14 and
January 25.
Special White-Winged Dove Area in
Texas
In addition, Texas may select a
hunting season of not more than 4 days
for the Special White-winged Dove Area
between September 1 and September 19.
The daily bag limit may not exceed 15
white-winged, mourning, and whitetipped doves in the aggregate, of which
no more than 2 may be mourning doves
and no more than 2 may be whitetipped doves.
Western Management Unit
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits
Idaho, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, and
Washington: Not more than 60 days,
which may be split between 2 segments.
The daily bag limit is 15 mourning and
white-winged doves in the aggregate.
Arizona and California: Not more
than 60 days, which may be split
between 2 segments, September 1–15
and November 1–January 15. In
Arizona, during the first segment of the
season, the daily bag limit is 15
mourning and white-winged doves in
the aggregate, of which no more than 10
could be white-winged doves. During
the remainder of the season, the daily
bag limit is 15 mourning doves. In
California, the daily bag limit is 15
mourning and white-winged doves in
the aggregate, of which no more than 10
could be white-winged doves.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Alaska
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and January 26.
Hunting Seasons: Except as
subsequently provided, not more than
107 consecutive days for waterfowl
(except brant), sandhill cranes, and
common snipe concurrent in each of 5
zones. The season length for brant will
be determined based on the upcoming
brant winter survey results and the
Pacific brant harvest strategy. The
season may be split into 2 segments in
the Kodiak Zone.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Closures: The hunting season is
closed on spectacled eiders and Steller’s
eiders.
Daily Bag and Possession Limits
Ducks: Except as subsequently
provided, the basic daily bag limit is 7
ducks. Basic daily bag limit in the North
Zone is 10, and in the Gulf Coast Zone
is 8. The basic daily bag limits may
include no more than 2 canvasbacks
daily and may not include sea ducks.
In addition to the basic daily bag
limits, Alaska may select sea duck limits
of 10 daily, singly or in the aggregate,
including no more than 6 each of either
harlequin or long-tailed ducks. Sea
ducks include scoters, common and
king eiders, harlequin ducks, long-tailed
ducks, and common and red-breasted
mergansers.
Light Geese: The daily bag limit is 6.
Canada Geese: The daily bag limit is
4 with the following exceptions:
A. In Units 5 and 6, the taking of
Canada geese is permitted from
September 28 through December 16.
B. On Middleton Island in Unit 6, a
special, permit-only Canada goose
season may be offered. A mandatory
goose identification class is required.
Hunters must check in and check out.
The bag limit is 1 daily and 1 in
possession. The season will close if
incidental harvest includes 5 dusky
Canada geese. A dusky Canada goose is
any dark-breasted Canada goose
(Munsell 10 YR color value 5 or less)
with a bill length between 40 and 50
millimeters.
C. In Units 9, 10, 17, and 18, the daily
bag limit is 6 Canada geese.
White-fronted Geese: The daily bag
limit is 4 with the following exceptions:
A. In Units 9, 10, and 17, the daily bag
limit is 6 white-fronted geese.
B. In Unit 18, the daily bag limit is 10
white-fronted geese.
Emperor Geese: Open seasons for
emperor geese may be selected subject
to the following conditions:
A. All seasons are by permit only.
B. No more than 1 emperor goose may
be harvested per hunter per season.
C. Total harvest may not exceed 500
emperor geese.
D. In State Game Management Unit 8,
the Kodiak Island Road Area is closed
to hunting. The Kodiak Island Road
Area consists of all lands and water
(including exposed tidelands) east of a
line extending from Crag Point in the
north to the west end of Saltery Cove in
the south and all lands and water south
of a line extending from Termination
Point along the north side of Cascade
Lake extending to Anton Larsen Bay.
Marine waters adjacent to the closed
area are closed to harvest within 500
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15889
feet from the water’s edge. The offshore
islands are open to harvest, for example:
Woody, Long, Gull, and Puffin islands.
Brant: The daily bag limit will be
determined based on the upcoming
brant winter survey results and the
Pacific brant harvest strategy.
Snipe: The daily bag limit is 8.
Sandhill Cranes: The daily bag limit
is 2 in the Southeast, Gulf Coast,
Kodiak, and Aleutian Zones, and Unit
17 in the North Zone. In the remainder
of the North Zone (outside Unit 17), the
daily bag limit is 3.
Tundra Swans: Open seasons for
tundra swans may be selected subject to
the following conditions:
A. All seasons are by permit only.
B. All season framework dates are
September 1–October 31.
C. In Unit 17, no more than 200
permits may be issued during this
operational season. No more than 3
tundra swans may be authorized per
permit, with no more than 1 permit
issued per hunter per season.
D. In Unit 18, no more than 500
permits may be issued during the
operational season. No more than 3
tundra swans may be authorized per
permit. No more than 1 permit may be
issued per hunter per season.
E. In Unit 22, no more than 300
permits may be issued during the
operational season. No more than 3
tundra swans may be authorized per
permit. No more than 1 permit may be
issued per hunter per season.
F. In Unit 23, no more than 300
permits may be issued during the
operational season. No more than 3
tundra swans may be authorized per
permit. No more than 1 permit may be
issued per hunter per season.
Hawaii
Outside Dates: Between October 1 and
January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 65
days (75 under the alternative) for
mourning doves.
Bag Limits: Not to exceed 15 (12
under the alternative) mourning doves.
Note: Mourning doves may be taken
in Hawaii in accordance with shooting
hours and other regulations set by the
State of Hawaii, and subject to the
applicable provisions of 50 CFR part 20.
Puerto Rico
Doves and Pigeons
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and January 15.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 60
days.
Daily Bag and Possession Limits: Not
to exceed 30 Zenaida, mourning, and
white-winged doves in the aggregate, of
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
15890
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
which not more than 10 may be Zenaida
doves and 3 may be mourning doves.
Not to exceed 5 scaly-naped pigeons.
Closed Seasons: The season is closed
on the white-crowned pigeon and the
plain pigeon, which are protected by the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
Closed Areas: There is no open season
on doves or pigeons in the following
areas: Municipality of Culebra,
Desecheo Island, Mona Island, El Verde
Closure Area, and Cidra Municipality
and adjacent areas.
Ducks
Ducks, Coots, Moorhens, Gallinules, and
Snipe
In accordance with 50 CFR 21.29,
falconry is a permitted means of taking
migratory game birds in any State
except for Hawaii. States may select an
extended season for taking migratory
game birds in accordance with the
following:
Extended Seasons: For all hunting
methods combined, the combined
length of the extended season, regular
season, and any special or experimental
seasons must not exceed 107 days for
any species or group of species in a
geographical area. Each extended season
may be split into 3 segments.
Framework Dates: Seasons must fall
between September 1 and March 10.
Daily Bag Limits: Falconry daily bag
limits for all permitted migratory game
birds must not exceed 3 birds, singly or
in the aggregate, during extended
falconry seasons, any special or
experimental seasons, and regular
hunting seasons in all States, including
those that do not select an extended
falconry season.
Regular Seasons: General hunting
regulations, including seasons and
hunting hours, apply to falconry.
Regular season bag limits do not apply
to falconry. The falconry bag limit is not
in addition to gun limits.
Outside Dates: Between October 1 and
January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 55
days may be selected for hunting ducks,
common moorhens, and common snipe.
The season may be split into 2
segments.
Daily Bag Limits
Ducks: Not to exceed 6 ducks.
Common Moorhens: Not to exceed 6
moorhens.
Common Snipe: Not to exceed 8
snipe.
Closed Seasons: The season is closed
on the ruddy duck, white-cheeked
pintail, West Indian whistling duck,
fulvous whistling duck, and masked
duck, which are protected by the
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. The
season also is closed on the purple
gallinule, American coot, and Caribbean
coot.
Closed Areas: There is no open season
on ducks, common moorhens, and
common snipe in the Municipality of
Culebra and on Desecheo Island.
Virgin Islands
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Doves and Pigeons
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Special Falconry Regulations
Area, Unit, and Zone Descriptions
Outside Dates: Between September 1
and January 15.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 60
consecutive days.
Daily Bag and Possession Limits: Not
to exceed 10 Zenaida doves.
Closed Seasons: No open season is
prescribed for ground or quail doves or
pigeons.
Closed Areas: There is no open season
for migratory game birds on Ruth Cay
(just south of St. Croix).
Local Names for Certain Birds:
Zenaida dove, also known as mountain
dove; bridled quail-dove, also known as
Barbary dove or partridge; common
ground-dove, also known as stone dove,
tobacco dove, rola, or tortolita; scalynaped pigeon, also known as red-necked
or scaled pigeon.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Outside Dates: Between December 1
and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 55
consecutive days.
Daily Bag Limits: Not to exceed 6
ducks.
Closed Seasons: The season is closed
on the ruddy duck, white-cheeked
pintail, West Indian whistling duck,
fulvous whistling duck, and masked
duck.
Jkt 250001
Ducks (Including Mergansers) and Coots
Atlantic Flyway
Connecticut
North Zone: That portion of the State
north of I–95.
South Zone: Remainder of the State.
Maine
North Zone: That portion north of the
line extending east along Maine State
Highway 110 from the New HampshireMaine State line to the intersection of
Maine State Highway 11 in Newfield;
then north and east along Route 11 to
the intersection of U.S. Route 202 in
Auburn; then north and east on Route
202 to the intersection of I–95 in
Augusta; then north and east along I–95
to Route 15 in Bangor; then east along
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Route 15 to Route 9; then east along
Route 9 to Stony Brook in Baileyville;
then east along Stony Brook to the U.S.
border.
Coastal Zone: That portion south of a
line extending east from the Maine-New
Brunswick border in Calais at the Route
1 Bridge; then south along Route 1 to
the Maine-New Hampshire border in
Kittery.
South Zone: Remainder of the State.
Maryland
Special Teal Season Area: Calvert,
Caroline, Cecil, Dorchester, Harford,
Kent, Queen Anne’s, St. Mary’s,
Somerset, Talbot, Wicomico, and
Worcester Counties; that part of Anne
Arundel County east of Interstate 895,
Interstate 97, and Route 3; that part of
Prince George’s County east of Route 3
and Route 301; and that part of Charles
County east of Route 301 to the Virginia
State Line.
Massachusetts
Western Zone: That portion of the
State west of a line extending south
from the Vermont State line on I–91 to
MA 9, west on MA 9 to MA 10, south
on MA 10 to U.S. 202, south on U.S. 202
to the Connecticut State line.
Central Zone: That portion of the
State east of the Berkshire Zone and
west of a line extending south from the
New Hampshire State line on I–95 to
U.S. 1, south on U.S. 1 to I–93, south on
I–93 to MA 3, south on MA 3 to U.S.
6, west on U.S. 6 to MA 28, west on MA
28 to I–195, west to the Rhode Island
State line; except the waters, and the
lands 150 yards inland from the highwater mark, of the Assonet River
upstream to the MA 24 bridge, and the
Taunton River upstream to the Center
St.–Elm St. bridge shall be in the Coastal
Zone.
Coastal Zone: That portion of
Massachusetts east and south of the
Central Zone.
New Hampshire
Northern Zone: That portion of the
State east and north of the Inland Zone
beginning at the Jct. of Rte. 10 and Rte.
25–A in Orford, east on Rte. 25–A to
Rte. 25 in Wentworth, southeast on Rte.
25 to Exit 26 of Rte. I–93 in Plymouth,
south on Rte. I–93 to Rte. 3 at Exit 24
of Rte. I–93 in Ashland, northeast on
Rte. 3 to Rte. 113 in Holderness, north
on Rte. 113 to Rte. 113–A in Sandwich,
north on Rte. 113–A to Rte. 113 in
Tamworth, east on Rte. 113 to Rte. 16
in Chocorua, north on Rte. 16 to Rte.
302 in Conway, east on Rte. 302 to the
Maine-New Hampshire border.
Inland Zone: That portion of the State
south and west of the Northern Zone,
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
west of the Coastal Zone, and includes
the area of Vermont and New
Hampshire as described for hunting
reciprocity. A person holding a New
Hampshire hunting license that allows
the taking of migratory waterfowl or a
person holding a Vermont resident
hunting license that allows the taking of
migratory waterfowl may take migratory
waterfowl and coots from the following
designated area of the Inland Zone: The
State of Vermont east of Rte. I–91 at the
Massachusetts border, north on Rte. I–
91 to Rte. 2, north on Rte. 2 to Rte. 102,
north on Rte. 102 to Rte. 253, and north
on Rte. 253 to the border with Canada
and the area of New Hampshire west of
Rte. 63 at the Massachusetts border,
north on Rte. 63 to Rte. 12, north on Rte.
12 to Rte. 12–A, north on Rte. 12–A to
Rte. 10, north on Rte. 10 to Rte. 135,
north on Rte. 135 to Rte. 3, north on Rte.
3 to the intersection with the
Connecticut River.
Coastal Zone: That portion of the
State east of a line beginning at the
Maine-New Hampshire border in
Rollinsford, then extending to Rte. 4
west to the city of Dover, south to the
intersection of Rte. 108, south along Rte.
108 through Madbury, Durham, and
Newmarket to the junction of Rte. 85 in
Newfields, south to Rte. 101 in Exeter,
east to Interstate 95 (New Hampshire
Turnpike) in Hampton, and south to the
Massachusetts border.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
New Jersey
Coastal Zone: That portion of the
State seaward of a line beginning at the
New York State line in Raritan Bay and
extending west along the New York
State line to NJ 440 at Perth Amboy;
west on NJ 440 to the Garden State
Parkway; south on the Garden State
Parkway to NJ 109; south on NJ 109 to
Cape May County Route 633 (Lafayette
Street); south on Lafayette Street to
Jackson Street; south on Jackson Street
to the shoreline at Cape May; west along
the shoreline of Cape May beach to
COLREGS Demarcation Line 80.503 at
Cape May Point; south along COLREGS
Demarcation Line 80.503 to the
Delaware State line in Delaware Bay.
North Zone: That portion of the State
west of the Coastal Zone and north of
a line extending west from the Garden
State Parkway on NJ 70 to the New
Jersey Turnpike, north on the turnpike
to U.S. 206, north on U.S. 206 to U.S.
1 at Trenton, west on U.S. 1 to the
Pennsylvania State line in the Delaware
River.
South Zone: That portion of the State
not within the North Zone or the Coastal
Zone.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
New York
Lake Champlain Zone: That area east
and north of a continuous line
extending along U.S. 11 from the New
York-Canada International boundary
south to NY 9B, south along NY 9B to
U.S. 9, south along U.S. 9 to NY 22
south of Keesville; south along NY 22 to
the west shore of South Bay, along and
around the shoreline of South Bay to NY
22 on the east shore of South Bay;
southeast along NY 22 to U.S. 4,
northeast along U.S. 4 to the Vermont
State line.
Long Island Zone: That area
consisting of Nassau County, Suffolk
County, that area of Westchester County
southeast of I–95, and their tidal waters.
Western Zone: That area west of a line
extending from Lake Ontario east along
the north shore of the Salmon River to
I–81, and south along I–81 to the
Pennsylvania State line.
Northeastern Zone: That area north of
a continuous line extending from Lake
Ontario east along the north shore of the
Salmon River to I–81, south along I–81
to NY 31, east along NY 31 to NY 13,
north along NY 13 to NY 49, east along
NY 49 to NY 365, east along NY 365 to
NY 28, east along NY 28 to NY 29, east
along NY 29 to NY 22, north along NY
22 to Washington County Route 153,
east along CR 153 to the New YorkVermont boundary, exclusive of the
Lake Champlain Zone.
Southeastern Zone: The remaining
portion of New York.
Pennsylvania
Lake Erie Zone: The Lake Erie waters
of Pennsylvania and a shoreline margin
along Lake Erie from New York on the
east to Ohio on the west extending 150
yards inland, but including all of
Presque Isle Peninsula.
Northwest Zone: The area bounded on
the north by the Lake Erie Zone and
including all of Erie and Crawford
Counties and those portions of Mercer
and Venango Counties north of I–80.
North Zone: That portion of the State
east of the Northwest Zone and north of
a line extending east on I–80 to U.S.
220, Route 220 to I–180, I–180 to I–80,
and I–80 to the Delaware River.
South Zone: The remaining portion of
Pennsylvania.
Vermont
Lake Champlain Zone: The U.S.
portion of Lake Champlain and that area
north and west of the line extending
from the New York border along U.S. 4
to VT 22A at Fair Haven; VT 22A to U.S.
7 at Vergennes; U.S. 7 to VT 78 at
Swanton; VT 78 to VT 36; VT 36 to
Maquam Bay on Lake Champlain; along
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15891
and around the shoreline of Maquam
Bay and Hog Island to VT 78 at the West
Swanton Bridge; VT 78 to VT 2 in
Alburg; VT 2 to the Richelieu River in
Alburg; along the east shore of the
Richelieu River to the Canadian border.
Interior Zone: That portion of
Vermont east of the Lake Champlain
Zone and west of a line extending from
the Massachusetts border at Interstate
91; north along Interstate 91 to U.S. 2;
east along U.S. 2 to VT 102; north along
VT 102 to VT 253; north along VT 253
to the Canadian border.
Connecticut River Zone: The
remaining portion of Vermont east of
the Interior Zone.
Mississippi Flyway
Illinois
North Zone: That portion of the State
north of a line extending west from the
Indiana border along Peotone–Beecher
Road to Illinois Route 50, south along
Illinois Route 50 to Wilmington–
Peotone Road, west along Wilmington–
Peotone Road to Illinois Route 53, north
along Illinois Route 53 to New River
Road, northwest along New River Road
to Interstate Highway 55, south along I–
55 to Pine Bluff–Lorenzo Road, west
along Pine Bluff–Lorenzo Road to
Illinois Route 47, north along Illinois
Route 47 to I–80, west along I–80 to I–
39, south along I–39 to Illinois Route 18,
west along Illinois Route 18 to Illinois
Route 29, south along Illinois Route 29
to Illinois Route 17, west along Illinois
Route 17 to the Mississippi River, and
due south across the Mississippi River
to the Iowa border.
Central Zone: That portion of the
State south of the North Duck Zone line
to a line extending west from the
Indiana border along I–70 to Illinois
Route 4, south along Illinois Route 4 to
Illinois Route 161, west along Illinois
Route 161 to Illinois Route 158, south
and west along Illinois Route 158 to
Illinois Route 159, south along Illinois
Route 159 to Illinois Route 3, south
along Illinois Route 3 to St. Leo’s Road,
south along St. Leo’s Road to Modoc
Road, west along Modoc Road to Modoc
Ferry Road, southwest along Modoc
Ferry Road to Levee Road, southeast
along Levee Road to County Route 12
(Modoc Ferry entrance Road), south
along County Route 12 to the Modoc
Ferry route and southwest on the Modoc
Ferry route across the Mississippi River
to the Missouri border.
South Zone: That portion of the State
south and east of a line extending west
from the Indiana border along Interstate
70, south along U.S. Highway 45, to
Illinois Route 13, west along Illinois
Route 13 to Greenbriar Road, north on
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
15892
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Greenbriar Road to Sycamore Road,
west on Sycamore Road to N Reed
Station Road, south on N Reed Station
Road to Illinois Route 13, west along
Illinois Route 13 to Illinois Route 127,
south along Illinois Route 127 to State
Forest Road (1025 N), west along State
Forest Road to Illinois Route 3, north
along Illinois Route 3 to the south bank
of the Big Muddy River, west along the
south bank of the Big Muddy River to
the Mississippi River, west across the
Mississippi River to the Missouri
border.
South Central Zone: The remainder of
the State between the south border of
the Central Zone and the North border
of the South Zone.
Indiana
North Zone: That part of Indiana
north of a line extending east from the
Illinois border along State Road 18 to
U.S. 31; north along U.S. 31 to U.S. 24;
east along U.S. 24 to Huntington;
southeast along U.S. 224; south along
State Road 5; and east along State Road
124 to the Ohio border.
Central Zone: That part of Indiana
south of the North Zone boundary and
north of the South Zone boundary.
South Zone: That part of Indiana
south of a line extending east from the
Illinois border along I–70; east along
National Ave.; east along U.S. 150;
south along U.S. 41; east along State
Road 58; south along State Road 37 to
Bedford; and east along U.S. 50 to the
Ohio border.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Iowa
North Zone: That portion of Iowa
north of a line beginning on the South
Dakota–Iowa border at Interstate 29,
southeast along Interstate 29 to State
Highway 175, east along State Highway
175 to State Highway 37, southeast
along State Highway 37 to State
Highway 183, northeast along State
Highway 183 to State Highway 141, east
along State Highway 141 to U.S.
Highway 30, and along U.S. Highway 30
to the Illinois border.
Missouri River Zone: That portion of
Iowa west of a line beginning on the
South Dakota–Iowa border at Interstate
29, southeast along Interstate 29 to State
Highway 175, and west along State
Highway 175 to the Iowa–Nebraska
border.
South Zone: The remainder of Iowa.
Kentucky
West Zone: All counties west of and
including Butler, Daviess, Ohio,
Simpson, and Warren Counties.
East Zone: The remainder of
Kentucky.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Louisiana
East Zone: That area of the State
between the Mississippi State line and
a line going south on Highway (Hwy) 79
from the Arkansas border to Homer,
then south on Hwy 9 to Arcadia, then
south on Hwy 147 to Hodge, then south
on Hwy 167 to Turkey Creek, then south
on Hwy 13 to Eunice, then west on Hwy
190 to Kinder, then south on Hwy 165
to Iowa, then west on I–10 to its
junction with Hwy 14 at Lake Charles,
then south and east on Hwy 14 to its
junction with Hwy 90 in New Iberia,
then east on Hwy 90 to the Mississippi
State line.
West Zone: That area between the
Texas State line and a line going east on
I–10 from the Texas border to Hwy 165
at Iowa, then north on Hwy 165 to
Kinder, then east on Hwy 190 to Eunice,
then north on Hwy 13 to Turkey Creek,
then north on Hwy 167 to Hodge, then
north on Hwy 147 to Arcadia, then
north on Hwy 9 to Homer, then north
on Hwy 79 to the Arkansas border.
Coastal Zone: Remainder of the State.
Michigan
North Zone: The Upper Peninsula.
Middle Zone: That portion of the
Lower Peninsula north of a line
beginning at the Wisconsin State line in
Lake Michigan due west of the mouth of
Stony Creek in Oceana County; then due
east to, and easterly and southerly along
the south shore of Stony Creek to Scenic
Drive, easterly and southerly along
Scenic Drive to Stony Lake Road,
easterly along Stony Lake and Garfield
Roads to Michigan Highway 20, east
along Michigan 20 to U.S. Highway 10
Business Route (BR) in the city of
Midland, easterly along U.S. 10 BR to
U.S. 10, easterly along U.S. 10 to
Interstate Highway 75/U.S. Highway 23,
northerly along I–75/U.S. 23 to the U.S.
23 exit at Standish, easterly along U.S.
23 to the centerline of the Au Gres
River, then southerly along the
centerline of the Au Gres River to
Saginaw Bay, then on a line directly east
10 miles into Saginaw Bay, and from
that point on a line directly northeast to
the Canadian border.
South Zone: The remainder of
Michigan.
Minnesota
North Duck Zone: That portion of the
State north of a line extending east from
the North Dakota State line along State
Highway 210 to State Highway 23 and
east to State Highway 39 and east to the
Wisconsin State line at the Oliver
Bridge.
South Duck Zone: The portion of the
State south of a line extending east from
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
the South Dakota State line along U.S.
Highway 212 to Interstate 494 and east
to Interstate 94 and east to the
Wisconsin State line.
Central Duck Zone: The remainder of
the State.
Missouri
North Zone: That portion of Missouri
north of a line running west from the
Illinois border at Lock and Dam 25; west
on Lincoln County Hwy N to MO Hwy
79; south on MO Hwy 79 to MO Hwy
47; west on MO Hwy 47 to I–70; west
on I–70 to the Kansas border.
Middle Zone: The remainder of
Missouri not included in other zones.
South Zone: That portion of Missouri
south of a line running west from the
Illinois border on MO Hwy 74 to MO
Hwy 25; south on MO Hwy 25 to U.S.
Hwy 62; west on U.S. Hwy 62 to MO
Hwy 53; north on MO Hwy 53 to MO
Hwy 51; north on MO Hwy 51 to U.S.
Hwy 60; west on U.S. Hwy 60 to MO
Hwy 21; north on MO Hwy 21 to MO
Hwy 72; west on MO Hwy 72 to MO
Hwy 32; west on MO Hwy 32 to U.S.
Hwy 65; north on U.S. Hwy 65 to U.S.
Hwy 54; west on U.S. Hwy 54 to U.S.
Hwy 71; south on U.S. Hwy 71 to Jasper
County Hwy M (Base Line Blvd.); west
on Jasper County Hwy M (Base Line
Blvd.) to CRD 40 (Base Line Blvd.); west
on CRD 40 (Base Line Blvd.) to the
Kansas border.
Ohio
Lake Erie Marsh Zone: Includes all
land and water within the boundaries of
the area bordered by a line beginning at
the intersection of Interstate 75 at the
Ohio-Michigan State line and
continuing south to Interstate 280, then
south on I–280 to the Ohio Turnpike (I–
80/I–90), then east on the Ohio
Turnpike to the Erie-Lorain County line,
then north to Lake Erie, then following
the Lake Erie shoreline at a distance of
200 yards offshore, then following the
shoreline west toward and around the
northern tip of Cedar Point Amusement
Park, then continuing from the
westernmost point of Cedar Point
toward the southernmost tip of the sand
bar at the mouth of Sandusky Bay and
out into Lake Erie at a distance of 200
yards offshore continuing parallel to the
Lake Erie shoreline north and west
toward the northernmost tip of Cedar
Point National Wildlife Refuge, then
following a direct line toward the
southernmost tip of Wood Tick
Peninsula in Michigan to a point that
intersects the Ohio-Michigan State line,
then following the State line back to the
point of the beginning.
North Zone: That portion of the State,
excluding the Lake Erie Marsh Zone,
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
north of a line extending east from the
Indiana State line along U.S. Highway
(U.S.) 33 to State Route (SR) 127, then
south along SR 127 to SR 703, then
south along SR 703 and including all
lands within the Mercer Wildlife Area
to SR 219, then east along SR 219 to SR
364, then north along SR 364 and
including all lands within the St. Mary’s
Fish Hatchery to SR 703, then east along
SR 703 to SR 66, then north along SR
66 to U.S. 33, then east along U.S. 33 to
SR 385, then east along SR 385 to SR
117, then south along SR 117 to SR 273,
then east along SR 273 to SR 31, then
south along SR 31 to SR 739, then east
along SR 739 to SR 4, then north along
SR 4 to SR 95, then east along SR 95 to
SR 13, then southeast along SR 13 to SR
3, then northeast along SR 3 to SR 60,
then north along SR 60 to U.S. 30, then
east along U.S. 30 to SR 3, then south
along SR 3 to SR 226, then south along
SR 226 to SR 514, then southwest along
SR 514 to SR 754, then south along SR
754 to SR 39/60, then east along SR 39/
60 to SR 241, then north along SR 241
to U.S. 30, then east along U.S. 30 to SR
39, then east along SR 39 to the
Pennsylvania State line.
South Zone: The remainder of Ohio
not included in the Lake Erie Marsh
Zone or the North Zone.
Tennessee
Reelfoot Zone: All or portions of Lake
and Obion Counties.
Remainder of State: That portion of
Tennessee outside of the Reelfoot Zone.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Wisconsin
North Zone: That portion of the State
north of a line extending east from the
Minnesota State line along U.S.
Highway 10 into Portage County to
County Highway HH, east on County
Highway HH to State Highway 66 and
then east on State Highway 66 to U.S.
Highway 10, continuing east on U.S.
Highway 10 to U.S. Highway 41, then
north on U.S. Highway 41 to the
Michigan State line.
Mississippi River Zone: That area
encompassed by a line beginning at the
intersection of the Burlington Northern
& Santa Fe Railway and the Illinois
State line in Grant County and
extending northerly along the
Burlington Northern & Santa Fe Railway
to the city limit of Prescott in Pierce
County, then west along the Prescott
city limit to the Minnesota State line.
South Zone: The remainder of
Wisconsin.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Central Flyway
Colorado (Central Flyway Portion)
Special Teal Season Area: Lake and
Chaffee Counties and that portion of the
State east of Interstate Highway 25.
Northeast Zone: All areas east of
Interstate 25 and north of Interstate 70.
Southeast Zone: All areas east of
Interstate 25 and south of Interstate 70,
and all of El Paso, Pueblo, Huerfano,
and Las Animas Counties.
Mountain/Foothills Zone: All areas
west of Interstate 25 and east of the
Continental Divide, except El Paso,
Pueblo, Huerfano, and Las Animas
Counties.
Kansas
High Plains: That portion of the State
west of U.S. 283.
Low Plains Early Zone: That part of
Kansas bounded by a line from the
Federal highway U.S.–283 and State
highway 96 junction, then east on State
highway 96 to its junction with Federal
highway U.S.–183, then north on
Federal highway U.S.–183 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.–24,
then east on Federal highway U.S.–24 to
its junction with Federal highway U.S.–
281, then north on Federal highway
U.S.–281 to its junction with Federal
highway U.S.–36, then east on Federal
highway U.S.–36 to its junction with
State highway K–199, then south on
State highway K–199 to its junction
with Republic County 30th Road, then
south on Republic County 30th Road to
its junction with State highway K–148,
then east on State highway K–148 to its
junction with Republic County 50th
Road, then south on Republic County
50th Road to its junction with Cloud
County 40th Road, then south on Cloud
County 40th Road to its junction with
State highway K–9, then west on State
highway K–9 to its junction with
Federal highway U.S.–24, then west on
Federal highway U.S.–24 to its junction
with Federal highway U.S.–181, then
south on Federal highway U.S.–181 to
its junction with State highway K–18,
then west on State highway K–18 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.–
281, then south on Federal highway
U.S.–281 to its junction with State
highway K–4, then east on State
highway K–4 to its junction with
interstate highway I–135, then south on
interstate highway I–135 to its junction
with State highway K–61, then
southwest on State highway K–61 to its
junction with McPherson County 14th
Avenue, then south on McPherson
County 14th Avenue to its junction with
McPherson County Arapaho Rd, then
west on McPherson County Arapaho Rd
to its junction with State highway K–61,
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15893
then southwest on State highway K–61
to its junction with State highway K–96,
then northwest on State highway K–96
to its junction with Federal highway
U.S.–56, then southwest on Federal
highway U.S.–56 to its junction with
State highway K–19, then east on State
highway K–19 to its junction with
Federal highway U.S.–281, then south
on Federal highway U.S.–281 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.–54,
then west on Federal highway U.S.–54
to its junction with Federal highway
U.S.–183, then north on Federal
highway U.S.–183 to its junction with
Federal highway U.S.–56, then
southwest on Federal highway U.S.–56
to its junction with North Main Street in
Spearville, then south on North Main
Street to Davis Street, then east on Davis
Street to Ford County Road 126 (South
Stafford Street), then south on Ford
County Road 126 to Garnett Road, then
east on Garnett Road to Ford County
Road 126, then south on Ford County
Road 126 to Ford Spearville Road, then
west on Ford Spearville Road to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.–
400, then northwest on Federal highway
U.S.–400 to its junction with Federal
highway U.S.–283, and then north on
Federal highway U.S.–283 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.–96.
Low Plains Late Zone: That part of
Kansas bounded by a line from the
Federal highway U.S.–283 and State
highway 96 junction, then north on
Federal highway U.S.–283 to the
Kansas-Nebraska State line, then east
along the Kansas-Nebraska State line to
its junction with the Kansas-Missouri
State line, then southeast along the
Kansas-Missouri State line to its
junction with State highway K–68, then
west on State highway K–68 to its
junction with interstate highway I–35,
then southwest on interstate highway I–
35 to its junction with Butler County NE
150th Street, then west on Butler
County NE 150th Street to its junction
with Federal highway U.S.–77, then
south on Federal highway U.S.–77 to its
junction with the Kansas-Oklahoma
State line, then west along the KansasOklahoma State line to its junction with
Federal highway U.S.–283, then north
on Federal highway U.S.–283 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.–
400, then east on Federal highway U.S.–
400 to its junction with Ford Spearville
Road, then east on Ford Spearville Road
to Ford County Road 126 (South
Stafford Street), then north on Ford
County Road 126 to Garnett Road, then
west on Garnett Road to Ford County
Road 126, then north on Ford County
Road 126 to Davis Street, then west on
Davis Street to North Main Street, then
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
15894
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
north on North Main Street to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.–56,
then east on Federal highway U.S.–56 to
its junction with Federal highway U.S.–
183, then south on Federal highway
U.S.–183 to its junction with Federal
highway U.S.–54, then east on Federal
highway U.S.–54 to its junction with
Federal highway U.S.–281, then north
on Federal highway U.S.–281 to its
junction with State highway K–19, then
west on State highway K–19 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.–56,
then east on Federal highway U.S.–56 to
its junction with State highway K–96,
then southeast on State highway K–96
to its junction with State highway K–61,
then northeast on State highway K–61 to
its junction with McPherson County
Arapaho Road, then east on McPherson
County Arapaho Road to its junction
with McPherson County 14th Avenue,
then north on McPherson County 14th
Avenue to its junction with State
highway K–61, then east on State
highway K–61 to its junction with
interstate highway I–135, then north on
interstate highway I–135 to its junction
with State highway K–4, then west on
State highway K–4 to its junction with
Federal highway U.S.–281, then north
on Federal highway U.S.–281 to its
junction with State highway K–18, then
east on State highway K–18 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.–
181, then north on Federal highway
U.S.–181 to its junction with Federal
highway U.S.–24, then east on Federal
highway U.S.–24 to its junction with
State highway K–9, then east on State
highway K–9 to its junction with Cloud
County 40th Road, then north on Cloud
County 40th Road to its junction with
Republic County 50th Road, then north
on Republic County 50th Road to its
junction with State highway K–148,
then west on State highway K–148 to its
junction with Republic County 30th
Road, then north on Republic County
30th Road to its junction with State
highway K–199, then north on State
highway K–199 to its junction with
Federal highway U.S.–36, then west on
Federal highway U.S.–36 to its junction
with Federal highway U.S.–281, then
south on Federal highway U.S.–281 to
its junction with Federal highway U.S.–
24, then west on Federal highway U.S.–
24 to its junction with Federal highway
U.S.–183, then south on Federal
highway U.S.–183 to its junction with
Federal highway U.S.–96, and then west
on Federal highway U.S.–96 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.–
283.
Low Plains Southeast Zone: That part
of Kansas bounded by a line from the
Missouri-Kansas State line west on K–
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
68 to its junction with I–35, then
southwest on I–35 to its junction with
Butler County, NE 150th Street, then
west on NE 150th Street to its junction
with Federal highway U.S.–77, then
south on Federal highway U.S.–77 to
the Oklahoma-Kansas State line, then
east along the Kansas-Oklahoma State
line to its junction with the KansasMissouri State line, then north along the
Kansas-Missouri State line to its
junction with State highway K–68.
Montana (Central Flyway Portion)
Zone 1: The Counties of Blaine,
Carter, Daniels, Dawson, Fallon, Fergus,
Garfield, Golden Valley, Judith Basin,
McCone, Musselshell, Petroleum,
Phillips, Powder River, Richland,
Roosevelt, Sheridan, Stillwater, Sweet
Grass, Valley, Wheatland, and Wibaux.
Zone 2: The Counties of Big Horn,
Carbon, Custer, Prairie, Rosebud,
Treasure, and Yellowstone.
Nebraska
High Plains: That portion of Nebraska
lying west of a line beginning at the
South Dakota-Nebraska border on U.S.
Hwy 183; south on U.S. Hwy 183 to U.S.
Hwy 20; west on U.S. Hwy 20 to NE
Hwy 7; south on NE Hwy 7 to NE Hwy
91; southwest on NE Hwy 91 to NE Hwy
2; southeast on NE Hwy 2 to NE Hwy
92; west on NE Hwy 92 to NE Hwy 40;
south on NE Hwy 40 to NE Hwy 47;
south on NE Hwy 47 to NE Hwy 23; east
on NE Hwy 23 to U.S. Hwy 283; and
south on U.S. Hwy 283 to the KansasNebraska border.
Zone 1: Area bounded by designated
Federal and State highways and
political boundaries beginning at the
South Dakota-Nebraska border west of
NE Hwy 26E Spur and north of NE Hwy
12; those portions of Dixon, Cedar, and
Knox Counties north of NE Hwy 12; that
portion of Keya Paha County east of U.S.
Hwy 183; and all of Boyd County. Both
banks of the Niobrara River in Keya
Paha and Boyd Counties east of U.S.
Hwy 183 shall be included in Zone 1.
Zone 2: The area south of Zone 1 and
north of Zone 3.
Zone 3: Area bounded by designated
Federal and State highways, County
roads, and political boundaries
beginning at the Wyoming-Nebraska
border at the intersection of the
Interstate Canal; east along northern
borders of Scotts Bluff and Morrill
Counties to Broadwater Road; south to
Morrill County Rd 94; east to County Rd
135; south to County Rd 88; southeast
to County Rd 151; south to County Rd
80; east to County Rd 161; south to
County Rd 76; east to County Rd 165;
south to County Rd 167; south to U.S.
Hwy 26; east to County Rd 171; north
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to County Rd 68; east to County Rd 183;
south to County Rd 64; east to County
Rd 189; north to County Rd 70; east to
County Rd 201; south to County Rd
60A; east to County Rd 203; south to
County Rd 52; east to Keith County
Line; east along the northern boundaries
of Keith and Lincoln Counties to NE
Hwy 97; south to U.S. Hwy 83; south to
E Hall School Rd; east to N Airport
Road; south to U.S. Hwy 30; east to NE
Hwy 47; north to Dawson County Rd
769; east to County Rd 423; south to
County Rd 766; east to County Rd 428;
south to County Rd 763; east to NE Hwy
21 (Adams Street); south to County Rd
761; east to the Dawson County Canal;
south and east along the Dawson County
Canal to County Rd 444; south to U.S.
Hwy 30; east to U.S. Hwy 183; north to
Buffalo County Rd 100; east to 46th
Avenue; north to NE Hwy 40; south and
east to NE Hwy 10; north to Buffalo
County Rd 220 and Hall County Husker
Hwy; east to Hall County Rd 70; north
to NE Hwy 2; east to U.S. Hwy 281;
north to Chapman Rd; east to 7th Rd;
south to U.S. Hwy 30; east to Merrick
County Rd 13; north to County Rd O;
east to NE Hwy 14; north to NE Hwy 52;
west and north to NE Hwy 91; west to
U.S. Hwy 281; south to NE Hwy 22;
west to NE Hwy 11; northwest to NE
Hwy 91; west to U.S. Hwy 183; south to
Round Valley Rd; west to Sargent River
Rd; west to Drive 443; north to Sargent
Rd; west to NE Hwy S21A; west to NE
Hwy 2; west and north to NE Hwy 91;
north and east to North Loup Spur Rd;
north to North Loup River Rd; east to
Pleasant Valley/Worth Rd; east to Loup
County line; north to Loup-Brown
County line; east along northern
boundaries of Loup and Garfield
Counties to Cedar River Rd; south to NE
Hwy 70; east to U.S. Hwy 281; north to
NE Hwy 70; east to NE Hwy 14; south
to NE Hwy 39; southeast to NE Hwy 22;
east to U.S. Hwy 81; southeast to U.S.
Hwy 30; east to U.S. Hwy 75; north to
the Washington County line; east to the
Iowa-Nebraska border; south to the
Missouri-Nebraska border; south to
Kansas-Nebraska border; west along
Kansas-Nebraska border to ColoradoNebraska border; north and west to
Wyoming-Nebraska border; north to
intersection of Interstate Canal; and
excluding that area in Zone 4.
Zone 4: Area encompassed by
designated Federal and State highways
and County roads beginning at the
intersection of NE Hwy 8 and U.S. Hwy
75; north to U.S. Hwy 136; east to the
intersection of U.S. Hwy 136 and the
Steamboat Trace (Trace); north along the
Trace to the intersection with Federal
Levee R–562; north along Federal Levee
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
R–562 to the intersection with Nemaha
County Rd 643A; south to the Trace;
north along the Trace/Burlington
Northern Railroad right-of-way to NE
Hwy 2; west to U.S. Hwy 75; north to
NE Hwy 2; west to NE Hwy 50; north
to U.S. Hwy 34; west to NE Hwy 63;
north to NE Hwy 66; north and west to
U.S. Hwy 77; north to NE Hwy 92; west
to NE Hwy Spur 12F; south to Butler
County Rd 30; east to County Rd X;
south to County Rd 27; west to County
Rd W; south to County Rd 26; east to
County Rd X; south to County Rd 21
(Seward County Line); west to NE Hwy
15; north to County Rd 34; west to
County Rd H; south to NE Hwy 92; west
to U.S. Hwy 81; south to NE Hwy 66;
west to Polk County Rd C; north to NE
Hwy 92; west to U.S. Hwy 30; west to
Merrick County Rd 17; south to
Hordlake Road; southeast to Prairie
Island Road; southeast to Hamilton
County Rd T; south to NE Hwy 66; west
to NE Hwy 14; south to County Rd 22;
west to County Rd M; south to County
Rd 21; west to County Rd K; south to
U.S. Hwy 34; west to NE Hwy 2; south
to U.S. Hwy I–80; west to Gunbarrel Rd
(Hall/Hamilton County line); south to
Giltner Rd; west to U.S. Hwy 281; south
to Lochland Rd; west to Holstein
Avenue; south to U.S. Hwy 34; west to
NE Hwy 10; north to Kearney County Rd
R and Phelps County Rd 742; west to
U.S. Hwy 283; south to U.S. Hwy 34;
east to U.S. Hwy 136; east to U.S. Hwy
183; north to NE Hwy 4; east to NE Hwy
10; south to U.S. Hwy 136; east to NE
Hwy 14; south to NE Hwy 8; east to U.S.
Hwy 81; north to NE Hwy 4; east to NE
Hwy 15; south to U.S. Hwy 136; east to
Jefferson County Rd 578 Avenue; south
to PWF Rd; east to NE Hwy 103; south
to NE Hwy 8; east to U.S. Hwy 75.
New Mexico (Central Flyway Portion)
North Zone: That portion of the State
north of I–40 and U.S. 54.
South Zone: The remainder of New
Mexico.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
North Dakota
High Plains: The Counties of Beaver,
Cimarron, and Texas.
Low Plains Zone 1: That portion of the
State east of the High Plains Zone and
north of a line extending east from the
Texas State line along OK 33 to OK 47,
east along OK 47 to U.S. 183, south
along U.S. 183 to I–40, east along I–40
to U.S. 177, north along U.S. 177 to OK
33, east along OK 33 to OK 18, north
along OK 18 to OK 51, west along OK
51 to I–35, north along I–35 to U.S. 412,
west along U.S. 412 to OK 132, then
north along OK 132 to the Kansas State
line.
Low Plains Zone 2: The remainder of
Oklahoma.
South Dakota
High Plains: That portion of the State
west of a line beginning at the North
Dakota State line and extending south
along U.S. 83 to U.S. 14, east on U.S. 14
to Blunt, south on the Blunt-Canning Rd
to SD 34, east and south on SD 34 to SD
50 at Lee’s Corner, south on SD 50 to I–
90, east on I–90 to SD 50, south on SD
50 to SD 44, west on SD 44 across the
Platte-Winner bridge to SD 47, south on
SD 47 to U.S. 18, east on U.S. 18 to SD
47, south on SD 47 to the Nebraska State
line.
Low Plains North Zone: That portion
of northeastern South Dakota east of the
High Plains Unit and north of a line
extending east along U.S. 212 to the
Minnesota State line.
Low Plains South Zone: That portion
of Gregory County east of SD 47 and
south of SD 44; Charles Mix County
south of SD 44 to the Douglas County
line; south on SD 50 to Geddes; east on
the Geddes Highway to U.S. 281; south
on U.S. 281 and U.S. 18 to SD 50; south
and east on SD 50 to the Bon Homme
County line; the Counties of Bon
Homme, Yankton, and Clay south of SD
50; and Union County south and west
of SD 50 and I–29.
Low Plains Middle Zone: The
remainder of South Dakota.
Texas
High Plains: That portion of the State
south and west of a line beginning at the
junction of U.S. Hwy 83 and the South
Dakota State line, then north along U.S.
Hwy 83 and I–94 to ND Hwy 41, then
north on ND Hwy 41 to ND Hwy 53,
then west on ND Hwy 53 to U.S. Hwy
83, then north on U.S. Hwy 83 to U.S.
Hwy 2, then west on U.S. Hwy 2 to the
Williams County line, then north and
west along the Williams and Divide
County lines to the Canadian border.
Low Plains: The remainder of North
Dakota.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Oklahoma
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
High Plains: That portion of the State
west of a line extending south from the
Oklahoma State line along U.S. 183 to
Vernon, south along U.S. 283 to Albany,
south along TX 6 to TX 351 to Abilene,
south along U.S. 277 to Del Rio, then
south along the Del Rio International
Toll Bridge access road to the Mexico
border.
Low Plains North Zone: That portion
of northeastern Texas east of the High
Plains Zone and north of a line
beginning at the International Toll
Bridge south of Del Rio, then extending
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15895
east on U.S. 90 to San Antonio, then
continuing east on I–10 to the Louisiana
State line at Orange, Texas.
Low Plains South Zone: The
remainder of Texas.
Wyoming (Central Flyway portion)
Zone C1: Big Horn, Converse, Goshen,
Hot Springs, Natrona, Park, Platte, and
Washakie Counties; and Fremont
County excluding the portions west or
south of the Continental Divide.
Zone C2: Campbell, Crook, Johnson,
Niobrara, Sheridan, and Weston
Counties.
Zone C3: Albany and Laramie
Counties; and that portion of Carbon
County east of the Continental Divide.
Pacific Flyway
Arizona
North Zone: Game Management Units
1–5, those portions of Game
Management Units 6 and 8 within
Coconino County, and Game
Management Units 7, 9, and 12A.
South Zone: Those portions of Game
Management Units 6 and 8 in Yavapai
County, and Game Management Units
10 and 12B–45.
California
Northeastern Zone: That portion of
California lying east and north of a line
beginning at the intersection of
Interstate 5 with the California-Oregon
line; south along Interstate 5 to its
junction with Walters Lane south of the
town of Yreka; west along Walters Lane
to its junction with Easy Street; south
along Easy Street to the junction with
Old Highway 99; south along Old
Highway 99 to the point of intersection
with Interstate 5 north of the town of
Weed; south along Interstate 5 to its
junction with Highway 89; east and
south along Highway 89 to Main Street
Greenville; north and east to its junction
with North Valley Road; south to its
junction of Diamond Mountain Road;
north and east to its junction with North
Arm Road; south and west to the
junction of North Valley Road; south to
the junction with Arlington Road (A22);
west to the junction of Highway 89;
south and west to the junction of
Highway 70; east on Highway 70 to
Highway 395; south and east on
Highway 395 to the point of intersection
with the California-Nevada State line;
north along the California-Nevada State
line to the junction of the CaliforniaNevada-Oregon State lines; west along
the California-Oregon State line to the
point of origin.
Colorado River Zone: Those portions
of San Bernardino, Riverside, and
Imperial Counties east of a line from the
intersection of Highway 95 with the
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
15896
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
California-Nevada State line; south on
Highway 95 through the junction with
Highway 40; south on Highway 95 to
Vidal Junction; south through the town
of Rice to the San Bernardino-Riverside
County line on a road known as
‘‘Aqueduct Road’’ also known as
Highway 62 in San Bernardino County;
southwest on Highway 62 to Desert
Center Rice Road; south on Desert
Center Rice Road/Highway 177 to the
town of Desert Center; east 31 miles on
Interstate 10 to its intersection with
Wiley Well Road; south on Wiley Well
Road to Wiley Well; southeast on
Milpitas Wash Road to the Blythe,
Brawley, Davis Lake intersections; south
on Blythe Ogilby Road also known as
County Highway 34 to its intersection
with Ogilby Road; south on Ogilby Road
to its intersection with Interstate 8; east
7 miles on Interstate 8 to its intersection
with the Andrade-Algodones Road/
Highway 186; south on Highway 186 to
its intersection with the U.S.-Mexico
border at Los Algodones, Mexico.
Southern Zone: That portion of
southern California (but excluding the
Colorado River zone) south and east of
a line beginning at the mouth of the
Santa Maria River at the Pacific Ocean;
east along the Santa Maria River to
where it crosses Highway 101–166 near
the City of Santa Maria; north on
Highway 101–166; east on Highway 166
to the junction with Highway 99; south
on Highway 99 to the junction of
Interstate 5; south on Interstate 5 to the
crest of the Tehachapi Mountains at
Tejon Pass; east and north along the
crest of the Tehachapi Mountains to
where it intersects Highway 178 at
Walker Pass; east on Highway 178 to the
junction of Highway 395 at the town of
Inyokern; south on Highway 395 to the
junction of Highway 58; east on
Highway 58 to the junction of Interstate
15; east on Interstate 15 to the junction
with Highway 127; north on Highway
127 to the point of intersection with the
California-Nevada State line.
Southern San Joaquin Valley Zone:
All of Kings and Tulare Counties and
that portion of Kern County north of the
Southern Zone.
Balance of State Zone: The remainder
of California not included in the
Northeastern, Colorado River, Southern,
and the Southern San Joaquin Valley
Zones.
Colorado (Pacific Flyway Portion)
Eastern Zone: Routt, Grand, Summit,
Eagle, and Pitkin Counties, those
portions of Saguache, San Juan,
Hinsdale, and Mineral Counties west of
the Continental Divide, those portions
of Gunnison County except the North
Fork of the Gunnison River Valley
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
(Game Management Units 521, 53, and
63), and that portion of Moffat County
east of the northern intersection of
Moffat County Road 29 with the MoffatRoutt County line, south along Moffat
County Road 29 to the intersection of
Moffat County Road 29 with the MoffatRoutt County line (Elkhead Reservoir
State Park).
Western Zone: All areas west of the
Continental Divide not included in the
Eastern Zone.
Idaho
Zone 1: All lands and waters within
the Fort Hall Indian Reservation,
including private in-holdings; Bannock
County; Bingham County except that
portion within the Blackfoot Reservoir
drainage; Caribou County within the
Fort Hall Indian Reservation; and Power
County east of State Highway 37 and
State Highway 39.
Zone 2: Bear Lake, Bonneville, Butte,
Clark, Fremont, Jefferson, Madison, and
Teton Counties; Bingham County within
the Blackfoot Reservoir drainage; and
Caribou County except within the Fort
Hall Indian Reservation.
Zone 3: Ada, Adams, Benewah,
Blaine, Boise, Bonner, Boundary,
Camas, Canyon, Cassia, Clearwater,
Custer, Elmore, Franklin, Gem, Gooding,
Idaho, Jerome, Kootenai, Latah, Lemhi,
Lewis, Lincoln, Minidoka, Nez Perce,
Oneida, Owyhee, Payette, Shoshone,
Twin Falls, and Washington Counties;
and Power County west of State
Highway 37 and State Highway 39.
Zone 4: Valley County.
Nevada
Northeast Zone: Elko and White Pine
Counties.
Northwest Zone: Carson City,
Churchill, Douglas, Esmeralda, Eureka,
Humboldt, Lander, Lyon, Mineral, Nye,
Pershing, Storey, and Washoe Counties.
South Zone: Clark and Lincoln
Counties.
Moapa Valley Special Management
Area: That portion of Clark County
including the Moapa Valley to the
confluence of the Muddy and Virgin
Rivers.
Oregon
Zone 1: Benton, Clackamas, Clatsop,
Columbia, Coos, Curry, Douglas,
Gilliam, Hood River, Jackson, Josephine,
Lane, Lincoln, Linn, Marion, Morrow,
Multnomah, Polk, Sherman, Tillamook,
Umatilla, Wasco, Washington, and
Yamhill Counties.
Zone 2: The remainder of Oregon not
included in Zone 1.
Utah
Zone 1: Box Elder, Cache, Daggett,
Davis, Duchesne, Morgan, Rich, Salt
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Lake, Summit, Uintah, Utah, Wasatch,
and Weber Counties, and that part of
Toole County north of I–80.
Zone 2: The remainder of Utah not
included in Zone 1.
Washington
East Zone: All areas east of the Pacific
Crest Trail and east of the Big White
Salmon River in Klickitat County.
West Zone: The remainder of
Washington not included in the East
Zone.
Wyoming (Pacific Flyway Portion)
Snake River Zone: Beginning at the
south boundary of Yellowstone National
Park and the Continental Divide; south
along the Continental Divide to Union
Pass and the Union Pass Road (U.S.F.S.
Road 600); west and south along the
Union Pass Road to U.S.F.S. Road 605;
south along U.S.F.S. Road 605 to the
Bridger-Teton National Forest boundary;
along the national forest boundary to the
Idaho State line; north along the Idaho
State line to the south boundary of
Yellowstone National Park; east along
the Yellowstone National Park boundary
to the Continental Divide.
Balance of State Zone: The remainder
of the Pacific Flyway portion of
Wyoming not included in the Snake
River Zone.
Geese
Atlantic Flyway
Connecticut
Early Canada Goose Seasons
South Zone: Same as for ducks.
North Zone: Same as for ducks.
Regular Seasons
AP Unit: Litchfield County and the
portion of Hartford County west of a
line beginning at the Massachusetts
border in Suffield and extending south
along Route 159 to its intersection with
I–91 in Hartford, and then extending
south along I–91 to its intersection with
the Hartford-Middlesex County line.
NAP H–Unit: That part of the State
east of a line beginning at the
Massachusetts border in Suffield and
extending south along Route 159 to its
intersection with I–91 in Hartford and
then extending south along I–91 to State
Street in New Haven; then south on
State Street to Route 34, west on Route
34 to Route 8, south along Route 8 to
Route 110, south along Route 110 to
Route 15, north along Route 15 to the
Milford Parkway, south along the
Milford Parkway to I–95, north along I–
95 to the intersection with the east shore
of the Quinnipiac River, south to the
mouth of the Quinnipiac River and then
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
south along the eastern shore of New
Haven Harbor to the Long Island Sound.
Atlantic Flyway Resident Population
(AFRP) Unit: Remainder of the State not
included in AP and NAP Units.
South Zone: Same as for ducks.
Maine
North NAP–H Zone: Same as North
Zone for ducks.
Coastal NAP–L Zone: Same as Coastal
Zone for ducks.
South NAP–H Zone: Same as South
Zone for ducks.
Maryland
Early Canada Goose Seasons
Eastern Unit: Calvert, Caroline, Cecil,
Dorchester, Harford, Kent, Queen
Anne’s, St. Mary’s, Somerset, Talbot,
Wicomico, and Worcester Counties; and
that part of Anne Arundel County east
of Interstate 895, Interstate 97, and
Route 3; that part of Prince George’s
County east of Route 3 and Route 301;
and that part of Charles County east of
Route 301 to the Virginia State line.
Western Unit: Allegany, Baltimore,
Carroll, Frederick, Garrett, Howard,
Montgomery, and Washington Counties
and that part of Anne Arundel County
west of Interstate 895, Interstate 97, and
Route 3; that part of Prince George’s
County west of Route 3 and Route 301;
and that part of Charles County west of
Route 301 to the Virginia State line.
Regular Seasons
Resident Population (RP) Zone:
Allegany, Frederick, Garrett,
Montgomery, and Washington Counties;
that portion of Prince George’s County
west of Route 3 and Route 301; that
portion of Charles County west of Route
301 to the Virginia State line; and that
portion of Carroll County west of Route
31 to the intersection of Route 97, and
west of Route 97 to the Pennsylvania
State line.
AP Zone: Remainder of the State.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Massachusetts
NAP Zone: Central and Coastal Zones
(see duck zones).
AP Zone: The Western Zone (see duck
zones).
Special Late Season Area: The Central
Zone and that portion of the Coastal
Zone (see duck zones) that lies north of
the Cape Cod Canal, north to the New
Hampshire State line.
New Hampshire
Same zones as for ducks.
New Jersey
AP Zone: North and South Zones (see
duck zones).
NAP Zone: The Coastal Zone (see
duck zones).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Special Late Season Area: In northern
New Jersey, that portion of the State
within a continuous line that runs east
along the New York State boundary line
to the Hudson River; then south along
the New York State boundary to its
intersection with Route 440 at Perth
Amboy; then west on Route 440 to its
intersection with Route 287; then west
along Route 287 to its intersection with
Route 206 in Bedminster (Exit 18); then
north along Route 206 to its intersection
with Route 94; then west along Route 94
to the toll bridge in Columbia; then
north along the Pennsylvania State
boundary in the Delaware River to the
beginning point. In southern New
Jersey, that portion of the State within
a continuous line that runs west from
the Atlantic Ocean at Ship Bottom along
Route 72 to Route 70; then west along
Route 70 to Route 206; then south along
Route 206 to Route 536; then west along
Route 536 to Route 322; then west along
Route 322 to Route 55; then south along
Route 55 to Route 553 (Buck Road); then
south along Route 553 to Route 40; then
east along Route 40 to Route 55; then
south along Route 55 to Route 552
(Sherman Avenue); then west along
Route 552 to Carmel Road; then south
along Carmel Road to Route 49; then
east along Route 49 to Route 555; then
south along Route 555 to Route 553;
then east along Route 553 to Route 649;
then north along Route 649 to Route
670; then east along Route 670 to Route
47; then north along Route 47 to Route
548; then east along Route 548 to Route
49; then east along Route 49 to Route 50;
then south along Route 50 to Route 9;
then south along Route 9 to Route 625
(Sea Isle City Boulevard); then east
along Route 625 to the Atlantic Ocean;
then north to the beginning point.
New York
Lake Champlain Goose Area: The
same as the Lake Champlain Waterfowl
Hunting Zone, which is that area of New
York State lying east and north of a
continuous line extending along Route
11 from the New York-Canada
international boundary south to Route
9B, south along Route 9B to Route 9,
south along Route 9 to Route 22 south
of Keeseville, south along Route 22 to
the west shore of South Bay along and
around the shoreline of South Bay to
Route 22 on the east shore of South Bay,
southeast along Route 22 to Route 4,
northeast along Route 4 to the New
York-Vermont boundary.
Northeast Goose Area: The same as
the Northeastern Waterfowl Hunting
Zone, which is that area of New York
State lying north of a continuous line
extending from Lake Ontario east along
the north shore of the Salmon River to
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15897
Interstate 81, south along Interstate 81 to
Route 31, east along Route 31 to Route
13, north along Route 13 to Route 49,
east along Route 49 to Route 365, east
along Route 365 to Route 28, east along
Route 28 to Route 29, east along Route
29 to Route 22 at Greenwich Junction,
north along Route 22 to Washington
County Route 153, east along CR 153 to
the New York-Vermont boundary,
exclusive of the Lake Champlain Zone.
East Central Goose Area: That area of
New York State lying inside of a
continuous line extending from
Interstate Route 81 in Cicero, east along
Route 31 to Route 13, north along Route
13 to Route 49, east along Route 49 to
Route 365, east along Route 365 to
Route 28, east along Route 28 to Route
29, east along Route 29 to Route 147 at
Kimball Corners, south along Route 147
to Schenectady County Route 40 (West
Glenville Road), west along Route 40 to
Touareuna Road, south along Touareuna
Road to Schenectady County Route 59,
south along Route 59 to State Route 5,
east along Route 5 to the Lock 9 bridge,
southwest along the Lock 9 bridge to
Route 5S, southeast along Route 5S to
Schenectady County Route 58,
southwest along Route 58 to the NYS
Thruway, south along the Thruway to
Route 7, southwest along Route 7 to
Schenectady County Route 103, south
along Route 103 to Route 406, east along
Route 406 to Schenectady County Route
99 (Windy Hill Road), south along Route
99 to Dunnsville Road, south along
Dunnsville Road to Route 397,
southwest along Route 397 to Route 146
at Altamont, west along Route 146 to
Albany County Route 252, northwest
along Route 252 to Schenectady County
Route 131, north along Route 131 to
Route 7, west along Route 7 to Route 10
at Richmondville, south on Route 10 to
Route 23 at Stamford, west along Route
23 to Route 7 in Oneonta, southwest
along Route 7 to Route 79 to Interstate
Route 88 near Harpursville, west along
Route 88 to Interstate Route 81, north
along Route 81 to the point of
beginning.
West Central Goose Area: That area of
New York State lying within a
continuous line beginning at the point
where the northerly extension of Route
269 (County Line Road on the NiagaraOrleans County boundary) meets the
international boundary with Canada,
south to the shore of Lake Ontario at the
eastern boundary of Golden Hill State
Park, south along the extension of Route
269 and Route 269 to Route 104 at
Jeddo, west along Route 104 to Niagara
County Route 271, south along Route
271 to Route 31E at Middleport, south
along Route 31E to Route 31, west along
Route 31 to Griswold Street, south along
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
15898
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Griswold Street to Ditch Road, south
along Ditch Road to Foot Road, south
along Foot Road to the north bank of
Tonawanda Creek, west along the north
bank of Tonawanda Creek to Route 93,
south along Route 93 to Route 5, east
along Route 5 to Crittenden-Murrays
Corners Road, south on CrittendenMurrays Corners Road to the NYS
Thruway, east along the Thruway 90 to
Route 98 (at Thruway Exit 48) in
Batavia, south along Route 98 to Route
20, east along Route 20 to Route 19 in
Pavilion Center, south along Route 19 to
Route 63, southeast along Route 63 to
Route 246, south along Route 246 to
Route 39 in Perry, northeast along Route
39 to Route 20A, northeast along Route
20A to Route 20, east along Route 20 to
Route 364 (near Canandaigua), south
and east along Route 364 to Yates
County Route 18 (Italy Valley Road),
southwest along Route 18 to Yates
County Route 34, east along Route 34 to
Yates County Route 32, south along
Route 32 to Steuben County Route 122,
south along Route 122 to Route 53,
south along Route 53 to Steuben County
Route 74, east along Route 74 to Route
54A (near Pulteney), south along Route
54A to Steuben County Route 87, east
along Route 87 to Steuben County Route
96, east along Route 96 to Steuben
County Route 114, east along Route 114
to Schuyler County Route 23, east and
southeast along Route 23 to Schuyler
County Route 28, southeast along Route
28 to Route 409 at Watkins Glen, south
along Route 409 to Route 14, south
along Route 14 to Route 224 at Montour
Falls, east along Route 224 to Route 228
in Odessa, north along Route 228 to
Route 79 in Mecklenburg, east along
Route 79 to Route 366 in Ithaca,
northeast along Route 366 to Route 13,
northeast along Route 13 to Interstate
Route 81 in Cortland, north along Route
81 to the north shore of the Salmon
River to shore of Lake Ontario,
extending generally northwest in a
straight line to the nearest point of the
international boundary with Canada,
south and west along the international
boundary to the point of beginning.
Hudson Valley Goose Area: That area
of New York State lying within a
continuous line extending from Route 4
at the New York-Vermont boundary,
west and south along Route 4 to Route
149 at Fort Ann, west on Route 149 to
Route 9, south along Route 9 to
Interstate Route 87 (at Exit 20 in Glens
Falls), south along Route 87 to Route 29,
west along Route 29 to Route 147 at
Kimball Corners, south along Route 147
to Schenectady County Route 40 (West
Glenville Road), west along Route 40 to
Touareuna Road, south along Touareuna
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Road to Schenectady County Route 59,
south along Route 59 to State Route 5,
east along Route 5 to the Lock 9 bridge,
southwest along the Lock 9 bridge to
Route 5S, southeast along Route 5S to
Schenectady County Route 58,
southwest along Route 58 to the NYS
Thruway, south along the Thruway to
Route 7, southwest along Route 7 to
Schenectady County Route 103, south
along Route 103 to Route 406, east along
Route 406 to Schenectady County Route
99 (Windy Hill Road), south along Route
99 to Dunnsville Road, south along
Dunnsville Road to Route 397,
southwest along Route 397 to Route 146
at Altamont, southeast along Route 146
to Main Street in Altamont, west along
Main Street to Route 156, southeast
along Route 156 to Albany County
Route 307, southeast along Route 307 to
Route 85A, southwest along Route 85A
to Route 85, south along Route 85 to
Route 443, southeast along Route 443 to
Albany County Route 301 at Clarksville,
southeast along Route 301 to Route 32,
south along Route 32 to Route 23 at
Cairo, west along Route 23 to Joseph
Chadderdon Road, southeast along
Joseph Chadderdon Road to Hearts
Content Road (Greene County Route 31),
southeast along Route 31 to Route 32,
south along Route 32 to Greene County
Route 23A, east along Route 23A to
Interstate Route 87 (the NYS Thruway),
south along Route 87 to Route 28 (Exit
19) near Kingston, northwest on Route
28 to Route 209, southwest on Route
209 to the New York-Pennsylvania
boundary, southeast along the New
York-Pennsylvania boundary to the New
York-New Jersey boundary, southeast
along the New York-New Jersey
boundary to Route 210 near Greenwood
Lake, northeast along Route 210 to
Orange County Route 5, northeast along
Orange County Route 5 to Route 105 in
the Village of Monroe, east and north
along Route 105 to Route 32, northeast
along Route 32 to Orange County Route
107 (Quaker Avenue), east along Route
107 to Route 9W, north along Route 9W
to the south bank of Moodna Creek,
southeast along the south bank of
Moodna Creek to the New WindsorCornwall town boundary, northeast
along the New Windsor-Cornwall town
boundary to the Orange-Dutchess
County boundary (middle of the Hudson
River), north along the county boundary
to Interstate Route 84, east along Route
84 to the Dutchess-Putnam County
boundary, east along the county
boundary to the New York-Connecticut
boundary, north along the New YorkConnecticut boundary to the New YorkMassachusetts boundary, north along
the New York-Massachusetts boundary
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
to the New York-Vermont boundary,
north to the point of beginning.
Eastern Long Island Goose Area (NAP
High Harvest Area): That area of Suffolk
County lying east of a continuous line
extending due south from the New
York-Connecticut boundary to the
northernmost end of Roanoke Avenue in
the Town of Riverhead; then south on
Roanoke Avenue (which becomes
County Route 73) to State Route 25; then
west on Route 25 to Peconic Avenue;
then south on Peconic Avenue to
County Route (CR) 104 (Riverleigh
Avenue); then south on CR 104 to CR 31
(Old Riverhead Road); then south on CR
31 to Oak Street; then south on Oak
Street to Potunk Lane; then west on
Stevens Lane; then south on Jessup
Avenue (in Westhampton Beach) to
Dune Road (CR 89); then due south to
international waters.
Western Long Island Goose Area (RP
Area): That area of Westchester County
and its tidal waters southeast of
Interstate Route 95 and that area of
Nassau and Suffolk Counties lying west
of a continuous line extending due
south from the New York-Connecticut
boundary to the northernmost end of
Sound Road (just east of Wading River
Marsh); then south on Sound Road to
North Country Road; then west on North
Country Road to Randall Road; then
south on Randall Road to Route 25A,
then west on Route 25A to the Sunken
Meadow State Parkway; then south on
the Sunken Meadow Parkway to the
Sagtikos State Parkway; then south on
the Sagtikos Parkway to the Robert
Moses State Parkway; then south on the
Robert Moses Parkway to its
southernmost end; then due south to
international waters.
Central Long Island Goose Area (NAP
Low Harvest Area): That area of Suffolk
County lying between the Western and
Eastern Long Island Goose Areas, as
defined above.
South Goose Area: The remainder of
New York State, excluding New York
City.
North Carolina
Northeast Zone: Includes the
following counties or portions of
counties: Bertie (that portion north and
east of a line formed by NC 45 at the
Washington County line to U.S. 17 in
Midway, U.S. 17 in Midway to U.S. 13
in Windsor, U.S. 13 in Windsor to the
Hertford County line), Camden,
Chowan, Currituck, Dare, Hyde,
Pasquotank, Perquimans, Tyrrell, and
Washington.
RP Zone: Remainder of the State.
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Pennsylvania
Resident Canada Goose Zone: All of
Pennsylvania except for SJBP Zone and
the area east of route SR 97 from the
Maryland State Line to the intersection
of SR 194, east of SR 194 to the
intersection of U.S. Route 30, south of
U.S. Route 30 to SR 441, east of SR 441
to SR 743, east of SR 743 to intersection
of I–81, east of I–81 to intersection of I–
80, and south of I–80 to the New Jersey
State line.
SJBP Zone: The area north of I–80 and
west of I–79 including in the city of Erie
west of Bay Front Parkway to and
including the Lake Erie Duck zone (Lake
Erie, Presque Isle, and the area within
150 yards of the Lake Erie shoreline).
AP Zone: The area east of route SR 97
from Maryland State Line to the
intersection of SR 194, east of SR 194 to
intersection of U.S. Route 30, south of
U.S. Route 30 to SR 441, east of SR 441
to SR 743, east of SR 743 to intersection
of I–81, east of I–81 to intersection of I–
80, south of I–80 to the New Jersey State
line.
Rhode Island
Special Area for Canada Geese: Kent
and Providence Counties and portions
of the towns of Exeter and North
Kingston within Washington County
(see State regulations for detailed
descriptions).
South Carolina
Canada Goose Area: Statewide except
for the following area:
East of U.S. 301: That portion of
Clarendon County bounded to the North
by S–14–25, to the East by Hwy 260,
and to the South by the markers
delineating the channel of the Santee
River.
West of U.S. 301: That portion of
Clarendon County bounded on the
North by S–14–26 extending southward
to that portion of Orangeburg County
bordered by Hwy 6.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Vermont
Same zones as for ducks.
Virginia
AP Zone: The area east and south of
the following line—the Stafford County
line from the Potomac River west to
Interstate 95 at Fredericksburg, then
south along Interstate 95 to Petersburg,
then Route 460 (SE) to City of Suffolk,
then south along Route 32 to the North
Carolina line.
SJBP Zone: The area to the west of the
AP Zone boundary and east of the
following line: the ‘‘Blue Ridge’’
(mountain spine) at the West VirginiaVirginia Border (Loudoun CountyClarke County line) south to Interstate
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
64 (the Blue Ridge line follows county
borders along the western edge of
Loudoun-Fauquier-RappahannockMadison-Greene-Albemarle and into
Nelson Counties), then east along
Interstate Rte. 64 to Route 15, then south
along Rte. 15 to the North Carolina line.
RP Zone: The remainder of the State
west of the SJBP Zone.
Mississippi Flyway
Arkansas
Northwest Zone: Baxter, Benton,
Boone, Carroll, Conway, Crawford,
Faulkner, Franklin, Johnson, Logan,
Madison, Marion, Newton, Perry, Pope,
Pulaski, Searcy, Sebastian, Scott, Van
Buren, Washington, and Yell Counties.
Remainder of State: That portion of
the State outside of the Northwest Zone.
Illinois
Early Canada Goose Seasons
North September Canada Goose Zone:
That portion of the State north of a line
extending west from the Indiana border
along Interstate 80 to I–39, south along
I–39 to Illinois Route 18, west along
Illinois Route 18 to Illinois Route 29,
south along Illinois Route 29 to Illinois
Route 17, west along Illinois Route 17
to the Mississippi River, and due south
across the Mississippi River to the Iowa
border.
Central September Canada Goose
Zone: That portion of the State south of
the North September Canada Goose
Zone line to a line extending west from
the Indiana border along I–70 to Illinois
Route 4, south along Illinois Route 4 to
Illinois Route 161, west along Illinois
Route 161 to Illinois Route 158, south
and west along Illinois Route 158 to
Illinois Route 159, south along Illinois
Route 159 to Illinois Route 3, south
along Illinois Route 3 to St. Leo’s Road,
south along St. Leo’s road to Modoc
Road, west along Modoc Road to Modoc
Ferry Road, southwest along Modoc
Ferry Road to Levee Road, southeast
along Levee Road to County Route 12
(Modoc Ferry entrance Road), south
along County Route 12 to the Modoc
Ferry route and southwest on the Modoc
Ferry route across the Mississippi River
to the Missouri border.
South September Canada Goose Zone:
That portion of the State south and east
of a line extending west from the
Indiana border along Interstate 70, south
along U.S. Highway 45, to Illinois Route
13, west along Illinois Route 13 to
Greenbriar Road, north on Greenbriar
Road to Sycamore Road, west on
Sycamore Road to N. Reed Station Road,
south on N. Reed Station Road to
Illinois Route 13, west along Illinois
Route 13 to Illinois Route 127, south
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15899
along Illinois Route 127 to State Forest
Road (1025 N), west along State Forest
Road to Illinois Route 3, north along
Illinois Route 3 to the south bank of the
Big Muddy River, west along the south
bank of the Big Muddy River to the
Mississippi River, west across the
Mississippi River to the Missouri
border.
South Central September Canada
Goose Zone: The remainder of the State
between the south border of the Central
September Canada Goose Zone and the
north border of the South September
Canada Goose Zone.
Regular Seasons
North Zone: That portion of the State
north of a line extending west from the
Indiana border along Interstate 80 to I–
39, south along I–39 to Illinois Route 18,
west along Illinois Route 18 to Illinois
Route 29, south along Illinois Route 29
to Illinois Route 17, west along Illinois
Route 17 to the Mississippi River, and
due south across the Mississippi River
to the Iowa border.
Central Zone: That portion of the
State south of the North Goose Zone line
to a line extending west from the
Indiana border along I–70 to Illinois
Route 4, south along Illinois Route 4 to
Illinois Route 161, west along Illinois
Route 161 to Illinois Route 158, south
and west along Illinois Route 158 to
Illinois Route 159, south along Illinois
Route 159 to Illinois Route 3, south
along Illinois Route 3 to St. Leo’s Road,
south along St. Leo’s road to Modoc
Road, west along Modoc Road to Modoc
Ferry Road, southwest along Modoc
Ferry Road to Levee Road, southeast
along Levee Road to County Route 12
(Modoc Ferry entrance Road), south
along County Route 12 to the Modoc
Ferry route and southwest on the Modoc
Ferry route across the Mississippi River
to the Missouri border.
South Zone: Same zone as for ducks.
South Central Zone: Same zone as for
ducks.
Indiana
Same zones as for ducks.
Iowa
Early Canada Goose Seasons
Cedar Rapids/Iowa City Goose Zone:
Includes portions of Linn and Johnson
Counties bounded as follows: Beginning
at the intersection of the west border of
Linn County and Linn County Road
E2W; then south and east along County
Road E2W to Highway 920; then north
along Highway 920 to County Road E16;
then east along County Road E16 to
County Road W58; then south along
County Road W58 to County Road E34;
then east along County Road E34 to
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
15900
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Highway 13; then south along Highway
13 to Highway 30; then east along
Highway 30 to Highway 1; then south
along Highway 1 to Morse Road in
Johnson County; then east along Morse
Road to Wapsi Avenue; then south
along Wapsi Avenue to Lower West
Branch Road; then west along Lower
West Branch Road to Taft Avenue; then
south along Taft Avenue to County Road
F62; then west along County Road F62
to Kansas Avenue; then north along
Kansas Avenue to Black Diamond Road;
then west on Black Diamond Road to
Jasper Avenue; then north along Jasper
Avenue to Rohert Road; then west along
Rohert Road to Ivy Avenue; then north
along Ivy Avenue to 340th Street; then
west along 340th Street to Half Moon
Avenue; then north along Half Moon
Avenue to Highway 6; then west along
Highway 6 to Echo Avenue; then north
along Echo Avenue to 250th Street; then
east on 250th Street to Green Castle
Avenue; then north along Green Castle
Avenue to County Road F12; then west
along County Road F12 to County Road
W30; then north along County Road
W30 to Highway 151; then north along
the Linn-Benton County line to the
point of beginning.
Des Moines Goose Zone: Includes
those portions of Polk, Warren,
Madison, and Dallas Counties bounded
as follows: Beginning at the intersection
of Northwest 158th Avenue and County
Road R38 in Polk County; then south
along R38 to Northwest 142nd Avenue;
then east along Northwest 142nd
Avenue to Northeast 126th Avenue;
then east along Northeast 126th Avenue
to Northeast 46th Street; then south
along Northeast 46th Street to Highway
931; then east along Highway 931 to
Northeast 80th Street; then south along
Northeast 80th Street to Southeast 6th
Avenue; then west along Southeast 6th
Avenue to Highway 65; then south and
west along Highway 65 to Highway 69
in Warren County; then south along
Highway 69 to County Road G24; then
west along County Road G24 to
Highway 28; then southwest along
Highway 28 to 43rd Avenue; then north
along 43rd Avenue to Ford Street; then
west along Ford Street to Filmore Street;
then west along Filmore Street to 10th
Avenue; then south along 10th Avenue
to 155th Street in Madison County; then
west along 155th Street to Cumming
Road; then north along Cumming Road
to Badger Creek Avenue; then north
along Badger Creek Avenue to County
Road F90 in Dallas County; then east
along County Road F90 to County Road
R22; then north along County Road R22
to Highway 44; then east along Highway
44 to County Road R30; then north
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
along County Road R30 to County Road
F31; then east along County Road F31
to Highway 17; then north along
Highway 17 to Highway 415 in Polk
County; then east along Highway 415 to
Northwest 158th Avenue; then east
along Northwest 158th Avenue to the
point of beginning.
Cedar Falls/Waterloo Goose Zone:
Includes those portions of Black Hawk
County bounded as follows: Beginning
at the intersection of County Roads C66
and V49 in Black Hawk County, then
south along County Road V49 to County
Road D38, then west along County Road
D38 to State Highway 21, then south
along State Highway 21 to County Road
D35, then west along County Road D35
to Grundy Road, then north along
Grundy Road to County Road D19, then
west along County Road D19 to Butler
Road, then north along Butler Road to
County Road C57, then north and east
along County Road C57 to U.S. Highway
63, then south along U.S. Highway 63 to
County Road C66, then east along
County Road C66 to the point of
beginning.
Regular Seasons
Same zones as for ducks.
Louisiana
North Zone: That portion of the State
north of the line from the Texas border
at Hwy 190/12 east to Hwy 49, then
south on Hwy 49 to I–10, then east on
I–10 to I–12, then east on I–12 to I–10,
then east on I–10 to the Mississippi
State line.
South Zone: Remainder of the State.
Michigan
North Zone: Same as North duck
zone.
Middle Zone: Same as Middle duck
zone.
South Zone: Same as South duck
zone.
Allegan County Game Management
Unit (GMU): That area encompassed by
a line beginning at the junction of 136th
Avenue and Interstate Highway 196 in
Lake Town Township and extending
easterly along 136th Avenue to
Michigan Highway 40, southerly along
Michigan 40 through the city of Allegan
to 108th Avenue in Trowbridge
Township, westerly along 108th Avenue
to 46th Street, northerly along 46th
Street to 109th Avenue, westerly along
109th Avenue to I–196 in Casco
Township, then northerly along I–196 to
the point of beginning.
Muskegon Wastewater GMU: That
portion of Muskegon County within the
boundaries of the Muskegon County
wastewater system, east of the
Muskegon State Game Area, in sections
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
5, 6, 7, 8, 17, 18, 19, 20, 29, 30, and 32,
T10N R14W, and sections 1, 2, 10, 11,
12, 13, 14, 24, and 25, T10N R15W, as
posted.
Minnesota
Same zones as for ducks.
Missouri
Same zones as for ducks.
Ohio
Same zones as for ducks.
Tennessee
Reelfoot Zone: The lands and waters
within the boundaries of Reelfoot Lake
WMA only.
Remainder of State: The remainder of
the State.
Wisconsin
Early Canada Goose Seasons
Early-Season Subzone A: That portion
of the State encompassed by a line
beginning at the intersection of U.S.
Highway 141 and the Michigan border
near Niagara, then south along U.S. 141
to State Highway 22, west and
southwest along State 22 to U.S. 45,
south along U.S. 45 to State 22, west
and south along State 22 to State 110,
south along State 110 to U.S. 10, south
along U.S. 10 to State 49, south along
State 49 to State 23, west along State 23
to State 73, south along State 73 to State
60, west along State 60 to State 23,
south along State 23 to State 11, east
along State 11 to State 78, then south
along State 78 to the Illinois border.
Early-Season Subzone B: The
remainder of the State.
Regular Seasons
Same zones as for ducks.
Central Flyway
Colorado (Central Flyway Portion)
Northern Front Range Area: All areas
in Boulder, Larimer, and Weld Counties
from the Continental Divide east along
the Wyoming border to U.S. 85, south
on U.S. 85 to the Adams County line,
and all lands in Adams, Arapahoe,
Broomfield, Clear Creek, Denver,
Douglas, Gilpin, and Jefferson Counties.
North Park Area: Jackson County.
South Park Area: Chaffee, Custer,
Fremont, Lake, Park, and Teller
Counties.
San Luis Valley Area: All of Alamosa,
Conejos, Costilla, and Rio Grande
Counties, and those portions of
Saguache, Mineral, Hinsdale, Archuleta,
and San Juan Counties east of the
Continental Divide.
Remainder: Remainder of the Central
Flyway portion of Colorado.
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Eastern Colorado Late Light Goose
Area: That portion of the State east of
Interstate Highway 25.
Montana (Central Flyway Portion)
Zone 1: Same as Zone 1 for ducks and
coots.
Zone 2: Same as Zone 2 for ducks and
coots.
Nebraska
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Dark Geese
Niobrara Unit: That area contained
within and bounded by the intersection
of the South Dakota State line and the
eastern Cherry County line, south along
the Cherry County line to the Niobrara
River, east to the Norden Road, south on
the Norden Road to U.S. Hwy 20, east
along U.S. Hwy 20 to NE Hwy 14, north
along NE Hwy 14 to NE Hwy 59 and
County Road 872, west along County
Road 872 to the Knox County Line,
north along the Knox County Line to the
South Dakota State line. Where the
Niobrara River forms the boundary, both
banks of the river are included in the
Niobrara Unit.
East Unit: That area north and east of
U.S. 81 at the Kansas-Nebraska State
line, north to NE Hwy 91, east to U.S.
275, south to U.S. 77, south to NE 91,
east to U.S. 30, east to the NebraskaIowa State line.
Platte River Unit: That area north and
west of U.S. 81 at the Kansas-Nebraska
State line, north to NE Hwy 91, west
along NE 91 to NE 11, north to the Holt
County line, west along the northern
border of Garfield, Loup, Blaine, and
Thomas Counties to the Hooker County
line, south along the Thomas-Hooker
County lines to the McPherson County
line, east along the south border of
Thomas County to the western line of
Custer County, south along the Custer–
Logan County line to NE 92, west to
U.S. 83, north to NE 92, west to NE 61,
south along NE 61 to NE 92, west along
NE 92 to U.S. Hwy 26, south along U.S.
Hwy 26 to Keith County Line, south
along Keith County Line to the Colorado
State line.
Panhandle Unit: That area north and
west of Keith–Deuel County Line at the
Nebraska-Colorado State line, north
along the Keith County Line to U.S.
Hwy 26, west to NE Hwy 92, east to NE
Hwy 61, north along NE Hwy 61 to NE
Hwy 2, west along NE 2 to the corner
formed by Garden–Grant–Sheridan
Counties, west along the north border of
Garden, Morrill, and Scotts Bluff
Counties to the intersection of the
Interstate Canal, west to the Wyoming
State line.
North-Central Unit: The remainder of
the State.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Light Geese
Rainwater Basin Light Goose Area:
The area bounded by the junction of NE
Hwy 92 and NE Hwy 15, south along NE
Hwy 15 to NE Hwy 4, west along NE
Hwy 4 to U.S. Hwy 34, west along U.S.
Hwy 34 to U.S. Hwy 283, north along
U.S. Hwy 283 to U.S. Hwy 30, east along
U.S. Hwy 30 to NE Hwy 92, east along
NE Hwy 92 to the beginning.
Remainder of State: The remainder of
Nebraska.
New Mexico (Central Flyway Portion)
Dark Geese
Middle Rio Grande Valley Unit:
Sierra, Socorro, and Valencia Counties.
Remainder: The remainder of the
Central Flyway portion of New Mexico.
North Dakota
Missouri River Canada Goose Zone:
The area within and bounded by a line
starting where ND Hwy 6 crosses the
South Dakota border; then north on ND
Hwy 6 to I–94; then west on I–94 to ND
Hwy 49; then north on ND Hwy 49 to
ND Hwy 200; then west on ND Hwy
200; then north on ND Hwy 8 to the
Mercer/McLean County line; then east
following the county line until it turns
south toward Garrison Dam; then east
along a line (including Mallard Island)
of Lake Sakakawea to U.S. Hwy 83; then
south on U.S. Hwy 83 to ND Hwy 200;
then east on ND Hwy 200 to ND Hwy
41; then south on ND Hwy 41 to U.S.
Hwy 83; then south on U.S. Hwy 83 to
I–94; then east on I–94 to U.S. Hwy 83;
then south on U.S. Hwy 83 to the South
Dakota border; then west along the
South Dakota border to ND Hwy 6.
Western North Dakota Canada Goose
Zone: Same as the High Plains Unit for
ducks, mergansers and coots, excluding
the Missouri River Canada Goose Zone.
Rest of State: Remainder of North
Dakota.
South Dakota
Early Canada Goose Seasons
Special Early Canada Goose Unit: The
Counties of Campbell, Clark, Codington,
Day, Deuel, Grant, Hamlin, Marshall,
Roberts, Walworth; that portion of
Perkins County west of State Highway
75 and south of State Highway 20; that
portion of Dewey County north of
Bureau of Indian Affairs Road 8, Bureau
of Indian Affairs Road 9, and the section
of U.S. Highway 212 east of the Bureau
of Indian Affairs Road 8 junction; that
portion of Potter County east of U.S.
Highway 83; that portion of Sully
County east of U.S. Highway 83;
portions of Hyde, Buffalo, Brule, and
Charles Mix Counties north and east of
a line beginning at the Hughes–Hyde
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15901
County line on State Highway 34, east
to Lees Boulevard, southeast to State
Highway 34, east 7 miles to 350th
Avenue, south to Interstate 90 on 350th
Avenue, south and east on State
Highway 50 to Geddes, east on 285th
Street to U.S. Highway 281, and north
on U.S. Highway 281 to the Charles
Mix–Douglas County boundary; that
portion of Bon Homme County north of
State Highway 50; those portions of
Yankton and Clay Counties north of a
line beginning at the junction of State
Highway 50 and 306th Street/County
Highway 585 in Bon Homme County,
east to U.S. Highway 81, then north on
U.S. Highway 81 to 303rd Street, then
east on 303rd Street to 444th Avenue,
then south on 444th Avenue to 305th
Street, then east on 305th Street/Bluff
Road to State Highway 19, then south to
State Highway 50 and east to the Clay/
Union County Line; Aurora, Beadle,
Brookings, Brown, Butte, Corson,
Davison, Douglas, Edmunds, Faulk,
Haakon, Hand, Hanson, Harding,
Hutchinson, Jackson, Jerauld, Jones,
Kingsbury, Lake, McCook, McPherson,
Meade, Mellette, Miner, Moody, Oglala
Lakota (formerly Shannon), Sanborn,
Spink, Todd, Turner, and Ziebach
Counties; and those portions of
Minnehaha and Lincoln Counties
outside of an area bounded by a line
beginning at the junction of the South
Dakota–Minnesota State line and
Minnehaha County Highway 122 (254th
Street) west to its junction with
Minnehaha County Highway 149 (464th
Avenue), south on Minnehaha County
Highway 149 (464th Avenue) to
Hartford, then south on Minnehaha
County Highway 151 (463rd Avenue) to
State Highway 42, east on State
Highway 42 to State Highway 17, south
on State Highway 17 to its junction with
Lincoln County Highway 116 (Klondike
Road), and east on Lincoln County
Highway 116 (Klondike Road) to the
South Dakota–Iowa State line, then
north along the South Dakota-Iowa and
South Dakota-Minnesota border to the
junction of the South Dakota-Minnesota
State line and Minnehaha County
Highway 122 (254th Street).
Regular Seasons
Unit 1: Same as that for the September
Canada goose season.
Unit 2: Remainder of South Dakota.
Unit 3: Bennett County.
Texas
Northeast Goose Zone: That portion of
Texas lying east and north of a line
beginning at the Texas-Oklahoma border
at U.S. 81, then continuing south to
Bowie and then southeasterly along U.S.
81 and U.S. 287 to I–35W and I–35 to
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
15902
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
the juncture with I–10 in San Antonio,
then east on I–10 to the Texas-Louisiana
border.
Southeast Goose Zone: That portion
of Texas lying east and south of a line
beginning at the International Toll
Bridge at Laredo, then continuing north
following I–35 to the juncture with I–10
in San Antonio, then easterly along I–
10 to the Texas-Louisiana border.
West Goose Zone: The remainder of
the State.
Wyoming (Central Flyway Portion)
Dark Geese
Zone G1: Big Horn, Converse, Hot
Springs, Natrona, Park, and Washakie
Counties.
Zone G1A: Goshen and Platte
Counties.
Zone G2: Campbell, Crook, Johnson,
Niobrara, Sheridan, and Weston
Counties.
Zone G3: Albany and Laramie
Counties; and that portion of Carbon
County east of the Continental Divide.
Zone G4: Fremont County excluding
those portions south or west of the
Continental Divide.
Pacific Flyway
Arizona
Same zones as for ducks.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
California
Northeastern Zone: That portion of
California lying east and north of a line
beginning at the intersection of
Interstate 5 with the California-Oregon
line; south along Interstate 5 to its
junction with Walters Lane south of the
town of Yreka; west along Walters Lane
to its junction with Easy Street; south
along Easy Street to the junction with
Old Highway 99; south along Old
Highway 99 to the point of intersection
with Interstate 5 north of the town of
Weed; south along Interstate 5 to its
junction with Highway 89; east and
south along Highway 89 to main street
Greenville; north and east to its junction
with North Valley Road; south to its
junction of Diamond Mountain Road;
north and east to its junction with North
Arm Road; south and west to the
junction of North Valley Road; south to
the junction with Arlington Road (A22);
west to the junction of Highway 89;
south and west to the junction of
Highway 70; east on Highway 70 to
Highway 395; south and east on
Highway 395 to the point of intersection
with the California-Nevada State line;
north along the California-Nevada State
line to the junction of the CaliforniaNevada-Oregon State lines west along
the California-Oregon State line to the
point of origin.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Klamath Basin Special Management
Area: Beginning at the intersection of
Highway 161 and Highway 97; east on
Highway 161 to Hill Road; south on Hill
Road to N Dike Road West Side; east on
N Dike Road West Side until the
junction of the Lost River; north on N
Dike Road West Side until the Volcanic
Legacy Scenic Byway; east on Volcanic
Legacy Scenic Byway until N Dike Road
East Side; south on the N Dike Road
East Side; continue east on N Dike Road
East Side to Highway 111; south on
Highway 111/Great Northern Road to
Highway 120/Highway 124; west on
Highway 120/Highway 124 to Hill Road;
south on Hill Road until Lairds Camp
Road; west on Lairds Camp Road until
Willow Creek; west and south on
Willow Creek to Red Rock Road; west
on Red Rock Road until Meiss Lake
Road/Old State Highway; north on
Meiss Lake Road/Old State Highway to
Highway 97; north on Highway 97 to the
point of origin.
Colorado River Zone: Those portions
of San Bernardino, Riverside, and
Imperial Counties east of a line from the
intersection of Highway 95 with the
California-Nevada State line; south on
Highway 95 through the junction with
Highway 40; south on Highway 95 to
Vidal Junction; south through the town
of Rice to the San Bernardino–Riverside
County line on a road known as
‘‘Aqueduct Road’’ also known as
Highway 62 in San Bernardino County;
southwest on Highway 62 to Desert
Center Rice Road; south on Desert
Center Rice Road/Highway 177 to the
town of Desert Center; east 31 miles on
Interstate 10 to its intersection with
Wiley Well Road; south on Wiley Well
Road to Wiley Well; southeast on
Milpitas Wash Road to the Blythe,
Brawley, Davis Lake intersections; south
on Blythe Ogilby Road also known as
County Highway 34 to its intersection
with Ogilby Road; south on Ogilby Road
to its intersection with Interstate 8; east
7 miles on Interstate 8 to its intersection
with the Andrade-Algodones Road/
Highway 186; south on Highway 186 to
its intersection with the U.S.–Mexico
border at Los Algodones, Mexico.
Southern Zone: That portion of
southern California (but excluding the
Colorado River zone) south and east of
a line beginning at the mouth of the
Santa Maria River at the Pacific Ocean;
east along the Santa Maria River to
where it crosses Highway 101–166 near
the City of Santa Maria; north on
Highway 101–166; east on Highway 166
to the junction with Highway 99; south
on Highway 99 to the junction of
Interstate 5; south on Interstate 5 to the
crest of the Tehachapi Mountains at
Tejon Pass; east and north along the
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
crest of the Tehachapi Mountains to
where it intersects Highway 178 at
Walker Pass; east on Highway 178 to the
junction of Highway 395 at the town of
Inyokern; south on Highway 395 to the
junction of Highway 58; east on
Highway 58 to the junction of Interstate
15; east on Interstate 15 to the junction
with Highway 127; north on Highway
127 to the point of intersection with the
California-Nevada State line.
Imperial County Special Management
Area: The area bounded by a line
beginning at Highway 86 and the Navy
Test Base Road; south on Highway 86 to
the town of Westmoreland; continue
through the town of Westmoreland to
Route S26; east on Route S26 to
Highway 115; north on Highway 115 to
Weist Road; north on Weist Road to
Flowing Wells Road; northeast on
Flowing Wells Road to the Coachella
Canal; northwest on the Coachella Canal
to Drop 18; a straight line from Drop 18
to Frink Road; south on Frink Road to
Highway 111; north on Highway 111 to
Niland Marina Road; southwest on
Niland Marina Road to the old Imperial
County boat ramp and the water line of
the Salton Sea; from the water line of
the Salton Sea, a straight line across the
Salton Sea to the Salinity Control
Research Facility and the Navy Test
Base Road; southwest on the Navy Test
Base Road to the point of beginning.
Balance of State Zone: The remainder
of California not included in the
Northeastern, Colorado River, and
Southern Zones.
North Coast Special Management
Area: Del Norte and Humboldt
Counties.
Sacramento Valley Special
Management Area: That area bounded
by a line beginning at Willows south on
I–5 to Hahn Road; easterly on Hahn
Road and the Grimes–Arbuckle Road to
Grimes; northerly on CA 45 to the
junction with CA 162; northerly on CA
45/162 to Glenn; and westerly on CA
162 to the point of beginning in
Willows.
Colorado (Pacific Flyway Portion)
Same zones as for ducks.
Idaho
Canada Geese and Brant
Zone 1: All lands and waters within
the Fort Hall Indian Reservation,
including private in-holdings; Bannock
County; Bingham County, except that
portion within the Blackfoot Reservoir
drainage; Caribou County within the
Fort Hall Indian Reservation; and Power
County east of State Highway 37 and
State Highway 39.
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Zone 2: Bonneville, Butte, Clark,
Fremont, Jefferson, Madison, and Teton
Counties.
Zone 3: Ada, Adams, Benewah,
Blaine, Boise, Bonner, Boundary,
Camas, Canyon, Cassia, Clearwater,
Custer, Elmore, Franklin, Gem, Gooding,
Idaho, Jerome, Kootenai, Latah, Lemhi,
Lewis, Lincoln, Minidoka, Nez Perce,
Oneida, Owyhee, Payette, Shoshone,
Twin Falls, and Washington Counties;
and Power County west of State
Highway 37 and State Highway 39.
Zone 4: Bear Lake County; Bingham
County within the Blackfoot Reservoir
drainage; and Caribou County, except
that portion within the Fort Hall Indian
Reservation.
Zone 5: Valley County.
American Falls Reservoir bluff and
those lands and waters within the Fort
Hall Indian Reservation.
Zone 3: Ada, Boise, Canyon, Cassia,
Elmore, Gem, Gooding, Jerome, Lincoln,
Minidoka, Owyhee, Payette, Twin Falls,
and Washington Counties.
Zone 4: Adams, Benewah, Blaine,
Bonner, Boundary, Camas, Clearwater,
Custer, Idaho, Kootenai, Latah, Lemhi,
Lewis, Nez Perce, and Shoshone
Counties.
Zone 5: Bear Lake, Bonneville, Butte,
Clark, Fremont, Jefferson, Madison, and
Teton Counties; Bingham County within
the Blackfoot Reservoir drainage; and
Caribou County except within the Fort
Hall Indian Reservation.
Zone 6: Valley County.
White-fronted Geese
Zone 1: All lands and waters within
the Fort Hall Indian Reservation,
including private in-holdings; Bannock
County; Bingham County except that
portion within the Blackfoot Reservoir
drainage; Caribou County within the
Fort Hall Indian Reservation; and Power
County east of State Highway 37 and
State Highway 39.
Zone 2: Bear Lake, Bonneville, Butte,
Clark, Fremont, Jefferson, Madison, and
Teton Counties; Bingham County within
the Blackfoot Reservoir drainage; and
Caribou County except within the Fort
Hall Indian Reservation.
Zone 3: Adams, Benewah, Blaine,
Bonner, Boundary, Camas, Clearwater,
Custer, Franklin, Idaho, Kootenai, Latah,
Lemhi, Lewis, Nez Perce, Oneida, and
Shoshone Counties; and Power County
west of State Highway 37 and State
Highway 39.
Zone 4: Ada, Boise, Canyon, Cassia,
Elmore, Gem, Gooding, Jerome, Lincoln,
Minidoka, Owyhee, Payette, Twin Falls,
and Washington Counties.
Zone 5: Valley County.
Nevada
Light Geese
Zone 1: All lands and waters within
the Fort Hall Indian Reservation,
including private in-holdings; Bannock
County; Bingham County east of the
west bank of the Snake River, west of
the McTucker boat ramp access road,
and east of the American Falls Reservoir
bluff, except that portion within the
Blackfoot Reservoir drainage; Caribou
County within the Fort Hall Indian
Reservation; and Power County below
the American Falls Reservoir bluff, and
within the Fort Hall Indian Reservation.
Zone 2: Franklin and Oneida
Counties; Bingham County west of the
west bank of the Snake River, east of the
McTucker boat ramp access road, and
west of the American Falls Reservoir
bluff; Power County, except below the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Same zones as for ducks.
New Mexico (Pacific Flyway Portion)
North Zone: The Pacific Flyway
portion of New Mexico located north of
I–40.
South Zone: The Pacific Flyway
portion of New Mexico located south of
I–40.
Oregon
Northwest Permit Zone: Benton,
Clackamas, Clatsop, Columbia, Lane,
Lincoln, Linn, Marion, Multnomah,
Polk, Tillamook, Washington, and
Yamhill Counties.
Lower Columbia/N. Willamette Valley
Management Area: Those portions of
Clatsop, Columbia, Multnomah, and
Washington Counties within the
Northwest Special Permit Zone.
Tillamook County Management Area:
That portion of Tillamook County
beginning at the point where Old Woods
Road crosses the south shores of Horn
Creek, north on Old Woods Road to
Sand Lake Road at Woods, north on
Sand Lake Road to the intersection with
McPhillips Drive, due west (∼200 yards)
from the intersection to the Pacific
coastline, south along the Pacific
coastline to a point due west of the
western end of Pacific Avenue in Pacific
City, east from this point (∼250 yards) to
Pacific Avenue, east on Pacific Avenue
to Brooten Road, south and then east on
Brooten Road to Highway 101, north on
Highway 101 to Resort Drive, north on
Resort Drive to a point due west of the
south shores of Horn Creek at its
confluence with the Nestucca River, due
east (∼80 yards) across the Nestucca
River to the south shores of Horn Creek,
east along the south shores of Horn
Creek to the point of beginning.
Southwest Zone: Those portions of
Douglas, Coos, and Curry Counties east
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15903
of Highway 101, and Josephine and
Jackson Counties.
South Coast Zone: Those portions of
Douglas, Coos, and Curry Counties west
of Highway 101.
Eastern Zone: Baker, Crook,
Deschutes, Gilliam, Grant, Hood River,
Jefferson, Morrow, Sherman, Umatilla,
Union, Wallowa, Wasco, and Wheeler
Counties.
Klamath County Zone: Klamath
County.
Harney and Lake County Zone:
Harney and Lake Counties.
Malheur County Zone: Malheur
County.
Utah
East Box Elder County Zone:
Boundary begins at the intersection of
the eastern boundary of Public Shooting
Grounds Waterfowl Management Area
and SR–83 (Promontory Road); east
along SR–83 to I–15; south on I–15 to
the Perry access road; southwest along
this road to the Bear River Bird Refuge
boundary; west, north, and then east
along the refuge boundary until it
intersects the Public Shooting Grounds
Waterfowl Management Area boundary;
east and north along the Public Shooting
Grounds Waterfowl Management Area
boundary to SR–83.
Wasatch Front Zone: Boundary begins
at the Weber–Box Elder County line at
I–15; east along Weber County line to
U.S.–89; south on U.S.–89 to I–84; east
and south on I–84 to I–80; south on I–
80 to U.S.–189; south and west on U.S.–
189 to the Utah County line; southeast
and then west along this line to the
Tooele County line; north along the
Tooele County line to I–80; east on I–
80 to Exit 99; north from Exit 99 along
a direct line to the southern tip of
Promontory Point and Promontory
Road; east and north along this road to
the causeway separating Bear River Bay
from Ogden Bay; east on this causeway
to the southwest corner of Great Salt
Lake Mineral Corporations (GSLMC)
west impoundment; north and east
along GSLMC’s west impoundment to
the northwest corner of the
impoundment; north from this point
along a direct line to the southern
boundary of Bear River Migratory Bird
Refuge; east along this southern
boundary to the Perry access road;
northeast along this road to I–15; south
along I–15 to the Weber–Box Elder
County line.
Southern Zone: Boundary includes
Beaver, Carbon, Emery, Garfield, Grand,
Iron, Juab, Kane, Millard, Piute, San
Juan, Sanpete, Sevier, Washington, and
Wayne Counties, and that part of Tooele
County south of I–80.
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
15904
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Northern Zone: The remainder of
Utah not included in the East Box Elder
County, Wasatch Front, and Southern
Zones.
Nevada
Texas
Open Area: Churchill, Lyon, and
Pershing Counties.
Washington
Utah
Area 1: Skagit, Island, and Snohomish
Counties.
Area 2 Inland (Southwest Permit
Zone): Clark, Cowlitz, and Wahkiakum
Counties, and that portion of Grays
Harbor County east of Highway 101
Area 2 Coastal (Southwest Permit
Zone): Pacific County and that portion
of Grays Harbor County west of
Highway 101.
Area 3: All areas west of the Pacific
Crest Trail and west of the Big White
Salmon River that are not included in
Areas 1, 2A, and 2B.
Area 4: Adams, Benton, Chelan,
Douglas, Franklin, Grant, Kittitas,
Lincoln, Okanogan, Spokane, and Walla
Walla Counties.
Area 5: All areas east of the Pacific
Crest Trail and east of the Big White
Salmon River that are not included in
Area 4.
Open Area: Those portions of Box
Elder, Weber, Davis, Salt Lake, and
Toole Counties lying west of I–15, north
of I–80, and south of a line beginning
from the Forest Street exit to the Bear
River National Wildlife Refuge
boundary; then north and west along the
Bear River National Wildlife Refuge
boundary to the farthest west boundary
of the Refuge; then west along a line to
Promontory Road; then north on
Promontory Road to the intersection of
SR 83; then north on SR 83 to I–84; then
north and west on I–84 to State Hwy 30;
then west on State Hwy 30 to the
Nevada–Utah State line; then south on
the Nevada–Utah State line to I–80.
North Zone: That portion of the State
north of a line beginning at the
International Bridge south of Fort
Hancock; north along FM 1088 to TX 20;
west along TX 20 to TX 148; north along
TX 148 to I–10 at Fort Hancock; east
along I–10 to I–20; northeast along I–20
to I–30 at Fort Worth; northeast along I–
30 to the Texas–Arkansas State line.
Central Zone: That portion of the
State lying between the North and South
Zones.
South Zone: That portion of the State
south and west of a line beginning at the
International Bridge south of Del Rio,
proceeding east on U.S. 90 to State Loop
1604 west of San Antonio; then south,
east, and north along Loop 1604 to I–10
east of San Antonio; then east on I–10
to Orange, Texas.
Special White-winged Dove Area:
Same as the South Zone.
Brant
Pacific Flyway
California
Northern Zone: Del Norte, Humboldt,
and Mendocino Counties.
Balance of State Zone: The remainder
of the State not included in the
Northern Zone.
Washington
Puget Sound Zone: Clallam, Skagit,
and Whatcom Counties.
Coastal Zone: Pacific County.
Swans
Central Flyway
South Dakota
Open Area: Aurora, Beadle,
Brookings, Brown, Brule, Buffalo,
Campbell, Clark, Codington, Davison,
Day, Deuel, Edmunds, Faulk, Grant,
Hamlin, Hand, Hanson, Hughes, Hyde,
Jerauld, Kingsbury, Lake, Marshall,
McCook, McPherson, Miner,
Minnehaha, Moody, Potter, Roberts,
Sanborn, Spink, Sully, and Walworth
Counties.
Pacific Flyway
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Idaho
Open Area: Benewah, Bonner,
Boundary, and Kootenai Counties.
Montana (Pacific Flyway Portion)
Open Area: Cascade, Chouteau, Hill,
Liberty, and Toole Counties and those
portions of Pondera and Teton Counties
lying east of U.S. 287–89.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Doves
Band-tailed Pigeons
Alabama
South Zone: Baldwin, Barbour,
Coffee, Covington, Dale, Escambia,
Geneva, Henry, Houston, and Mobile
Counties.
North Zone: Remainder of the State.
Florida
Northwest Zone: The Counties of Bay,
Calhoun, Escambia, Franklin, Gadsden,
Gulf, Holmes, Jackson, Liberty,
Okaloosa, Santa Rosa, Walton,
Washington, Leon (except that portion
north of U.S. 27 and east of State Road
155), Jefferson (south of U.S. 27, west of
State Road 59 and north of U.S. 98), and
Wakulla (except that portion south of
U.S. 98 and east of the St. Marks River).
South Zone: The remainder of the
State.
Louisiana
North Zone: That portion of the State
north of a line extending east from the
Texas border along State Highway 12 to
U.S. Highway 190, east along U.S. 190
to Interstate Highway 12, east along
Interstate Highway 12 to Interstate
Highway 10, then east along Interstate
Highway 10 to the Mississippi border.
South Zone: The remainder of the
State.
California
North Zone: Alpine, Butte, Del Norte,
Glenn, Humboldt, Lassen, Mendocino,
Modoc, Plumas, Shasta, Sierra,
Siskiyou, Tehama, and Trinity Counties.
South Zone: The remainder of the
State not included in the North Zone.
New Mexico
North Zone: North of a line following
U.S. 60 from the Arizona State line east
to I–25 at Socorro and then south along
I–25 from Socorro to the Texas State
line.
South Zone: The remainder of the
State not included in the North Zone.
Washington
Western Washington: The State of
Washington excluding those portions
lying east of the Pacific Crest Trail and
east of the Big White Salmon River in
Klickitat County.
Woodcock
New Jersey
North Zone: That portion of the State
north of NJ 70.
South Zone: The remainder of the
State.
Sandhill Cranes
Mississippi
Mississippi Flyway
North Zone: That portion of the State
north and west of a line extending west
from the Alabama State line along U.S.
Highway 84 to its junction with State
Highway 35, then south along State
Highway 35 to the Louisiana State line.
South Zone: The remainder of
Mississippi.
Alabama
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Open Area: That area north of
Interstate 20 from the Georgia State line
to the interchange with Interstate 65,
then east of Interstate 65 to the
interchange with Interstate 22, then
north of Interstate 22 to the Mississippi
State line.
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Minnesota
New Mexico
Northwest Zone: That portion of the
State encompassed by a line extending
east from the North Dakota border along
U.S. Highway 2 to State Trunk Highway
(STH) 32, north along STH 32 to STH
92, east along STH 92 to County State
Aid Highway (CSAH) 2 in Polk County,
north along CSAH 2 to CSAH 27 in
Pennington County, north along CSAH
27 to STH 1, east along STH 1 to CSAH
28 in Pennington County, north along
CSAH 28 to CSAH 54 in Marshall
County, north along CSAH 54 to CSAH
9 in Roseau County, north along CSAH
9 to STH 11, west along STH 11 to STH
310, and north along STH 310 to the
Manitoba border.
Regular-Season Open Area: Chaves,
Curry, De Baca, Eddy, Lea, Quay, and
Roosevelt Counties.
Tennessee
Southeast Crane Zone: That portion of
the State south of Interstate 40 and east
of State Highway 56.
Remainder of State: That portion of
Tennessee outside of the Southeast
Crane Zone.
Central Flyway
Colorado
Middle Rio Grande Valley Area: The
Central Flyway portion of New Mexico
in Socorro and Valencia Counties.
Estancia Valley Area: Those portions
of Santa Fe, Torrance, and Bernallilo
Counties within an area bounded on the
west by New Mexico Highway 55
beginning at Mountainair north to NM
337, north to NM 14, north to I–25; on
the north by I–25 east to U.S. 285; on
the east by U.S. 285 south to U.S. 60;
and on the south by U.S. 60 from U.S.
285 west to NM 55 in Mountainair.
Southwest Zone: Area bounded on the
south by the New Mexico–Mexico
border; on the west by the New Mexico–
Arizona border north to Interstate 10; on
the north by Interstate 10 east to U.S.
180, north to NM 26, east to NM 27,
north to NM 152, and east to Interstate
25; on the east by Interstate 25 south to
Interstate 10, west to the Luna County
line, and south to the New Mexico–
Mexico border.
Open Area: The Central Flyway
portion of the State except the San Luis
Valley (Alamosa, Conejos, Costilla,
Hinsdale, Mineral, Rio Grande, and
Saguache Counties east of the
Continental Divide) and North Park
(Jackson County).
North Dakota
Kansas
Open Area: That portion of the State
west of I–35.
Central Zone: That portion of the
State within an area bounded by a line
beginning where I–35 crosses the
Kansas–Oklahoma border, then north on
I–35 to Wichita, then north on I–135 to
Salina, then north on U.S. 81 to the
Nebraska border, then west along the
Kansas/Nebraska border to its
intersection with Hwy 283, then south
on Hwy 283 to the intersection with
Hwy 18/24, then east along Hwy 18 to
Hwy 183, then south on Hwy 183 to
Route 1, then south on Route 1 to the
Oklahoma border, then east along the
Kansas/Oklahoma border to where it
crosses I–35.
West Zone: That portion of the State
west of the western boundary of the
Central Zone.
Montana
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Special Season Open Areas
Regular Season Open Area: The
Central Flyway portion of the State
except for that area south and west of
Interstate 90, which is closed to sandhill
crane hunting.
Special Season Open Area: Carbon
County.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
Area 1: That portion of the State west
of U.S. 281.
Area 2: That portion of the State east
of U.S. 281.
Oklahoma
South Dakota
Open Area: That portion of the State
lying west of a line beginning at the
South Dakota–North Dakota border and
State Highway 25, south on State
Highway 25 to its junction with State
Highway 34, east on State Highway 34
to its junction with U.S. Highway 81,
then south on U.S. Highway 81 to the
South Dakota–Nebraska border.
Texas
Zone A: That portion of Texas lying
west of a line beginning at the
international toll bridge at Laredo, then
northeast along U.S. Highway 81 to its
junction with Interstate Highway 35 in
Laredo, then north along Interstate
Highway 35 to its junction with
Interstate Highway 10 in San Antonio,
then northwest along Interstate Highway
10 to its junction with U.S. Highway 83
at Junction, then north along U.S.
Highway 83 to its junction with U.S.
Highway 62, 16 miles north of
Childress, then east along U.S. Highway
62 to the Texas–Oklahoma State line.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
15905
Zone B: That portion of Texas lying
within boundaries beginning at the
junction of U.S. Highway 81 and the
Texas–Oklahoma State line, then
southeast along U.S. Highway 81 to its
junction with U.S. Highway 287 in
Montague County, then southeast along
U.S. Highway 287 to its junction with
Interstate Highway 35W in Fort Worth,
then southwest along Interstate
Highway 35 to its junction with
Interstate Highway 10 in San Antonio,
then northwest along Interstate Highway
10 to its junction with U.S. Highway 83
in the town of Junction, then north
along U.S. Highway 83 to its junction
with U.S. Highway 62, 16 miles north of
Childress, then east along U.S. Highway
62 to the Texas–Oklahoma State line,
then south along the Texas–Oklahoma
State line to the south bank of the Red
River, then eastward along the
vegetation line on the south bank of the
Red River to U.S. Highway 81.
Zone C: The remainder of the State,
except for the closed areas.
Closed areas:
A. That portion of the State lying east
and north of a line beginning at the
junction of U.S. Highway 81 and the
Texas–Oklahoma State line, then
southeast along U.S. Highway 81 to its
junction with U.S. Highway 287 in
Montague County, then southeast along
U.S. Highway 287 to its junction with I–
35W in Fort Worth, then southwest
along I–35 to its junction with U.S.
Highway 290 East in Austin, then east
along U.S. Highway 290 to its junction
with Interstate Loop 610 in Harris
County, then south and east along
Interstate Loop 610 to its junction with
Interstate Highway 45 in Houston, then
south on Interstate Highway 45 to State
Highway 342, then to the shore of the
Gulf of Mexico, and then north and east
along the shore of the Gulf of Mexico to
the Texas–Louisiana State line.
B. That portion of the State lying
within the boundaries of a line
beginning at the Kleberg–Nueces County
line and the shore of the Gulf of Mexico,
then west along the County line to Park
Road 22 in Nueces County, then north
and west along Park Road 22 to its
junction with State Highway 358 in
Corpus Christi, then west and north
along State Highway 358 to its junction
with State Highway 286, then north
along State Highway 286 to its junction
with Interstate Highway 37, then east
along Interstate Highway 37 to its
junction with U.S. Highway 181, then
north and west along U.S. Highway 181
to its junction with U.S. Highway 77 in
Sinton, then north and east along U.S.
Highway 77 to its junction with U.S.
Highway 87 in Victoria, then south and
east along U.S. Highway 87 to its
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
15906
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
junction with State Highway 35 at Port
Lavaca, then north and east along State
Highway 35 to the south end of the
Lavaca Bay Causeway, then south and
east along the shore of Lavaca Bay to its
junction with the Port Lavaca Ship
Channel, then south and east along the
Lavaca Bay Ship Channel to the Gulf of
Mexico, and then south and west along
the shore of the Gulf of Mexico to the
Kleberg–Nueces County line.
Wyoming
Area 7: Campbell, Converse, Crook,
Goshen, Laramie, Niobrara, Platte, and
Weston Counties.
Area 4: All lands within the Bureau
of Reclamation’s Riverton and Boysen
Unit boundaries; those lands within
Boysen State Park south of Cottonwood
Creek, west of Boysen Reservoir, and
south of U.S. Highway 20–26; and all
non-Indian owned fee title lands within
the exterior boundaries of the Wind
River Reservation, excluding those
lands within Hot Springs County.
Area 6: Big Horn, Hot Springs, Park,
and Washakie Counties.
Area 8: Johnson, Natrona, and
Sheridan Counties.
Pacific Flyway
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
Arizona
Zone 1: Beginning at the junction of
the New Mexico State line and U.S.
Hwy 80; south along the State line to the
U.S.–Mexico border; west along the
border to the San Pedro River; north
along the San Pedro River to the
junction with Arizona Hwy 77;
northerly along Arizona Hwy 77 to the
Gila River; northeast along the Gila
River to the San Carlos Indian
Reservation boundary; south then east
and north along the reservation
boundary to U.S. Hwy 70; southeast on
U.S. Hwy 70 to U.S. Hwy 191; south on
U.S. Hwy 191 to the 352 exit on I–10;
east on I–10 to Bowie-Apache Pass
Road; southerly on the Bowie-Apache
Pass Road to Arizona Hwy 186;
southeasterly on Arizona Hwy 186 to
Arizona Hwy 181; south on Arizona
Hwy 181 to the West Turkey CreekKuykendall cutoff road; southerly on the
Kuykendall cutoff road to Rucker
Canyon Road; easterly on Rucker
Canyon Road to the Tex Canyon Road;
southerly on Tex Canyon Road to U.S.
Hwy 80; northeast on U.S. Hwy 80 to
the New Mexico State line.
Zone 2: Beginning at I–10 and the
New Mexico State line; north along the
State line to Arizona Hwy 78; southwest
on Arizona Hwy 78 to U.S. Hwy 191;
northwest on U.S. Hwy 191 to Clifton;
westerly on the Lower Eagle Creek Road
(Pump Station Road) to Eagle Creek;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
northerly along Eagle Creek to the San
Carlos Indian Reservation boundary;
southerly and west along the reservation
boundary to U.S. Hwy 70; southeast on
U.S. Hwy 70 to U.S. Hwy 191; south on
U.S. Hwy 191 to I–10; easterly on I–10
to the New Mexico State line.
Zone 3: Beginning on I–10 at the New
Mexico State line; westerly on I–10 to
the Bowie-Apache Pass Road; southerly
on the Bowie-Apache Pass Road to AZ
Hwy 186; southeast on AZ Hwy 186 to
AZ Hwy 181; south on AZ Hwy 181 to
the West Turkey Creek–Kuykendall
cutoff road; southerly on the Kuykendall
cutoff road to Rucker Canyon Road;
easterly on the Rucker Canyon Road to
Tex Canyon Road; southerly on Tex
Canyon Road to U.S. Hwy 80; northeast
on U.S. Hwy 80 to the New Mexico
State line; north along the State line to
I–10.
Idaho
Area 1: All of Bear Lake County and
all of Caribou County except that
portion lying within the Grays Lake
Basin.
Area 2: All of Teton County except
that portion lying west of State Highway
33 and south of Packsaddle Road (West
400 North) and north of the North
Cedron Road (West 600 South) and east
of the west bank of the Teton River.
Area 3: All of Fremont County except
the Chester Wetlands Wildlife
Management Area.
Area 4: All of Jefferson County.
Area 5: All of Bannock County east of
Interstate 15 and south of U.S. Highway
30; and all of Franklin County.
Area 6: That portion of Oneida
County within the boundary beginning
at the intersection of the Idaho–Utah
border and Old Highway 191, then
north on Old Highway 191 to 1500 S,
then west on 1500 S to Highway 38,
then west on Highway 38 to 5400 W,
then south on 5400 W to
Pocatello Valley Road, then west and
south on Pocatello Valley Road to 10000
W, then south on 10000 W to the Idaho–
Utah border, then east along the Idaho–
Utah border to the beginning point.
Montana
Zone 1: Those portions of Deer Lodge
County lying within the following
described boundary: beginning at the
intersection of I–90 and Highway 273,
then westerly along Highway 273 to the
junction of Highway 1, then southeast
along said highway to Highway 275 at
Opportunity, then east along said
highway to East Side County road, then
north along said road to Perkins Lane,
then west on said lane to I–90, then
north on said interstate to the junction
of Highway 273, the point of beginning.
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
Except for sections 13 and 24, T5N,
R10W; and Warm Springs Pond number
3.
Zone 2: That portion of the Pacific
Flyway, located in Powell County lying
within the following described
boundary: beginning at the junction of
State Routes 141 and 200, then west
along Route 200 to its intersection with
the Blackfoot River at Russell Gates
Fishing Access Site (Powell–Missoula
County line), then southeast along said
river to its intersection with the
Ovando–Helmville Road (County Road
104) at Cedar Meadows Fishing Access
Site, then south and east along said road
to its junction with State Route 141,
then north along said route to its
junction with State Route 200, the point
of beginning.
Zone 3: Beaverhead, Gallatin,
Jefferson, and Madison Counties.
Zone 4: Broadwater County.
Utah
Cache County: Cache County.
East Box Elder County: That portion
of Box Elder County beginning on the
Utah–Idaho State line at the Box Elder–
Cache County line; west on the State
line to the Pocatello Valley County
Road; south on the Pocatello Valley
County Road to I–15; southeast on I–15
to SR–83; south on SR–83 to Lamp
Junction; west and south on the
Promontory Point County Road to the
tip of Promontory Point; south from
Promontory Point to the Box Elder–
Weber County line; east on the Box
Elder–Weber County line to the Box
Elder–Cache County line; north on the
Box Elder–Cache County line to the
Utah–Idaho State line.
Rich County: Rich County.
Uintah County: Uintah County.
Wyoming
Area 1: All of the Bear River and
Ham’s Fork River drainages in Lincoln
County.
Area 2: All of the Salt River drainage
in Lincoln County south of the McCoy
Creek Road.
Area 3: All lands within the Bureau
of Reclamation’s Eden Project in
Sweetwater County.
Area 5: Uinta County.
All Migratory Game Birds in Alaska
North Zone: State Game Management
Units 11–13 and 17–26.
Gulf Coast Zone: State Game
Management Units 5–7, 9, 14–16, and
10 (Unimak Island only).
Southeast Zone: State Game
Management Units 1–4.
Pribilof and Aleutian Islands Zone:
State Game Management Unit 10 (except
Unimak Island).
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Federal Register / Vol. 85, No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 / Proposed Rules
Kodiak Zone: State Game
Management Unit 8.
All Migratory Game Birds in the Virgin
Islands
Ruth Cay Closure Area: The island of
Ruth Cay, just south of St. Croix.
jbell on DSKJLSW7X2PROD with PROPOSALS2
All Migratory Game Birds in Puerto
Rico
Municipality of Culebra Closure Area:
All of the municipality of Culebra.
Desecheo Island Closure Area: All of
Desecheo Island.
Mona Island Closure Area: All of
Mona Island.
El Verde Closure Area: Those areas of
the municipalities of Rio Grande and
Loiza delineated as follows: (1) All
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:34 Mar 18, 2020
Jkt 250001
lands between Routes 956 on the west
and 186 on the east, from Route 3 on the
north to the juncture of Routes 956 and
186 (Km 13.2) in the south; (2) all lands
between Routes 186 and 966 from the
juncture of 186 and 966 on the north, to
the Caribbean National Forest Boundary
on the south; (3) all lands lying west of
Route 186 for 1 kilometer from the
juncture of Routes 186 and 956 south to
Km 6 on Route 186; (4) all lands within
Km 14 and Km 6 on the west and the
Caribbean National Forest Boundary on
the east; and (5) all lands within the
Caribbean National Forest Boundary
whether private or public.
Cidra Municipality and adjacent
areas: All of Cidra Municipality and
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
15907
portions of Aguas Buenas, Caguas,
Cayey, and Comerio Municipalities as
encompassed within the following
boundary: beginning on Highway 172 as
it leaves the municipality of Cidra on
the west edge, north to Highway 156,
east on Highway 156 to Highway 1,
south on Highway 1 to Highway 765,
south on Highway 765 to Highway 763,
south on Highway 763 to the Rio
Guavate, west along Rio Guavate to
Highway 1, southwest on Highway 1 to
Highway 14, west on Highway 14 to
Highway 729, north on Highway 729 to
Cidra Municipality boundary to the
point of the beginning.
[FR Doc. 2020–04918 Filed 3–18–20; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4333–15–P
E:\FR\FM\19MRP2.SGM
19MRP2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 85, Number 54 (Thursday, March 19, 2020)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 15870-15907]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2020-04918]
[[Page 15869]]
Vol. 85
Thursday,
No. 54
March 19, 2020
Part II
Department of the Interior
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Fish and Wildlife Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
50 CFR Part 20
Migratory Bird Hunting; Proposed 2020-21 Frameworks for Migratory Bird
Hunting Regulations; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 85 , No. 54 / Thursday, March 19, 2020 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 15870]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
Fish and Wildlife Service
50 CFR Part 20
[Docket No. FWS-HQ-MB-2019-0004; FF09M21200-201-FXMB1231099BPP0]
RIN 1018-BD89
Migratory Bird Hunting; Proposed 2020-21 Frameworks for Migratory
Bird Hunting Regulations
AGENCY: Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
ACTION: Proposed rule; supplemental.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service or we) is
proposing to establish the 2020-21 hunting regulations for certain
migratory game birds. We annually prescribe frameworks, or outer
limits, for dates and times when hunting may occur and the number of
birds that may be taken and possessed in hunting seasons. These
frameworks are necessary to allow State selections of seasons and
limits and to allow harvest at levels compatible with migratory game
bird population status and habitat conditions. Migratory game bird
hunting seasons provide opportunities for recreation and sustenance and
aid Federal, State, and Tribal governments in the management of
migratory game birds.
DATES: You must submit comments on the proposed migratory bird hunting
frameworks by April 20, 2020.
ADDRESSES: Comments: You may submit comments on the proposals by one of
the following methods:
Federal eRulemaking Portal: https://www.regulations.gov.
Follow the instructions for submitting comments on Docket No. FWS-HQ-
MB-2019-0004.
U.S. mail or hand delivery: Public Comments Processing,
Attn: FWS-HQ-MB-2019-0004; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, MS: JAO/1N,
5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803.
We will post all comments on https://www.regulations.gov. This
generally means that we will post any personal information you provide
us (see Review of Public Comments and Flyway Council Recommendations,
below, for more information).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Jerome Ford, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service, Department of the Interior, (202) 208-1050.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Process for Establishing Annual Migratory Game Bird Hunting Regulations
As part of the Department of the Interior's retrospective
regulatory review, in 2015 we developed a schedule for migratory game
bird hunting regulations that is more efficient and establishes hunting
season dates earlier than was possible under the previous process.
Under the current process, we develop proposed hunting season
frameworks for a given year in the fall of the prior year. We then
finalize those frameworks a few months later, thereby enabling the
State agencies to select and publish their season dates in early
summer. We provided a detailed overview of the current process in the
August 3, 2017, Federal Register (82 FR 36308). This proposed rule is
the second in a series of proposed and final rules for the
establishment of the 2020-21 migratory bird hunting seasons.
Regulations Schedule for 2020
On October 15, 2019, we published a proposal to amend title 50 of
the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) at part 20 (84 FR 55120). The
proposal provided a background and overview of the migratory bird
hunting regulations process, and addressed the establishment of
seasons, limits, and other regulations for hunting migratory game birds
under Sec. Sec. 20.101 through 20.107, 20.109, and 20.110 of subpart
K. This document is the second in a series of proposed and final rules
for migratory game bird hunting regulations. Major steps in the 2020-21
regulatory cycle relating to open public meetings and Federal Register
notifications were illustrated in the diagram at the end of the October
15, 2019, proposed rule. For this regulatory cycle, we have combined
elements of the document that is described in the diagram as
Supplemental Proposals with the document that is described as Proposed
Season Frameworks.
Further, in the October 15, 2019, proposed rule we explained that
all sections of subsequent documents outlining hunting frameworks and
guidelines were organized under numbered headings. Those headings are:
1. Ducks
A. General Harvest Strategy
B. Regulatory Alternatives
C. Zones and Split Seasons
D. Special Seasons/Species Management
i. September Teal Seasons
ii. September Teal/Wood Duck Seasons
iii. Black Ducks
iv. Canvasbacks
v. Pintails
vi. Scaup
vii. Mottled Ducks
viii. Wood Ducks
ix. Youth and Veterans-Active Military Personnel Hunting Days
x. Mallard Management Units
xi. Other
2. Sea Ducks
3. Mergansers
4. Canada Geese
A. Special Early Seasons
B. Regular Seasons
C. Special Late Seasons
5. White-fronted Geese
6. Brant
7. Snow and Ross's (Light) Geese
8. Swans
9. Sandhill Cranes
10. Coots
11. Moorhens and Gallinules
12. Rails
13. Snipe
14. Woodcock
15. Band-tailed Pigeons
16. Doves
17. Alaska
18. Hawaii
19. Puerto Rico
20. Virgin Islands
21. Falconry
22. Other
This and subsequent documents will refer only to numbered items
requiring attention. We will omit those items not requiring attention,
and remaining numbered items may be discontinuous and appear
incomplete.
We provided the meeting dates and locations for the Service
Regulations Committee (SRC) and Flyway Council meetings on Flyway
calendars posted on our website at https://www.fws.gov/birds/management/flyways.php. The October 15, 2019, proposed rule provided
detailed information on the proposed 2020-21 regulatory schedule and
announced the SRC meetings. On October 8-9, 2019, we held open meetings
with the Flyway Council Consultants, at which the participants reviewed
information on the current status of migratory game birds and developed
recommendations for the 2020-21 regulations for these species.
This document deals specifically with proposed frameworks for the
migratory bird hunting regulations. It will lead to final frameworks
from which States may select season dates, shooting hours, areas, and
limits. We have considered all pertinent comments received through
November 2019, which includes comments submitted in response to our
October 15 proposed rulemaking document and comments from the October
SRC meeting. In addition, new proposals for certain regulations are
provided for public comment. The comment period is specified above
under DATES. We will publish final regulatory frameworks for
[[Page 15871]]
migratory game bird hunting in the Federal Register around June, 2020.
Population Status and Harvest
Each year we publish reports that provide detailed information on
the status and harvest of certain migratory gamebird species. These
reports are available at the address indicated under FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT or from our website at https://www.fws.gov/birds/surveys-and-data/reports-and-publications/population-status.php.
We used the following annual reports published in August 2019 in
the development of proposed frameworks for the migratory bird hunting
regulations: Adaptive Harvest Management, 2020 Hunting Season; American
Woodcock Population Status, 2019; Band-tailed Pigeon Population Status,
2019; Migratory Bird Hunting Activity and Harvest During the 2017-18
and 2018-19 Hunting Seasons; Mourning Dove Population Status, 2019;
Status and Harvests of Sandhill Cranes, Mid-continent, Rocky Mountain,
Lower Colorado River Valley and Eastern Populations, 2019; and
Waterfowl Population Status, 2019.
Our long-term objectives continue to include providing
opportunities to harvest portions of certain migratory game bird
populations and to limit harvests to levels compatible with each
population's ability to maintain healthy, viable numbers. Having taken
into account the zones of temperature and the distribution, abundance,
economic value, breeding habits, and times and lines of flight of
migratory birds, we believe that the proposed hunting seasons provided
for herein are compatible with the current status of migratory bird
populations and long-term population goals. Additionally, we are
obligated to, and do, give serious consideration to all information
received during the public comment period.
Review of Public Comments and Flyway Council Recommendations
The preliminary proposed rulemaking, which appeared in the October
15, 2019, Federal Register, opened the public comment period for
migratory game bird hunting regulations and described the proposed
regulatory alternatives for the 2020-21 duck hunting season. Comments
and recommendations are summarized below and numbered in the order used
in the October 15, 2019, proposed rule.
We received recommendations from all four Flyway Councils. Some
recommendations supported continuation of last year's frameworks. Due
to the comprehensive nature of the annual review of the frameworks
performed by the Councils, support for continuation of last year's
frameworks is assumed for items for which no recommendations were
received. Council recommendations for changes in the frameworks are
summarized below. As explained earlier in this document, we have
included only the numbered items pertaining to issues for which we
received recommendations. Consequently, the issues do not follow in
successive numerical order.
We seek additional information and comments on the recommendations
in this supplemental proposed rule. New proposals and modifications to
previously described proposals are discussed below. Wherever possible,
they are discussed under headings corresponding to the numbered items
in the October 15, 2019, proposed rule.
General
Written Comments: Four commenters expressed interest in a longer
duck season in the Pacific and Mississippi Flyways; a commenter
expressed support for youth waterfowl hunting longer than one day and
more than one week before the regular duck season; and a commenter
expressed concern that penalties for regulation violations may be
inadequate to dissuade violations.
Service Response: In regard to longer duck seasons, we develop duck
hunting regulations cooperatively with the four Flyway Councils and use
an adaptive harvest management (AHM) decision framework that allows
selection of the optimal regulation each year based on agreed-upon
objectives, regulatory alternatives, population models, observed and
expected harvest, habitat conditions, and the status of duck
populations (see 1. Ducks, below, for more details on the process for
establishing duck hunting regulations). Public comments are considered
in developing and revising these AHM protocols. Also, recent duck
seasons in the Pacific Flyway are 107 days, which is the maximum season
length allowed by the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. Finally, Federal
guidelines currently allow States to offer 2 special youth waterfowl
hunting days and these days can be up to 14 days before the regular
duck season.
Regarding law enforcement, this rule proposes frameworks, or
outside limits, for migratory bird hunting. States then select hunting
seasons within these outside limits to allow harvest at levels
compatible with migratory bird population status and habitat
conditions. States subsequently establish regulations consistent with
these season selections. Enforcement of migratory bird hunting
regulations is a shared responsibility between State and Federal
Government agencies, and penalties for violations of these regulations
are established under separate State and Federal rule making processes.
The Service's Division of Migratory Bird Management discusses
regulatory issues with law enforcement personnel to ensure that
proposed regulations are enforceable.
1. Ducks
A. General Harvest Strategy
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended adoption of the liberal regulatory
alternative for their respective flyways.
The Mississippi and Central Flyway Councils further recommended
several changes to the AHM decision framework for mid-continent
mallards beginning with the 2021-2022 (next) season. Specifically, the
Mississippi Flyway Council made the following recommendations:
(1) Continue to base the annual regulatory decision on current
mallard breeding population estimates and spring pond counts in central
North America (Federal Waterfowl Breeding Population and Habitat Survey
[WBPHS] strata 13-18, 20-50, and 75-77), and in Michigan, Minnesota,
and Wisconsin (State surveys).
(2) Remove the North American Waterfowl Management Plan (NAWMP)
mallard population goal from the AHM objective function.
(3) Replace the current four discrete models with a model
parameterization based on the estimation results from an annually
updated integrated population model.
(4) For the three AHM regulatory open-season alternatives, provide
a duck hunting season framework start date of the Saturday nearest
September 24 and an end date of 31 January.
(5) Allow no other changes from current AHM regulatory alternatives
until additional work on revisions to other species' strategies are
completed.
(6) Allow no changes to current bag limits or harvest strategies
for duck species other than mallards until additional work on revisions
to other species' strategies are completed.
The Central Flyway Council recommendations were consistent with
Mississippi Flyway Council recommendations 1-4 and 6, but the Central
Flyway Council also recommended that the bag limit for male mallards in
the moderate and
[[Page 15872]]
liberal regulatory alternatives for the Central Flyway be increased by
one bird, so that the male mallard bag limit would be the same as the
overall duck bag limit of six birds. This recommendation is in
opposition to Mississippi Flyway Council recommendation 5.
Service Response: As we stated in the October 15, 2019, proposed
rule, we intend to continue use of AHM to help determine appropriate
duck-hunting regulations for the 2020-21 season. AHM is a tool that
permits sound resource decisions in the face of uncertain regulatory
impacts and provides a mechanism for reducing that uncertainty over
time. We use an AHM protocol (decision framework) to evaluate four
regulatory alternatives, each with a different expected harvest level,
and choose the optimal regulation for duck hunting based on the status
and demographics of mallards for the Mississippi, Central, and Pacific
Flyways, and based on the status and demographics of a suite of four
species (eastern waterfowl) in the Atlantic Flyway (see below, and the
earlier referenced report ``Adaptive Harvest Management, 2020 Hunting
Season'' for more details). We have specific AHM protocols for species
of special concern, including black ducks, scaup, and pintails, that
guide appropriate bag limits and season lengths for these species
within the general duck season. These protocols use the same outside
season dates and lengths as those alternatives for the 2020-21 duck
hunting season.
For the 2020-21 hunting season, we will continue to use independent
optimizations to determine the appropriate regulatory alternative for
mallard stocks in the Mississippi, Central, and Pacific Flyways and for
eastern waterfowl in the Atlantic Flyway. This means that we will
develop regulations for mid-continent mallards, western mallards, and
eastern waterfowl independently based on the breeding stock that
contributes primarily to each Flyway. We detailed implementation of AHM
protocols for mid-continent and western mallards in the July 24, 2008,
Federal Register (73 FR 43290), and for eastern waterfowl in the
September 21, 2018, Federal Register (83 FR 47868).
Regarding the Mississippi and Central Flyway Councils'
recommendations for changes to the mid-continent mallard AHM protocol
for next season, the Service has used an AHM protocol since 1995 to
determine appropriate hunting season regulations for mid-continent
mallards. The protocol includes (1) an objective function that devalues
harvest if predicted population size of mid-continent mallards is below
the population goal described in the NAWMP; (2) a set of four discrete
models that incorporates the effects of harvest and mallard density on
population demographics; and (3) a set of four regulatory alternatives.
During the past five years, the Service and the Mississippi and Central
Flyway Councils have undertaken a revision process to examine both the
objectives of harvest management for the mid-continent mallard
population, and the appropriateness of the models used to estimate
changes in their demographics. As a result of this review, the two
Flyway Councils have recommended changes to the mid-continent mallard
AHM protocol.
We agree with the Mississippi and Central Flyway Councils'
recommendations for changes to the mid-continent mallard AHM protocol
beginning with the 2021-22 season where the recommendations from the
two Councils are in agreement (see B. Regulatory Alternatives, below,
for more discussion on Council recommended changes to regulatory
alternatives). The two Councils' recommendations differed in mallard
daily bag limits. Consistent with past issues where Councils that share
a migratory bird population have differing recommendations, the Service
will not choose one Council's recommendation over another. Rather, the
two Councils should forward a consensus recommendation that either (1)
adopts the Central Flyway Council recommendation for mallard bag
limits; (2) adopts the Mississippi Flyway Council recommendation for
mallard bag limits (status quo); or (3) endorses each other's
recommendation and accepts differences in the regulatory alternatives
across flyways. Since such an agreement between the flyways has not yet
been reached, the Service supports mallard bag limits for the 2021-22
season that are the same as those from the 2020-21 season where the two
Councils were last in agreement (i.e., no change).
Atlantic Flyway
For the Atlantic Flyway, we set duck-hunting regulations based on
the status and demographics of a suite of four duck species (eastern
waterfowl) in eastern Canada and the Atlantic Flyway States: green-
winged teal, common goldeneye, ring-necked duck, and wood duck. For
purposes of the assessment, eastern waterfowl stocks are those breeding
in eastern Canada and Maine (Federal WBPHS fixed-wing surveys in strata
51-53, 56, and 62-70, and helicopter plot surveys in strata 51-52, 63-
64, 66-68, and 70-72) and in Atlantic Flyway States from New Hampshire
south to Virginia (Atlantic Flyway Breeding Waterfowl Survey, AFBWS).
Breeding population size estimates for green-winged teal, ring-necked
ducks, and goldeneyes are derived annually by integrating fixed-wing
and helicopter survey data from eastern Canada and Maine (WBPHS strata
51-53, 56, and 62-72). Counts of green-winged teal, ring-necked ducks,
and goldeneyes in the AFBWS are negligible and therefore excluded from
population estimates for those species. Breeding population size
estimates for wood ducks in the Atlantic Flyway (Maine south to
Florida) are estimated by integrating data from the AFBWS and the North
American Breeding Bird Survey. Counts of wood ducks from the WBPHS are
negligible and therefore excluded from population estimates.
For the 2020-21 hunting season, we evaluated alternative harvest
regulations for eastern waterfowl using: (1) A management objective of
98 percent of maximum long-term sustainable harvest for eastern
waterfowl; (2) the 2020-21 regulatory alternatives; and (3) current
stock-specific population models and associated weights. Based on the
liberal regulatory alternative selected for the 2019-20 duck hunting
season, the 2019 survey estimates of 0.30 million green-winged teal,
1.02 million wood ducks, 0.69 million ring-necked ducks, and 0.52
million goldeneyes, the optimal regulation for the Atlantic Flyway is
the liberal alternative. Therefore, we concur with the recommendation
of the Atlantic Flyway Council regarding selection of the liberal
regulatory alternative as described in the October 15, 2019, proposed
rule for the 2020-21 season.
The mallard bag limit in the Atlantic Flyway is based on a separate
assessment of the harvest potential of eastern mallards (see xi. Other,
below, for further discussion on the mallard bag limit in the Atlantic
Flyway).
Mississippi and Central Flyways
For the Mississippi and Central Flyways, we set duck-hunting
regulations based on the status and demographics of mid-continent
mallards and habitat conditions (pond numbers in Prairie Canada). For
purposes of the assessment, mid-continent mallards are those breeding
in central North America (Federal WBPHS strata 13-18, 20-50, and 75-
77), and in Michigan, Minnesota, and Wisconsin (State surveys).
For the 2020-21 hunting season, we evaluated alternative harvest
regulations
[[Page 15873]]
for mid-continent mallards using: (1) A management objective of maximum
long-term sustainable harvest; (2) the 2020-21 regulatory alternatives;
and (3) current population models and associated weights. Based on a
liberal regulatory alternative selected for the 2019-20 hunting season,
the 2019 survey estimates of 9.73 million mid-continent mallards and
2.86 million ponds in Prairie Canada, the optimal regulation for the
Mississippi and Central Flyways is the liberal alternative. Therefore,
we concur with the recommendations of the Mississippi and Central
Flyway Councils regarding selection of the liberal regulatory
alternative as described in the October 15, 2019, proposed rule for the
2020-21 season.
Pacific Flyway
For the Pacific Flyway, we set duck-hunting regulations based on
the status and demographics of western mallards. For purposes of the
assessment, western mallards consist of two substocks and are those
breeding in Alaska and Yukon Territory (Federal WBPHS strata 1-12) and
those breeding in the southern Pacific Flyway including California,
Oregon, Washington, and British Columbia (State and Provincial surveys)
combined.
For the 2020-21 hunting season, we evaluated alternative harvest
regulations for western mallards using: (1) A management objective of
maximum long-term sustainable harvest; (2) the 2020-21 regulatory
alternatives; and (3) the current population model. Based on a liberal
regulatory alternative selected for the 2019-20 hunting season, the
2019 survey estimates of 0.89 million western mallards in Alaska and
the Yukon Territory (0.36 million) and the southern Pacific Flyway
(0.52 million), the optimal regulation for the Pacific Flyway is the
liberal alternative. Therefore, we concur with the recommendation of
the Pacific Flyway Council regarding selection of the liberal
regulatory alternative as described in the October 15, 2019, proposed
rule for the 2020-21 season.
B. Regulatory Alternatives
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended that AHM regulatory alternatives
for duck hunting seasons in 2020-21 remain the same as those used in
the previous year. The Mississippi and Central Flyway Councils also
recommended that, beginning with the 2021-22 (next) season, the duck
framework opening and closing dates be the Saturday nearest September
24 and January 31, respectively, for the three AHM regulatory open-
season alternatives.
Service Response: Consistent with Flyway recommendations, the AHM
regulatory alternatives proposed for the Atlantic, Mississippi,
Central, and Pacific Flyways in the October 15, 2019, proposed rule (84
FR 55128) will be used for the 2020-21 hunting season (see accompanying
table at the end of that document for specific information). The AHM
regulatory alternatives consist only of the maximum season lengths,
framework dates, and bag limits for total ducks and mallards.
Restrictions for certain species within these frameworks that are not
covered by existing harvest strategies will be addressed elsewhere in
these proposed frameworks. For those species with specific harvest
strategies (pintails, black ducks, and scaup), those strategies will
again be used for the 2020-21 hunting season.
We also agree with the Mississippi and Central Flyway Councils'
recommendations for opening and closing dates for duck season
frameworks beginning with the 2021-22 season, which are slightly
different from what the Service identified in the October 15, 2019,
proposed rule (84 FR 55128). The John D. Dingell, Jr. Conservation,
Management, and Recreation Act of 2019 (Pub. L. 116-9) amended the
Migratory Bird Treaty Act to establish that the closing framework date
for duck seasons will be January 31, unless a flyway chooses an earlier
closing date. The recommendations to change the opening framework date
represent a one-week earlier opening in the restrictive regulatory
alternative for the Mississippi and Central Flyways, but no changes to
the moderate or liberal alternatives. We expect this change to have a
negligible impact on duck harvests, and note that changes in season
lengths and bag limits are still available to effect changes in duck
harvests and will ensure long-term conservation of duck populations.
C. Zones and Split Seasons
Zones and split seasons are ``special regulation'' designed to
distribute hunting opportunities and harvests according to temporal,
geographic, and demographic variability in waterfowl and other
migratory game bird populations. For ducks, States have been allowed
the option of dividing their allotted hunting days into two (or in some
cases three) segments (splits) to take advantage of species-specific
peaks of abundance or to satisfy hunters in different areas who want to
hunt during the peak of waterfowl abundance in their area. However, the
split-season option does not fully satisfy many States who wish to
provide a more equitable distribution of harvest opportunities.
Therefore, we also have allowed the establishment of independent
seasons in up to four zones within States for the purpose of providing
more equitable distribution of harvest opportunity for hunters
throughout the State.
In 1978, we prepared an environmental assessment (EA) on the use of
zones to set duck hunting regulations. A primary tenet of the 1978 EA
was that zoning would be used to provide equitable distribution of duck
hunting opportunities within a State or region. The intent was not to
increase total annual waterfowl harvest in the zoned areas; target
harvest levels were to be adjusted downward if they exceeded
traditional levels as a result of zoning. Subsequent to the 1978 EA, we
conducted a review of the use of zones and split seasons in 1990. The
ability to detect the impacts of zones and splits use on waterfowl
demographics and harvest was poor because of the absence of adequate
study designs and experimental controls, limitations in monitoring
capacities, imprecise parameter estimates, and low power to detect
changes in parameter estimates. Substantial concern remained about the
unknown consequences of zones and split seasons on duck populations and
harvest redistribution among states and flyways, potential reduced
effectiveness of regulations (season length and bag limit) to reduce
duck harvest if needed, and the administrative burden associated with
changing regulations annually. Consequently, we established guidelines
to provide a framework for controlling the proliferation of zones and
split seasons. The guidelines identified a limited number of zone and
split-season configurations that could be used for duck hunting and
restricted the frequency of changes in State selection among these
configurations to open seasons at the beginning of five-year intervals.
The first open season was in 1991, with subsequent open seasons in
1996, 2001, 2006, 2011-2012, and 2016-2017. In 2011, we prepared a new
EA analyzing proposed changes to the guidelines for zones and split
seasons. Revised guidelines were finalized in 2011 (76 FR 53536; August
26, 2011).
We discussed and presented guidelines for duck zones and split
seasons during 2021-25 seasons in the October 15, 2019, proposed rule.
We also stated that for those States wishing to change zone and split-
season configurations in time for the 2021-25 seasons, we would need to
receive configuration selections and zone descriptions by May 1, 2020.
[[Page 15874]]
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended that we modify the existing
guidelines for duck zones and split seasons to allow an additional
configuration including two zones with up to three season segments per
zone for use beginning with the 2021-22 duck hunting season. The
Mississippi Flyway Council also recommended the requirement that States
selecting this additional configuration conduct an evaluation of
changes in hunter numbers, satisfaction, and harvest. The Central and
Pacific Flyway Councils further recommended additional zone and split-
season configurations including: (1) One zone in each State may
comprise up to two geographically separated areas, and (2) three zones
with up to three season segments per zone. Finally, the Atlantic Flyway
Council recommended that the deadline for States to select their zone
and split-season configurations and define new zone boundaries be
extended from May 1 to July 1, 2020.
Service Response: We agree with the recommendations of the
Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and Pacific Flyway Councils to allow an
additional duck zone and split-season configuration with two zones and
up to three season segments per zone beginning with the 2021-22 season.
States that select this new configuration must conduct an evaluation of
impacts to hunter dynamics (e.g., hunter numbers, satisfaction) and
harvest during the fixed five-year period it is implemented (e.g.,
2021-25 period) and need to involve human dimensions specialists in the
assessment.
We do not support the recommendations of the Central and Pacific
Flyway Councils to add additional configurations including one zone
with discontinuous boundaries or three zones with up to three season
segments per zone. We remain concerned about the proliferation of
zones, impacts to harvest, and potential confounding of these
additional zone and split-season configurations with results from the
Central Flyway Council's proposed two-tier license experiment. We need
to better understand how additional zone and split-season
configurations might influence hunter recruitment, retention, and
reactivation (R3) efforts, and whether additional options run counter
to the desire to simplify regulations. Therefore, we are supportive of
additional discussions at the spring 2020 SRC meetings to help us
better understand these additional options and how they can help us
meet our mutual objectives while addressing R3 and waterfowl population
concerns.
Finally, we will extend the deadline for States to select their
zone and split-season configurations and to define potential new zone
boundaries for the 2021-25 seasons to July 1, 2020, but we encourage
States to submit their selections and zone boundaries as soon as
possible.
For the 2021-25 seasons, the guidelines for duck zones and split
seasons are as follows:
Guidelines for Duck Zones and Split Seasons
The following guidelines for zones and split seasons apply only for
the regular duck season:
(1) A zone is a geographic area or portion of a State, with a
contiguous boundary, for which independent dates may be selected for
the regular duck season.
(2) Consideration of changes for management-unit boundaries is not
subject to the guidelines and provisions governing the use of zones and
split seasons for ducks.
(3) Only minor (less than a county in size) boundary changes will
be allowed for any grandfathered arrangement, and changes are limited
to the open season.
(4) Once a zone and split-season configuration is selected during
an open season, it must remain in place for the following five years.
Any State may continue their zone and split-season configuration
used in the previous five-year period. If changes are made, the zone
and split-season configuration must conform to one of the following
five options:
(1) One zone (same as no zones) with up to three season
segments;
(2) Two zones with up to two season segments in each zone;
(3) Two zones with up to three season segments in each zone;
(4) Three zones with up to two season segments in each zone; or
(5) Four zones with a continuous season (i.e., no segments) in
each zone.
Because this is a new configuration, States that select the
configuration with two zones and three season segments must conduct an
evaluation of impacts to hunter dynamics (e.g., hunter numbers,
satisfaction) and harvest during the fixed five-year period it is
implemented (e.g., 2021-25 period).
Grandfathered Zone and Split Arrangements
When we first implemented the zone and split-season guidelines in
1991, several States had completed experiments with zone and split-
season arrangements different from our original options. We offered
those States a one-time opportunity to continue (``grandfather'') those
arrangements, with the stipulation that only minor changes could be
made to zone boundaries. If any of those States now wish to change
their zone and split arrangement:
(1) The new arrangement must conform to one of the five options
identified above; and
(2) The State cannot go back to the grandfathered arrangement that
it previously had in place.
Mallard Management Units
For the States that have a recognized management unit (Columbia
Basin Management Unit in the Pacific Flyway, High Plains Management
Unit in the Central Flyway) and include a non-management unit portion,
an independent 2-segment duck season with no zones can be selected for
the management unit. The remainder of the State in the non-management
unit portion can be zoned and have split seasons according to existing
guidelines. In the Central Flyway, additional duck season days afforded
to the management unit must occur on or after the Saturday nearest
December 10.
D. Special Seasons/Species Management
i. September Teal Seasons
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic Flyway Council recommended
Florida be granted operational status for the September teal-only
season beginning with the 2020 season.
Service Response: We agree with the Atlantic Flyway Council's
recommendation. Florida has met the minimum requirements for sample
size and targets for nontarget species attempt rates in both the pre-
sunrise and post-sunrise periods, which were below the acceptable rate
of 25 percent. In addition the nontarget species harvest rates for both
pre- and post-sunrise periods were below the acceptable rate of 10
percent.
iii. Black Ducks
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic and Mississippi Flyway
Councils recommended continued use of the AHM protocol for black ducks,
and adoption of the moderate regulatory alternative for their
respective flyways. The Flyway-specific regulations consist of a daily
bag limit of two black ducks and a season length of 60 days.
Service Response: The Service, Atlantic and Mississippi Flyway
Councils, and Canada adopted an international AHM protocol for black
[[Page 15875]]
ducks in 2012 (77 FR 49868; August 17, 2012) whereby we set black duck
hunting regulations for the Atlantic and Mississippi Flyways (and
Canada) based on the status and demographics of these birds. The AHM
protocol clarifies country-specific target harvest levels, and reduces
conflicts over regulatory policies.
For the 2020-21 hunting season, we evaluated country-specific
alternative harvest regulations using: (1) A management objective of 98
percent of maximum long-term sustainable harvest; (2) country-specific
regulatory alternatives; and (3) current population models and
associated weights. Based on the 2019 survey estimates of 0.56 million
breeding black ducks and 0.36 million breeding mallards (Federal WBPHS
strata 51, 52, 63, 64, 66, 67, 68, 70, 71, and 72; core survey area),
the optimal regulation for the Atlantic and Mississippi Flyways is the
moderate alternative (and the liberal alternative in Canada).
Therefore, we concur with the recommendations of the Atlantic and
Mississippi Flyway Councils regarding selection of the moderate
regulatory alternative for the 2020-21 season.
iv. Canvasbacks
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended adoption of the liberal regulatory
alternative for their respective flyways. The Flyway-specific
regulations consist of a daily bag limit of two canvasbacks and a
season length of 60 days in the Atlantic and Mississippi Flyways, 74
days in the Central Flyway, and 107 days in the Pacific Flyway.
Service Response: As we discussed in the March 28, 2016, Federal
Register (81 FR 17302), the canvasback harvest strategy that we had
relied on until 2015 was not viable under our new regulatory process
because it required biological information that was not yet available
at the time a decision on season structure needed to be made. We do not
yet have a new harvest strategy to propose for use in guiding
canvasback harvest management in the future. However, we have worked
with technical staff of the four Flyway Councils to develop a decision
framework (hereafter, decision support tool) that relies on the best
biological information available to develop recommendations for annual
canvasback harvest regulations. The decision support tool uses
available information (1994-2014) on canvasback breeding population
size in Alaska and north central North America (Federal WBPHS
traditional survey area, strata 1-18, 20-50, and 75-77), growth rate,
survival, and harvest, and a population model to evaluate alternative
harvest regulations based on a management objective of maximum long-
term sustainable harvest. The decision support tool calls for a closed
season when the population is below 460,000, a 1-bird daily bag limit
when the population is between 460,000 and 480,000, and a 2-bird daily
bag limit when the population is greater than 480,000. Based on the
2019 survey estimate of 686,000 canvasbacks, we concur with the
recommendations of the four Flyway Councils regarding selection of the
liberal regulatory alternative for the 2020-21 season.
v. Pintails
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended adoption of the liberal regulatory
alternative for their respective flyway. The Flyway-specific
regulations consist of a daily bag limit of one pintail and a season
length of 60 days in the Atlantic and Mississippi Flyways, 74 days in
the Central Flyway, and 107 days in the Pacific Flyway.
Service Response: The Service and four Flyway Councils adopted an
AHM protocol for pintail in 2010 (75 FR 44856; July 29, 2010) whereby
we set pintail hunting regulations in all four Flyways based on the
status and demographics of these birds.
For the 2020-21 hunting season, we evaluated alternative harvest
regulations for pintails using: (1) A management objective of maximum
long-term sustainable harvest, including a closed-season constraint of
1.75 million birds; (2) the regulatory alternatives; and (3) current
population models and associated weights. Based on a liberal regulatory
alternative with a 1-bird daily bag limit for the 2019-20 season, and
the 2019 survey estimates of 2.27 million pintails observed at a mean
latitude of 54.4 degrees (Federal WBPHS traditional survey area, strata
1-18, 20-50, and 75-77), the optimal regulation for all four Flyways is
the liberal alternative. Therefore, we concur with the recommendations
of the four Flyway Councils regarding selection of the liberal
regulatory alternative for the 2020-21 season.
vi. Scaup
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended adoption of the restrictive
regulatory alternative for the 2020-21 season. The Flyway-specific
regulations consist of a 60-day season with a 1-bird daily bag limit
during 40 consecutive days and a 2-bird daily bag limit during 20
consecutive days in the Atlantic Flyway, a 60-day season with a 2-bird
daily bag limit during 45 consecutive days and a 1-bird daily bag limit
during 15 consecutive days in the Mississippi Flyway, a 1-bird daily
bag limit for 74 days in the Central Flyway, and an 86-day season with
a 2-bird daily bag limit in the Pacific Flyway.
Service Response: The Service and four Flyway Councils adopted an
AHM protocol for scaup in 2008 (73 FR 43290, July 24, 2008; and 73 FR
51124, August 29, 2008) whereby we set scaup hunting regulations in all
four Flyways based on the status and demographics of these birds.
For the 2020-21 hunting season, we evaluated alternative harvest
regulations for scaup using: (1) A management objective of 95 percent
of maximum sustainable harvest; (2) the regulatory alternatives; and
(3) the current population model. Based on a moderate regulatory
alternative for the 2019-20 season, and the 2019 survey results of 3.59
million scaup (Federal WBPHS traditional survey area, strata 1-18, 20-
50, and 75-77), the optimal regulation for all four Flyways is the
restrictive alternative. Therefore, we concur with the recommendations
of the four Flyway Councils regarding selection of the restrictive
alternative for the 2020-21 season.
xi. Other
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic Flyway Council recommended a
mallard daily bag limit of two birds, only one of which could be
female, for the Atlantic Flyway. The Central Flyway Council recommended
that the Service allow South Dakota and Nebraska to evaluate a two-tier
licensing system, wherein two different types of licenses would be
available to hunters to harvest ducks. One license type would allow
maximum harvest opportunity under the regulations, and would require
the hunter to comply with all species and sex restrictions on the take
of the various duck species. The second type of license would allow the
hunter to take three ducks of any species each day of the season, thus
not requiring the hunter to identify species prior to shooting them.
The intent of this less restrictive license type is to recruit and
retain waterfowl hunters. The recommendation proposes that South Dakota
and Nebraska be allowed to evaluate this new license system beginning
with the 2020-21 season. The less-restrictive license would be
available to any hunter (both residents and nonresidents), but the
first license purchased in the State would require that the individual
hunt under that
[[Page 15876]]
license type for the entire season (for example, hunters purchasing
multiple licenses in that State in a given season would always have to
hunt under the strictures of the first license purchased; they could
not change between the typical license type and the less-restrictive
license type).
Service Response: We agree with the Atlantic Flyway Council's
recommendation for a mallard daily bag limit of two birds, of which
only one may be female, for the Atlantic Flyway. The Atlantic Flyway
Council's eastern waterfowl AHM protocol (see above) did not
specifically address bag limits for mallards. The number of breeding
mallards in the northeastern United States (about two-thirds of the
eastern mallard population in 1998) has decreased by about 38 percent
since 1998, and the overall population has declined by about 1 percent
per year during that time period. This situation has resulted in
reduced harvest potential for that population. The Service conducted a
Prescribed Take Level (PTL) analysis to estimate the allowable take
(kill rate) for eastern mallards, and compared that with the expected
kill rate under the most liberal season length (60 days) considered as
part of the eastern waterfowl AHM regulatory alternatives.
Using contemporary data and assuming a management objective of
maximum long-term sustainable harvest, the PTL analysis estimated an
allowable kill rate of 0.194-0.198. The expected kill rate for eastern
mallards under a 60-day season and a 2-mallard daily bag limit in the
U.S. portion of the Atlantic Flyway was 0.193 (SE = 0.016), which is
slightly below (but not significantly different from) the point
estimate of allowable kill at maximum long-term sustainable harvest.
This indicates that a 2-bird daily bag limit is sustainable at this
time.
Regarding the Central Flyway Council's recommendation for a two-
tier license system, the Service notes that a similar recommendation
was first presented to the SRC by the Council in 2012, and was debated
by the Service at that time. In 2015, after several years of discussion
with the Council, the SRC concluded that, although they saw some merit
in the proposal, the SRC did not believe sufficient evidence was
presented showing that duck identification was a significant barrier to
waterfowl recruitment and retention. Thus, the SRC did not support the
proposal at that time, but stated that they would reconsider their
decision if evidence showing that duck identification was a significant
barrier to participation became available.
Since 2015, several surveys have been conducted which included
questions asking respondents whether duck identification might deter
them from hunting waterfowl. Results from some surveys suggest that may
be the case, addressing at least in part the concerns the SRC had
identified. However, the Service also recognizes that this proposal
represents a significant change to the way it has set regulations since
the early 1900s, and that a change of that magnitude requires
significant input, planning, and documentation to meet legal concerns
and ensure that reliable information results from the study to assist
decision makers in the future.
Therefore, the Service intends to approve a limited two-tier
licensing system in selected States to assess impacts to hunters and
duck harvests, but not during the 2020-21 season as proposed in the
Central Flyway Council's recommendation. Rather, the Service tasks
Division of Migratory Bird Management staff to work with the Flyway
Councils to develop a team to address the components needed in an
evaluation, and to have a draft evaluation plan that is supported by
both the Division of Migratory Bird Management and the Flyway Councils
ready for review prior to the spring 2020 SRC meeting. The Service
believes that completing NEPA compliance, developing shared objectives,
identifying appropriate metrics for evaluation, potentially modifying
monitoring efforts, and addressing law enforcement concerns are
important elements to consider before implementing a limited two-tier
licensing system for evaluation. The Service wants this work completed
in time to implement the limited two-tier licensing system for the
2021-22 hunting season. Over the last two years, the Service has
completed extensive work with our State partners reviewing hunting and
fishing regulations on Refuge lands. Our commitment is for the Service
to continue to explore opportunities to enhance the waterfowl hunting
experience for the American public.
4. Canada Geese
B. Regular Seasons
Council Recommendations: The Pacific Flyway Council recommended a
framework closing date of January 31 in places where the closing date
is currently the last Sunday in January.
Service Response: We agree with the Pacific Flyway Council's
recommendation. The Canada goose season framework dates traditionally
have coincided with the duck, coot, and merganser season framework
dates except where there are exceptions for a later Canada goose season
framework closing date. We earlier discussed under 1. Ducks, B.
Regulatory Alternatives that last year we extended the duck, coot, and
merganser season framework closing date from the last Sunday in January
to January 31 across all four Flyways as directed by the John D.
Dingell, Jr. Conservation, Management, and Recreation Act, signed into
law on March 12, 2019 (Pub. L. 116-9). Therefore, we are supportive of
adjusting the general Canada goose season framework closing date to
again coincide with the duck, coot, and merganser season framework
closing date, and expect this to have negligible impact to Canada goose
population status.
6. Brant
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic Flyway Council recommended
that the 2020-21 season for Atlantic brant follow the Atlantic Flyway
Council's brant harvest strategy pending the results of the 2020
Atlantic Flyway Mid-winter Waterfowl Survey (MWS). The Council also
recommended that if results of the 2020 MWS are not available, then
results of the most recent MWS should be used.
The Pacific Flyway Council recommended a framework closing date of
January 31 in places were the closing date is currently the last Sunday
in January. The Council also recommended that the 2020-21 brant season
frameworks be determined based on the harvest strategy in the Council's
management plan for the Pacific population of brant pending results of
the 2020 Winter Brant Survey (WBS). If results of the 2020 WBS are not
available, results of the most recent WBS should be used.
Service Response: As we discussed in the March 28, 2016, Federal
Register (81 FR 17302), the current harvest strategy used to determine
the Atlantic brant season frameworks does not fit well within the new
regulatory process, similar to the Rocky Mountain Population (RMP) of
sandhill cranes issue discussed below under 9. Sandhill Cranes. In
developing the annual proposed frameworks for Atlantic brant in the
past, the Atlantic Flyway Council and the Service used the number of
brant counted during the MWS in the Atlantic Flyway, and took into
consideration the brant population's expected productivity that summer.
The MWS is conducted each January, and expected brant productivity is
based on early-summer observations of breeding
[[Page 15877]]
habitat conditions and nesting effort in important brant nesting areas.
Thus, the data under consideration were available before the annual
Flyway Council and SRC decision-making meetings in late July. Although
the former regulatory alternatives for Atlantic brant were developed by
factoring together long-term productivity rates (observed during
November and December productivity surveys) with estimated observed
harvest under different framework regulations, the primary decision-
making criterion for selecting the annual frameworks was the MWS count.
Under the current regulatory schedule, neither the expected 2020
brant production information (available spring) nor the 2020 MWS count
(available January) is yet available. However, the 2020 MWS will be
completed and winter brant data will be available by the expected
publication of the final frameworks. Therefore, in the September 24,
2015, Federal Register (80 FR 57664), we adopted the Atlantic Flyway
Council's changes to the then-current Atlantic brant harvest strategy.
The current harvest strategy for Atlantic brant is as follows:
If the MWS count is <100,000 Atlantic brant, the season
would be closed.
If the MWS count is between 100,000 and 115,000 brant,
States could select a 30-day season with a 1-bird daily bag limit.
If the MWS count is between 115,000 and 130,000 brant,
States could select a 30-day season with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
If the MWS count is between 130,000 and 150,000 brant,
States could select a 50-day season with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
If the MWS count is between 150,000 and 200,000 brant,
States could select a 60-day season with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
If the MWS count is >200,000 brant, States could select a
60-day season with a 3-bird daily bag limit.
Under all the above open-season alternatives, seasons would be
between the Saturday nearest September 24 and January 31. Further,
States could split their seasons into two segments.
When we acquire the 2020 MWS brant survey results, we will select
the appropriate Atlantic brant hunting season for 2020-21 from the
above Atlantic brant harvest strategy and publish the result in the
final frameworks rule.
We agree with the Pacific Flyway Council's recommendation for a
framework closing date of January 31 in places where the closing date
is currently the last Sunday in January for brant in the Pacific
Flyway. The brant season framework dates traditionally have coincided
with the duck, coot, and merganser season framework dates except where
there are earlier brant season framework closing date restrictions. We
earlier discussed under 1. Ducks, B. Regulatory Alternatives that last
year we extended the duck, coot, and merganser season framework closing
date from the last Sunday in January to January 31 across all four
Flyways as directed by the John D. Dingell, Jr. Conservation,
Management, and Recreation Act, signed into law on March 12, 2019 (Pub.
L. 116-9). Therefore, we are supportive of adjusting the general brant
season framework closing date to again coincide with the duck, coot,
and merganser season framework closing date, and expect this to have
negligible impact to Pacific brant population status.
We also agree with the Pacific Flyway Council's recommendation that
the 2020-21 Pacific brant season frameworks be determined by the
harvest strategy in the Council's management plan for the Pacific
population of brant pending results of the 2020 WBS. Similar to the
case for Atlantic brant, the harvest strategy used to determine the
Pacific brant season frameworks does not fit well within the current
regulatory process. In developing the annual proposed frameworks for
Pacific brant, the Pacific Flyway Council and the Service use the
three-year average number of brant counted during the WBS in the
Pacific Flyway to determine annual allowable season length and daily
bag limits. The WBS is conducted each January, which is after the date
that proposed frameworks are formulated in the regulatory process.
However, the data are typically available by the expected publication
of final frameworks. When we acquire the current survey data, we will
select the appropriate frameworks for the 2020-21 Pacific brant season
according to the harvest strategy in the Pacific Flyway Council's
management plan for Pacific brant and publish the result in the final
frameworks rule. The current harvest strategy for Pacific brant is as
follows:
If the WBS index is <102,000 brant, then the brant season
is closed, and the season may not reopen until the 3-year average WBS
index exceeds 112,000 brant.
If the WBS index is between 102,000 and 122,000 brant,
then Alaska may select a 51-day season with a 2-bird daily bag limit,
and California, Oregon, and Washington may select a 16-day season with
a 2-bird daily bag limit.
If the WBS index is between 122,001 and 147,000 brant,
then Alaska may select a 107-day season with a 2-bird daily bag limit,
and California, Oregon, and Washington may select a 27-day season with
a 2-brant daily bag limit.
If the WBS index is greater than 147,000 brant, then
Alaska may select a 107-day season with a 4-bird daily bag limit, and
California, Oregon, and Washington may select a 37-day season with a 2-
bird daily bag limit.
Under all the above open-season alternatives, the framework outside
season dates are September 1 through January 26 in Alaska, Saturday
closest to September 24 through December 15 in California and Oregon,
and Saturday closest to September 24 through January 31 in Washington.
8. Swans
We first approved a hunting season for the Eastern Population (EP)
of tundra swans in the early 1980s, and gradually expanded
opportunities to include the States of Montana, North Dakota, North
Carolina, South Dakota, and Virginia by the late 1980s. Recently, we
also allowed Delaware to initiate an experimental hunting season on
these birds. Harvest of EP tundra swans is guided by a cooperative
management plan, which specifies a population objective and harvest
levels designed to maintain population abundance near that objective.
In recent years, some Interior Population (IP) trumpeter swans have
been present during fall and winter in States where EP tundra swan
hunting is allowed. As a result of restoration efforts and natural
population growth, the IP has grown from 43 adult and subadult birds in
1968 to over 27,000 in 2015. Given the growth and range expansion that
has occurred in the IP, it is likely that migrating and wintering
trumpeter swan numbers will increase in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and
Central Flyways. Tundra and trumpeter swans are very similar in
appearance, particularly at a distance. As the number and range of
trumpeter swans continue to increase during fall and winter in States
where tundra swan hunting is allowed, the risk of accidental harvest of
trumpeter swans by hunters will increase. Thus, there is a need to
address the potential for misidentification and accidental harvest of
trumpeter swans that may occur during existing tundra swan seasons.
To address this issue, the Service reviewed information and drafted
an EA to determine whether harvest of IP trumpeter swans during current
EP tundra swan hunting seasons could be permitted while sustaining IP
trumpeter
[[Page 15878]]
swans at desired levels. The proposed action is to establish a
regulatory framework for swan hunting that would govern the harvest of
both trumpeter and tundra swans in portions of the Atlantic,
Mississippi, and Central Flyways that currently have operational
hunting seasons on EP tundra swans or may have them in the future. The
framework would allow a limited take of trumpeter swans, but only
during hunting seasons established to provide opportunities to hunt
tundra swans. New hunting seasons (i.e., seasons in areas that are
currently closed to swan hunting) will not be approved unless the
requesting State demonstrates that >=90% of the swans in the proposed
hunting area are tundra swans. Any season where take of both swan
species is allowed would require data collection, which would ensure
harvests of IP trumpeter swans remain within appropriate levels, and
allow modification of the seasons if necessary. Importantly, no State
that currently has a tundra swan season is required to change that
season to a general swan season; the latter is only an option that is
available to States if they want to implement such a season. A copy of
the Final EA--including background information on the swan species
impacted, levels of take of IP trumpeter swans that would be allowed,
and specifics of the five alternatives we analyzed--can be found at
either https://www.regulations.gov or on our website at https://www.fws.gov/birds/index.php.
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic and Central Flyway Councils
recommended that the total number of hunting permits for EP tundra
swans be reduced from 12,000 to 9,600, with 5,600 permits allowed in
the Atlantic Flyway and 4,000 permits allowed in the Central Flyway.
The Pacific Flyway Council recommended that the Pacific Flyway swan
season framework allow the season to be split into two segments and
allow a season in northern Idaho with the following parameters:
(1) Hunting area may include the four most northwestern counties
(Benewah, Bonner, Boundary, and Kootenai);
(2) Not more than 50 hunting permits may be issued;
(3) Only 1 permit may be issued per hunter; and
(4) All hunters that harvest a swan must complete and submit a
harvest report with the bill measurement and color information from
the harvested swan within 72 hours of harvest for species
determination.
Service Response: We agree with the Atlantic and Central Flyway
Councils' recommendations that the total number of hunting permits be
reduced from 12,000 to 9,600, with 5,600 permits allowed in the
Atlantic Flyway and 4,000 permits allowed in the Central Flyway. The
recommendations are consistent with reductions called for in the
Atlantic, Central, Mississippi, and Pacific Flyway Councils' management
plan for EP tundra swans. The count of tundra swans from the 2019
Midwinter Waterfowl Survey in the Atlantic and Mississippi Flyways
combined resulted in 92,819 birds. The average count for the last three
years was 107,907, which is below the 110,000-bird threshold needed to
support 12,000 permits as specified in the Councils' management plan
for EP tundra swans.
We also agree with the Pacific Flyway Council's recommendation that
the Pacific Flyway swan season framework allow the season to be split
into two segments. This is a minor adjustment to realign the swan
season framework in the Pacific Flyway with changes to the duck, coot,
merganser, and goose season frameworks that have occurred since 1995
when the Pacific Flyway swan season framework was established. This
will allow States to simplify their waterfowl seasons by having season
dates for ducks, coots, mergansers, geese, and swans coincide. Swan
hunting will continue to be regulated primarily by the number of swan
hunting permits a State may issue each year, which is unchanged.
Allowing a split in the season is expected to have negligible impact to
tundra and trumpeter swan populations in the Pacific Flyway.
We also agree with the Pacific Flyway Council's recommendation to
allow limited take of swans in northern Idaho during the fall-winter
general hunting season for migratory birds. This effectively expands
the operational swan hunting season framework in the Pacific Flyway
that includes parts of Montana, Nevada, and Utah to also include the
four northwestern-most counties in Idaho (Benewah, Bonner, Boundary,
and Kootenai). The purpose is to provide additional hunting opportunity
in Idaho for swans that have met population goals.
The Service authorized an experimental general swan hunting season
(hereafter swan season) within the Pacific Flyway south of Alaska
(parts of Montana, Utah, and Nevada) in 1995, which became operational
in 2003. The Service addressed impacts of the swan season in a sequence
of National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) environmental assessments
and findings of no significant impact (1995, 2000, 2001, 2003). Idaho
did not express interest in a swan season at that time.
The proposed swan season in Idaho is consistent with: (1) Earlier
NEPA documents establishing the swan season in the Pacific Flyway as
operational, (2) applicable hunting regulations in title 50 of the Code
of Federal Regulations, part 20, and (3) the Council management plans
for tundra and trumpeter swans. The proposed swan season framework in
Idaho would be experimental for a period of at least three years where
no framework changes could occur unless restrictions were necessary.
After that period, the framework could become operational upon approval
by the Council and Service.
Both the Western Population (WP) of tundra swans and Rocky Mountain
Population (RMP) of trumpeter swans are subjected to harvest during the
swan hunting season in the Pacific Flyway. Regarding WP tundra swans,
the recent 3-year (2017-2019) mean abundance index was 127,556 (95% CI
= 83,027-172,086) swans, and exceeded the Pacific Flyway Council's
population objective of 60,000 swans. Regarding RMP trumpeter swans,
the recent (2015) count was 11,271 white trumpeter swans (i.e., adult
and subadult birds), and exceeded the Pacific Flyway Council's
population objective of 10,000 white swans. The Council also has an
objective for the U.S. breeding segment of RMP trumpeter swans. The
recent (2018) minimum count was 810 white swans, and exceeded the
Council's population objective of 718 white swans. The recent 3-year
(2016-2018) average count was 774 white swans.
The experimental swan season in Idaho will be limited to <=50
permits per year and is expected to result in a small increase in total
Pacific Flyway swan harvest (<=23 tundra swans and <1 trumpeter swan
per year on average), but have negligible impact to habitat and overall
tundra and trumpeter swan population status. The experimental season is
expected to have positive impacts on the socioeconomic environment in
localized areas where swans occur and are hunted, and is not expected
to have any significant impacts on other wildlife species and their
habitats, including endangered and threatened species.
We prepared an EA on the proposed swan season in northern Idaho. A
copy of the EA and specifics of the two alternatives we analyzed can be
found at either https://www.regulations.gov or on our website at https://www.fws.gov/birds/index.php.
9. Sandhill Cranes
Council Recommendations: The Central Flyway Council recommended
that Kansas be allowed to have two hunting zones. The Central and
Pacific
[[Page 15879]]
Flyway Councils recommended that the status of the season in Estancia
Valley, New Mexico, be changed from experimental to operational, and
that allowable harvest of RMP cranes be determined based on the formula
described in the Pacific and Central Flyway Management Plan for RMP
cranes.
Service Response: We agree with the Central Flyway Council's
recommendations that Kansas be allowed to have two hunting zones. In
2004, two to three whooping cranes were shot just prior to the opening
of the sandhill crane hunting season in Kansas. As a result, Kansas has
been required to open their sandhill crane season later than they had
historically to assist in protecting whooping cranes. However, because
significant numbers of sandhill cranes migrate through Kansas prior to
the opening date, harvest opportunity has been lost. The hunting area
in Kansas includes the western two-thirds of the State, but whooping
cranes primarily migrate through only the eastern part of the hunting
area. Allowing Kansas to divide their hunting area into two zones would
allow an earlier opening date in the western part of the hunting area
and improve hunting opportunity, while maintaining the current opening
date in the eastern part of the hunting area would continue to protect
whooping cranes. Extensive information on whooping crane sightings was
used in determining the placement of the boundary between the central
and western hunting zones, and the Service believes the boundary and
different zone-specific season opening dates provide sufficient
protection to whooping cranes.
We also agree with the recommendations of the Central and Pacific
Flyway Councils to change the status of the season in Estancia Valley,
New Mexico, from experimental to operational. The season is consistent
with the requirements in the Central and Pacific Flyway Councils' RMP
crane management plan. The experimental season required monitoring the
level and racial composition of the harvest and to assign greater
sandhill cranes harvested during this season to the RMP cranes quota.
From 2001 to 2019, harvest in the Estancia Valley season was monitored
via mandatory hunter check stations. In recent years, approximately one
to two percent of the crane harvest comprised greater sandhill cranes
(1-2 birds out of a harvest of approximately 100 birds in the Estancia
Valley). New Mexico will continue to monitor the level and racial
composition of the harvest in the Estancia Valley season using bill
cards and assign greater cranes harvest to the RMP crane quota.
Finally, we also agree with the Central and Pacific Flyway
Councils' recommendations to determine allowable harvest of RMP cranes
using the formula in the Pacific and Central Flyway Councils'
management plan for RMP cranes pending results of the fall 2019
abundance and recruitment surveys.
Regarding RMP crane harvest, as we discussed in the March 28, 2016,
Federal Register (81 FR 17302), the harvest strategy used to calculate
the allowable harvest of RMP cranes does not fit well within the
current regulatory process. In developing the annual proposed
frameworks for RMP cranes, the Flyway Councils and the Service use the
fall abundance and recruitment surveys of RMP cranes to determine
annual allowable harvest. Results of the fall abundance and recruitment
surveys of RMP cranes are released between December 1 and January 31
each year, which is after the date proposed frameworks are formulated
in the regulatory process. However, the data are typically available by
the expected publication of final frameworks. When we acquire the
survey data, we will determine the appropriate allowable harvest for
the RMP crane season according to the harvest strategy in the Central
and Pacific Flyway Councils' management plan for RMP cranes published
in the March 28, 2016, Federal Register (81 FR 17302) and publish the
results in the final frameworks rule.
11. Moorhens and Gallinules
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyway Councils recommended a framework closing date of January 31 for
moorhens and gallinules in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyways.
Service Response: We agree with the recommendations of the
Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central Flyway Councils for a framework
closing date of January 31 rather than the last Sunday in January for
moorhens and gallinules in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyways. The moorhens and gallinules season framework closing date
traditionally has coincided with the duck, coot, and merganser season
framework closing date. We earlier discussed under 1. Ducks, B.
Regulatory Alternatives that last year we extended the duck, coot, and
merganser season framework closing date from the last Sunday in January
to January 31 across all four Flyways as directed by the John D.
Dingell, Jr. Conservation, Management, and Recreation Act, signed into
law on March 12, 2019 (Pub. L. 116-9). Therefore, we are supportive of
adjusting the moorhens and gallinules season closing date to again
coincide with the duck, coot, and merganser season framework closing
date, and expect this to have negligible impact to moorhen and
gallinule population status.
12. Rails
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and
Pacific Flyway Councils recommended a framework closing date of January
31 for rails in the Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and Pacific
Flyways.
Service Response: We agree with the recommendations of the
Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and Pacific Flyway Councils for a
framework closing date of January 31 rather than the last Sunday in
January for rails in the Atlantic, Mississippi, Central, and Pacific
Flyways. The rail season framework closing date traditionally has
coincided with the duck, coot, and merganser season framework closing
date. We earlier discussed under 1. Ducks, B. Regulatory Alternatives
that last year we extended the duck, coot, and merganser season
framework closing date from the last Sunday in January to January 31
across all four Flyways as directed by the John D. Dingell, Jr.
Conservation, Management, and Recreation Act, signed into law on March
12, 2019 (Pub. L. 116-9). Therefore, we are supportive of adjusting the
rail season closing date to again coincide with the duck, coot, and
merganser season framework closing date, and expect this to have
negligible impact to rail population status.
14. Woodcock
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyway Councils recommended use of the ``moderate'' season framework
for the 2020-21 season.
Service Response: In 2011, we implemented a harvest strategy for
woodcock (76 FR 19876, April 8, 2011). The harvest strategy provides a
transparent framework for making regulatory decisions for woodcock
season length and bag limits while we work to improve monitoring and
assessment protocols for this species. Utilizing the criteria developed
for the strategy, the three-year average for the Singing Ground Survey
indices and associated confidence intervals fall within the ``moderate
package'' for both the Eastern and Central Management Regions. As such,
a ``moderate season''
[[Page 15880]]
for both management regions for the 2020-21 season is appropriate.
16. Doves
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic and Mississippi Flyway
Councils recommended adoption of the standard regulatory alternative,
which consists of a 90-day season and 15-bird daily bag limit for
States within the Eastern Management Unit. The daily bag limit could be
composed of mourning doves and white-winged doves, singly or in
combination.
The Mississippi and Central Flyway Councils recommended adoption of
the standard regulatory alternative, which consists of a 90-day season
and 15-bird daily bag limit for States within the Central Management
Unit.
The Pacific Flyway Council recommended adoption of the standard
regulatory alternative, which consists of a 60-day season and 15-bird
daily bag limit for States in the Western Management Unit (WMU). The
Council also recommended allowing States in the WMU to select seasons
in one or two zones with up to two segments per zone.
Service Response: Based on the harvest strategies and current
population status, we agree with the recommended selection of the
standard season frameworks for doves in the Eastern, Central, and
Western Management Units for the 2020-21 season.
We also agree with the Pacific Flyway Council's recommendation to
allow States in the WMU to select seasons in one or two zones with up
to two segments per zone.
In 2004, we recognized the need to work with the States to review
our current policy regarding zoning for dove hunting (69 FR 52970;
August 30, 2004). We asked the Flyway Councils and Mourning Dove
Management Unit Technical Committees to review the current policies
regarding the use of zones and split seasons for dove hunting, with a
view toward establishing guidelines for the use of these harvest-
management tools, as has been done for ducks. Items considered included
the number of zone and split-season configurations that each State may
choose among, the frequency with which each State may change their
configuration selection, and the need for a restricted framework
opening date in south zones. In 2006, we adopted a set of guidelines
for dove zones and split seasons applicable in the Eastern and Central
Mourning Dove Management Units based on recommendations of the
Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central Flyway Councils for use beginning in
the 2007-08 season and conforming to those fixed five-year periods used
for ducks, e.g., 2006-10 (71 FR 51406; August 29, 2006). These
guidelines were not extended to the WMU at the time because they were
not endorsed by the Pacific Flyway Council and no dove zones occurred
in the WMU. Furthermore, the framework season length in the WMU was 30
consecutive days, except in Arizona and California where the season
length was 60 days, and could be split into two segments.
The season length in the WMU was expanded to 60 days beginning with
the 2014 hunting season. The Pacific Flyway Council is now requesting
the same flexibility for zones and split seasons we have afforded to
other MUs, with the exception that the WMU would be allowed only two
season segments in one or both zones rather than three. Thus, we are
supportive of extending the guidelines for dove zones and split seasons
to the WMU, with the exception that seasons may be split into no more
than two segments. Any State's zone and split-season configuration also
must conform to those fixed five-year periods used for duck and dove
guidelines for zones and split seasons, e.g., 2021-25. Dove harvest may
increase slightly in those States where zones are established,
particularly late in the season, but any additional harvest is expected
to have negligible impact to dove population status. Finally, we will
extend the deadline for States to select their zone and split-season
configurations and to define potential new zone boundaries for the
2021-25 seasons to July 1, 2020, but we encourage States to submit
their selections and zone boundaries as soon as possible (see C. Zones
and Split Seasons, above).
For the 2021-25 seasons, the guidelines for dove zones and split
seasons are as follows:
Guidelines for Dove Zones and Split Seasons
(1) A zone is a geographic area or portion of a State, with a
contiguous boundary, for which independent seasons may be selected for
dove hunting.
(2) Each State may select a zone and split-season configuration
during an open season. The configuration must remain in place for the
following five years except that each State may make a one-time change
and revert to their previous zone and split-season configuration in any
year of the five-year period. Formal approval will not be required, but
the State must notify the Service before making the change.
(3) Zoning periods for dove hunting will conform to those years
used for ducks, e.g., 2021-25.
(4) The zone and split-season configuration consists of two zones
with the option for three-segment seasons in one or both zones, except
in the WMU where the season in one or both zones may be split into two
segments. As a grandfathered arrangement, Texas will have three zones
with the option for two-segment seasons in one, two, or all three
zones.
(5) States that do not wish to zone for dove hunting may split
their seasons into three segments.
For the 2021-25 period, any State may continue the configuration
used in 2016-20. If changes are made, the zone and split-season
configuration must conform to one of the configurations listed above.
If Texas uses a new configuration for the entirety of the five-year
period, it cannot go back to the grandfathered arrangement that it
previously had in place.
17. Alaska
Council Recommendations: The Pacific Flyway Council recommended
reducing the emperor goose total allowable harvest in Alaska from 1,000
to 500 geese.
Service Response: We agree with the Pacific Flyway Council's
recommendation to reduce the emperor goose total allowable harvest in
Alaska from 1,000 to 500 geese. The Pacific Flyway Council revised
their management plan for emperor geese in 2016. The management plan
includes emperor goose population objectives, commitments to monitor
population status, and a harvest strategy. The fall-winter harvest of
emperor geese in Alaska was resumed as a registration permit hunt in
2017 after more than 30 years of closed seasons. The Council's harvest
strategy is based on emperor goose abundance during spring on the
Yukon-Kuskokwim Delta Coastal Zone and thresholds for prescribed
regulatory alternatives. The harvest strategy specifies an open hunting
season with an annual quota of 1,000 emperor geese if the spring
abundance index is greater than 23,000 geese; when spring abundance
index is below 28,000 geese, a restrictive quota of 500 birds will be
considered. The 2019 emperor goose spring abundance index was 26,585
(95% CI = 24,161-29,008), and below the Pacific Flyway Council's
population objective of 34,000 geese. The abundance index was also
below the 28,000-bird threshold, which triggers consideration of
reducing the allowable harvest quota from 1,000 to 500 birds for the
2020-21 season.
[[Page 15881]]
19. Puerto Rico
Council Recommendations: The Atlantic Flyway Council recommended
increasing the daily bag limit from 20 to 30 doves in the aggregate in
Puerto Rico beginning with the 2020-21 season. The daily bag may not
exceed 3 mourning doves and 10 Zenaida doves, as in the current
regulation, but may be as high as 30 white-winged doves per hunter
daily.
Service Response: We agree with the Atlantic Flyway Council's
recommendation. The daily bag may not exceed 3 mourning doves, 10
Zenaida doves, but can be as high as 30 white-winged doves per hunter
daily. White-winged dove abundance is estimated to be approximately
1.04 million birds in Puerto Rico, which is above the target population
of 0.5-0.7 million birds. The increase in the white-winged dove daily
bag limit from 20 to 30 birds is expected to increase their harvest
rate by 8 percent from 36.7 to 44.7 percent and reduce total population
size of white-winged doves in Puerto Rico to 0.95 million birds, which
is above the target population of 0.5-0.7 million birds.
Public Comments
The Department of the Interior's policy is, whenever possible, to
afford the public an opportunity to participate in the rulemaking
process. Accordingly, we invite interested persons to submit written
comments, suggestions, or recommendations regarding the proposed
regulations. Before promulgating final migratory game bird hunting
regulations, we will consider all comments we receive. These comments,
and any additional information we receive, may lead to final
regulations that differ from these proposals.
You may submit your comments and materials concerning this proposed
rule by one of the methods listed in ADDRESSES. We will not accept
comments sent by email or fax. We will not consider hand-delivered
comments that we do not receive, or mailed comments that are not
postmarked, by the date specified in DATES.
We may post all comments in their entirety--including your personal
identifying information--on https://www.regulations.gov. Before
including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal
identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your
entire comment--including your personal identifying information--may be
made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your
comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public
review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. Comments and
materials we receive, as well as supporting documentation we used in
preparing this proposed rule, will be available for public inspection
on https://www.regulations.gov, or by appointment, during normal
business hours, at the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Division of
Migratory Bird Management, 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, Virginia.
We will consider, but possibly may not respond in detail to, each
comment. As in the past, we will summarize all comments we receive
during the comment period and respond to them after the closing date in
the preambles of any final rules.
Required Determinations
Based on our most current data, we are affirming our required
determinations made in the October 15 proposed rule; for descriptions
of our actions to ensure compliance with the following statutes and
Executive Orders, see our October 15, 2019, proposed rule (84 FR
55120):
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) Consideration;
Endangered Species Act Consideration;
Regulatory Flexibility Act;
Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act;
Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995;
Unfunded Mandates Reform Act;
Executive Orders 12630, 12866, 12988, 13132, 13175, 13211,
13563, and 13771.
List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 20
Exports, Hunting, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Transportation, Wildlife.
The rules that eventually will be promulgated for the 2020-21
hunting season are authorized under 16 U.S.C. 703-712 and 16 U.S.C. 742
a-j.
Dated: March 5, 2020.
Rob Wallace,
Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wildlife and Parks.
Proposed Regulations Frameworks for 2020-21 Hunting Seasons on Certain
Migratory Game Birds
Pursuant to the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and delegated
authorities, the Department of the Interior is proposing the following
frameworks for season lengths, shooting hours, bag and possession
limits, and outside dates within which States may select seasons for
hunting migratory game birds between the dates of September 1, 2020,
and March 10, 2021. These frameworks are summarized below.
General
Dates: All outside dates specified below are inclusive.
Season Lengths: All season lengths specified below are the maximum
allowed.
Season Segments: All season segments specified below are the
maximum allowed.
Zones: Unless otherwise specified, States may select hunting
seasons by zone. Zones for duck seasons (and associated youth and
veterans-active military waterfowl hunting days, moorhens and
gallinules seasons, and snipe seasons) and dove seasons may be selected
only in years we declare such changes can be made (i.e., open seasons
for zones and splits) and according to federally established guidelines
for dove zones and split seasons. Areas open to hunting must be
described, delineated, and designated as such in each State's hunting
regulations and published in the Federal Register as a Federal
migratory bird hunting frameworks final rule.
Shooting and Hawking (taking by falconry) Hours: Unless otherwise
specified, from one-half hour before sunrise to sunset daily.
Possession Limits: Unless otherwise specified, possession limits
are three times the daily bag limit.
Permits: For some species of migratory birds, the Service
authorizes the use of permits to regulate harvest or monitor their take
by hunters, or both. In such cases, the Service determines the amount
of harvest that may be taken during hunting seasons during its formal
regulations-setting process, and the States then issue permits to
hunters at levels predicted to result in the amount of take authorized
by the Service. Thus, although issued by States, the permits would not
be valid unless the Service approved such take in its regulations.
These federally authorized, State-issued permits are issued to
individuals, and only the individual whose name and address appears on
the permit at the time of issuance is authorized to take migratory
birds at levels specified in the permit, in accordance with provisions
of both Federal and State regulations governing the hunting season. The
permit must be carried by the permittee when exercising its provisions
and must be presented to any law enforcement officer upon request. The
permit is not transferrable or assignable to another individual, and
may not be sold, bartered, traded, or otherwise provided to another
person. If the permit is altered or defaced in any way, the permit
becomes invalid.
[[Page 15882]]
Flyways and Management Units
We set migratory bird hunting frameworks for the conterminous U.S.
States by Flyway or Management Unit/Region. Frameworks for Alaska,
Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands are contained in separate
sections near the end of the frameworks portion of this document. The
States included in the Flyways and Management Units/Regions are
described below.
Waterfowl Flyways
Atlantic Flyway: Includes Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia,
Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Vermont,
Virginia, and West Virginia.
Mississippi Flyway: Includes Alabama, Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana,
Iowa, Kentucky, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri,
Ohio, Tennessee, and Wisconsin.
Central Flyway: Includes Colorado (east of the Continental Divide),
Kansas, Montana (Counties of Blaine, Carbon, Fergus, Judith Basin,
Stillwater, Sweetgrass, Wheatland, and all counties east thereof),
Nebraska, New Mexico (east of the Continental Divide except the
Jicarilla Apache Indian Reservation), North Dakota, Oklahoma, South
Dakota, Texas, and Wyoming (east of the Continental Divide).
Pacific Flyway: Includes Arizona, California, Idaho, Nevada,
Oregon, Utah, Washington, and those portions of Colorado, Montana, New
Mexico, and Wyoming not included in the Central Flyway.
Mallard Management Units
High Plains Management Unit: Roughly defined as that portion of the
Central Flyway that lies west of the 100th meridian. See Area, Unit,
and Zone Descriptions, Ducks (Including Mergansers) and Coots, below,
for specific boundaries in each State.
Columbia Basin Management Unit: In Washington, all areas east of
the Pacific Crest Trail and east of the Big White Salmon River in
Klickitat County; and in Oregon, the counties of Gilliam, Morrow, and
Umatilla.
Mourning Dove Management Units
Eastern Management Unit: All States east of the Mississippi River,
and Louisiana.
Central Management Unit: Arkansas, Colorado, Iowa, Kansas,
Minnesota, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota,
Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas, and Wyoming.
Western Management Unit: Arizona, California, Idaho, Nevada,
Oregon, Utah, and Washington.
Woodcock Management Regions
Eastern Management Region: Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia,
Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Vermont,
Virginia, and West Virginia.
Central Management Region: Alabama, Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana,
Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi,
Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, South Dakota,
Tennessee, Texas, and Wisconsin.
Definitions
For the purpose of the hunting regulations listed below, the
collective terms ``dark'' and ``light'' geese include the following
species:
Dark geese: Canada geese (including cackling geese), white-fronted
geese, brant (except in Alaska, California, Oregon, Washington, and the
Atlantic Flyway), and all other goose species except light geese.
Light geese: Snow (including blue) geese and Ross's geese.
Area, Zone, and Unit Descriptions: Geographic descriptions related
to regulations are contained in a later portion of this document.
Migratory Game Bird Seasons in the Atlantic Flyway
In the Atlantic Flyway States of Connecticut, Delaware, Maine,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, North Carolina, and Pennsylvania,
where Sunday hunting of migratory birds is prohibited Statewide by
State law or regulation, all Sundays are closed to the take of all
migratory game birds.
Special Youth and Veterans-Active Military Personnel Waterfowl Hunting
Days
Outside Dates: States may select 2 days per duck-hunting zone,
designated as ``Youth Waterfowl Hunting Days,'' and 2 days per duck-
hunting zone, designated as ``Veterans and Active Military Personnel
Waterfowl Hunting Days,'' in addition to their regular duck seasons.
The days may be held concurrently. The Youth Waterfowl Hunting Days
must be held outside any regular duck season on weekends, holidays, or
other non-school days when youth hunters would have the maximum
opportunity to participate. Both sets of days may be held up to 14 days
before or after any regular duck-season frameworks or within any split
of a regular duck season, or within any other open season on migratory
birds.
Daily Bag Limits: The daily bag limits may include ducks, geese,
swans, mergansers, coots, moorhens, and gallinules. Bag limits would be
the same as those allowed in the regular season except in states which
implement a hybrid season for scaup (i.e., different bag limits during
different portions of the season), in which case the bag limit will be
2 scaup per day. Flyway species and area restrictions would remain in
effect.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before sunrise to sunset.
Participation Restrictions for Youth Waterfowl Hunting Days: States
may use their established definition of age for youth hunters. However,
youth hunters must be under the age of 18. In addition, an adult at
least 18 years of age must accompany the youth hunter into the field.
This adult may not duck hunt but may participate in other seasons that
are open on the special youth day. Youth hunters 16 years of age and
older must possess a Federal Migratory Bird Hunting and Conservation
Stamp (also known as Federal Duck Stamp). Swans may only be taken by
participants possessing applicable swan permits.
Participation Restrictions for Veterans and Active Military
Personnel Waterfowl Hunting Days: Veterans (as defined in section 101
of title 38, United States Code) and members of the Armed Forces on
active duty, including members of the National Guard and Reserves on
active duty (other than for training), may participate. All hunters
must possess a Federal Migratory Bird Hunting and Conservation Stamp
(also known as Federal Duck Stamp). Swans may only be taken by
participants possessing applicable swan permits.
Special September Teal Season
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and September 30, an open season
on all species of teal may be selected by the following States in areas
delineated by State regulations:
Atlantic Flyway: Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North
Carolina, South Carolina, and Virginia.
Mississippi Flyway: Alabama, Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa,
Kentucky, Louisiana, Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Ohio, Tennessee,
and Wisconsin.
Central Flyway: Colorado (part), Kansas, Nebraska, New Mexico
(part), Oklahoma, and Texas.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not to exceed 16 consecutive
days in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central Flyways. The daily bag
limit is 6 teal.
[[Page 15883]]
Shooting Hours
Atlantic Flyway: One-half hour before sunrise to sunset, except in
South Carolina, where the hours are from sunrise to sunset.
Mississippi and Central Flyways: One-half hour before sunrise to
sunset, except in the States of Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa,
Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Ohio, and Wisconsin, where the hours are
from sunrise to sunset.
Special September Duck Seasons
Florida, Kentucky, and Tennessee: In lieu of a special September
teal season, a 5-consecutive-day teal/wood duck season may be selected
in September. The daily bag limit may not exceed 6 teal and wood ducks
in the aggregate, of which no more than 2 may be wood ducks. In
addition, a 4-consecutive-day teal-only season may be selected in
September either immediately before or immediately after the 5-
consecutive-day teal/wood duck season. The daily bag limit is 6 teal.
Waterfowl
Atlantic Flyway
Ducks, Mergansers, and Coots
Outside Dates: Between the Saturday nearest September 24 (September
26) and January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Duck Limits: 60 days. The daily bag limit is 6
ducks, including no more than 2 mallards (no more than 1 of which can
be female), 2 black ducks, 1 pintail, 1 mottled duck, 1 fulvous
whistling duck, 3 wood ducks, 2 redheads, 2 canvasbacks, 4 scoters, 4
eiders, and 4 long-tailed ducks. The season for scaup may be split into
2 segments, with one segment consisting of 40 consecutive days with a
1-scaup daily bag limit, and the second segment consisting of 20
consecutive days with a 2-scaup daily bag limit.
Closures: The season on harlequin ducks is closed.
Merganser Limits: The daily bag limit of mergansers is 5, only 2 of
which may be hooded mergansers. In States that include mergansers in
the duck bag limit, the daily limit is the same as the duck bag limit,
only 2 of which may be hooded mergansers.
Coot Limits: The daily bag limit is 15 coots.
Lake Champlain Zone, New York: The waterfowl seasons, limits, and
shooting hours should be the same as those selected for the Lake
Champlain Zone of Vermont.
Connecticut River Zone, Vermont: The waterfowl seasons, limits, and
shooting hours should be the same as those selected for the Inland Zone
of New Hampshire.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Maryland,
North Carolina, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Virginia, and West
Virginia may split their seasons into 3 segments. Connecticut may
select seasons in each of 2 zones, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,
New Jersey, and Vermont may select seasons in each of 3 zones,
Pennsylvania may select seasons in each of 4 zones, and New York may
select seasons in each of 5 zones; and all these States may split their
season in each zone into 2 segments.
Scoters, Eiders, and Long-tailed Ducks
Special Sea Duck Seasons
Connecticut, Delaware, Georgia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Rhode Island, South
Carolina, and Virginia may select a Special Sea Duck Season in
designated Special Sea Duck Areas. If a Special Sea Duck Season is
selected, scoters, eiders, and long-tailed ducks may be taken in the
designated Special Sea Duck Area(s) only during the Special Sea Duck
Season dates; scoters, eiders, and long-tailed ducks may be taken
outside of Special Sea Duck Area(s) during the regular duck season, in
accordance with the frameworks for ducks, mergansers, and coots
specified above.
Outside Dates: Between September 15 and January 31.
Special Sea Duck Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: 60 consecutive days,
or 60 days that are concurrent with the regular duck season, with a
daily bag limit of 5, of the listed sea duck species, including no more
than 4 scoters, 4 eiders, and 4 long-tailed ducks. Within the special
sea duck areas, during the regular duck season in the Atlantic Flyway,
States may choose to allow the above sea duck limits in addition to the
limits applying to other ducks during the regular season. In all other
areas, sea ducks may be taken only during the regular open season for
ducks and are part of the regular duck season daily bag (not to exceed
4 scoters, 4 eiders, and 4 long-tailed ducks) and possession limits.
Special Sea Duck Areas: In all coastal waters and all waters of
rivers and streams seaward from the first upstream bridge in Maine, New
Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, and New York; in
New Jersey, all coastal waters seaward from the International
Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (COLREGS) Demarcation
Lines shown on National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)
Nautical Charts and further described in 33 CFR 80.165, 80.501, 80.502,
and 80.503; in any waters of the Atlantic Ocean and in any tidal waters
of any bay that are separated by at least 1 mile of open water from any
shore, island, and emergent vegetation in South Carolina and Georgia;
and in any waters of the Atlantic Ocean and in any tidal waters of any
bay that are separated by at least 800 yards of open water from any
shore, island, and emergent vegetation in Delaware, Maryland, North
Carolina, and Virginia; and provided that any such areas have been
described, delineated, and designated as special sea duck hunting areas
under the hunting regulations adopted by the respective States.
Canada Geese
Special Early Canada Goose Seasons
Season lengths and Outside Dates: A Canada goose season of not more
than 15 days during September 1-15 may be selected for the Eastern Unit
of Maryland. Seasons not to exceed 30 days during September 1-30 may be
selected for Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, New Jersey, New York (Long
Island Zone only), North Carolina, Rhode Island, and South Carolina.
Seasons may not exceed 25 days during September 1-25 in the remainder
of the Flyway. Areas open to the hunting of Canada geese must be
described, delineated, and designated as such in each State's hunting
regulations.
Daily Bag Limits: Not to exceed 15 Canada geese.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before sunrise to sunset, except that
during any special early Canada goose season, shooting hours may extend
to one-half hour after sunset if all other waterfowl seasons are closed
in the specific applicable area.
Regular Canada Goose Seasons
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and Limits: Specific regulations for
Canada geese are provided below by State. These seasons may also
include white-fronted geese in an aggregate daily bag limit. Unless
subsequently provided, seasons may be split into 2 segments.
Connecticut
North Atlantic Population (NAP) Zone: Between October 1 and January
31, a 60-day season may be held with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
Atlantic Population (AP) Zone: A 30-day season may be held between
October 10 and February 5, with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
[[Page 15884]]
South Zone: A special season may be held between January 15 and
February 15, with a 5-bird daily bag limit.
Resident Population (RP) Zone: An 80-day season may be held between
October 1 and February 15, with a 5-bird daily bag limit. The season
may be split into 3 segments.
Delaware
A 30-day season may be held between November 15 and February 5,
with a 1-bird daily bag limit.
Florida
An 80-day season may be held between October 1 and March 10, with a
5-bird daily bag limit. The season may be split into 3 segments.
Georgia
An 80-day season may be held between October 1 and March 10, with a
5-bird daily bag limit. The season may be split into 3 segments.
Maine
North and South NAP-H Zones: A 60-day season may be held between
October 1 and January 31, with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
Coastal NAP-L Zone: A 70-day season may be held between October 1
and February 15, with a 3-bird daily bag limit.
Maryland
RP Zone: An 80-day season may be held between November 15 and March
10, with a 5-bird daily bag limit. The season may be split into 3
segments.
AP Zone: A 30-day season may be held between November 15 and
February 5, with a 1-bird daily bag limit.
Massachusetts
NAP Zone: A 60-day season may be held between October 1 and January
31, with a 2-bird daily bag limit. Additionally, a special season may
be held from January 15 to February 15, with a 5-bird daily bag limit.
AP Zone: A 30-day season may be held between October 10 and
February 5, with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
New Hampshire
A 60-day season may be held Statewide between October 1 and January
31 with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
New Jersey
AP Zone: A 30-day season may be held between the fourth Saturday in
October (October 24) and February 5, with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
NAP Zone: A 60-day season may be held between October 1 and January
31, with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
Special Late Goose Season Area: A special season may be held in
designated areas of north and south New Jersey from January 15 to
February 15, with a 5-bird daily bag limit.
New York
NAP Zone: Between October 1 and January 31, a 60-day season may be
held, with a 2-bird daily bag limit in the High Harvest areas; and
between October 1 and February 15, a 70-day season may be held, with a
3-bird daily bag limit in the Low Harvest areas.
AP Zone: A 30-day season may be held between the fourth Saturday in
October (October 24), except in the Lake Champlain Area where the
opening date is October 10, through February 5, with a 2-bird daily bag
limit.
Western Long Island RP Zone: A 107-day season may be held between
the Saturday nearest September 24 (September 26) and the last day of
February, with an 8-bird daily bag limit. The season may be split into
3 segments.
Rest of State RP Zone: An 80-day season may be held between the
fourth Saturday in October (October 24) and the last day of February,
with a 5-bird daily bag limit. The season may be split into 3 segments.
North Carolina
RP Zone: An 80-day season may be held between October 1 and March
10, with a 5-bird daily bag limit. The season may be split into 3
segments.
Northeast Zone: A 14-day season may be held between the Saturday
prior to December 25 (December 19) and January 31, with a 1-bird daily
bag limit.
Pennsylvania
SJBP Zone: A 78-day season may be held between the first Saturday
in October (October 3) and February 15, with a 3-bird daily bag limit.
RP Zone: An 80-day season may be held between the fourth Saturday
in October (October 24) and March 10, with a 5-bird daily bag limit.
The season may be split into 3 segments.
AP Zone: A 30-day season may be held between the fourth Saturday in
October (October 24) and February 5, with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
Rhode Island
A 60-day season may be held between October 1 and January 31, with
a 2-bird daily bag limit. A special late season may be held in
designated areas from January 15 to February 15, with a 5-bird daily
bag limit.
South Carolina
In designated areas, an 80-day season may be held between October 1
and March 10, with a 5-bird daily bag limit. The season may be split
into 3 segments.
Vermont
Lake Champlain Zone and Interior Zone: A 30-day season may be held
between October 10 and February 5, with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
Connecticut River Zone: A 60-day season may be held between October
1 and January 31, with a 2-bird daily bag limit.
Virginia
SJBP Zone: A 40-day season may be held between November 15 and
January 14, with a 3-bird daily bag limit. Additionally, a special late
season may be held between January 15 and February 15, with a 5-bird
daily bag limit.
AP Zone: A 30-day season may be held between November 15 and
February 5, with a 1-bird daily bag limit.
RP Zone: An 80-day season may be held between November 15 and March
10, with a 5-bird daily bag limit. The season may be split into 3
segments.
West Virginia
An 80-day season may be held between October 1 and March 10, with a
5-bird daily bag limit. The season may be split into 3 segments.
Light Geese
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and Limits: States may select a 107-
day season between October 1 and March 10, with a 25-bird daily bag
limit and no possession limit. Seasons may be split into 3 segments.
Brant
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and Limits: States may select a
season between the Saturday nearest September 24 (September 26) and
January 31. Seasons may be split into 2 segments. The season length and
daily bag limit will be based on the upcoming Mid-Winter Survey results
and the Atlantic Flyway Council's Atlantic brant harvest strategy.
Mississippi Flyway
Ducks, Mergansers, and Coots
Outside Dates: Between the Saturday nearest September 24 (September
26) and January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Duck Limits: 60 days. The daily bag limit is 6
ducks, including no more than 4 mallards (no more than 2 of which may
be females), 1 mottled duck, 2 black ducks, 1 pintail, 3 wood ducks, 2
canvasbacks, and 2 redheads. The season for scaup may be split into 2
segments, with one segment
[[Page 15885]]
consisting of 45 consecutive days with a 2-scaup daily bag limit, and
the second segment consisting of 15 consecutive days with a 1-scaup
daily bag limit.
Merganser Limits: The daily bag limit is 5, only 2 of which may be
hooded mergansers. In States that include mergansers in the duck bag
limit, the daily limit is the same as the duck bag limit, only 2 of
which may be hooded mergansers.
Coot Limits: The daily bag limit is 15 coots.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Alabama, Arkansas, and Mississippi may
split their seasons into 3 segments. Kentucky and Tennessee may select
seasons in each of 2 zones, and Indiana, Iowa, Louisiana, Michigan,
Minnesota, Missouri, Ohio and Wisconsin may select seasons in each of 3
zones; and all these States may split their season in each zone into 2
segments. Illinois may select seasons in each of 4 zones.
Geese
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and Limits
Canada Geese: States may select seasons for Canada geese not to
exceed 107 days with a 5-bird daily bag limit during September 1-30,
and a 3-bird daily bag limit for the remainder of the season. Seasons
may be held between September 1 and February 15, and may be split into
4 segments.
White-fronted Geese and Brant: Arkansas, Illinois, Louisiana,
Kentucky, Missouri, Mississippi, and Tennessee may select a season for
white-fronted geese not to exceed 74 days with 3 geese daily, or 88
days with 2 geese daily, or 107 days with 1 goose daily between
September 1 and February 15; Alabama, Iowa, Indiana, Michigan,
Minnesota, Ohio, and Wisconsin may select a season for white-fronted
geese not to exceed 107 days with 5 geese daily, in aggregate with dark
geese between September 1 and February 15. States may select a season
for brant not to exceed 70 days with 2 brant daily, or 107 days with 1
brant daily with outside dates the same as for Canada geese;
alternately, States may include brant in an aggregate goose bag limit
with either Canada geese, white-fronted geese, or dark geese.
Light Geese: States may select seasons for light geese not to
exceed 107 days, with 20 geese daily between September 1 and February
15. There is no possession limit for light geese.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before sunrise to sunset, except that
during September 1-15 shooting hours may extend to one-half hour after
sunset for Canada geese if all other waterfowl and crane seasons are
closed in the specific applicable area.
Split Seasons: Seasons for geese may be split into 4 segments.
Central Flyway
Ducks, Mergansers, and Coots
Outside Dates: Between the Saturday nearest September 24 (September
26) and January 31.
Hunting Seasons
High Plains Mallard Management Unit (roughly defined as that
portion of the Central Flyway that lies west of the 100th meridian): 97
days. The last 23 days must run consecutively and may start no earlier
than the Saturday nearest December 10 (December 12).
Remainder of the Central Flyway: 74 days.
Duck Limits: The daily bag limit is 6 ducks, including no more than
5 mallards (no more than 2 of which may be females), 2 redheads, 3 wood
ducks, 1 pintail, and 2 canvasbacks. The daily bag limit for scaup is 1
and the season for scaup may be split into 2 segments, with one segment
consisting of 39 consecutive days and another segment consisting of 35
consecutive days. In Texas, the daily bag limit on mottled ducks is 1,
except that no mottled ducks may be taken during the first 5 days of
the season. In addition to the daily limits listed above, the States of
Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, and Wyoming, in lieu of selecting
an experimental September teal season, may include an additional daily
bag and possession limit of 2 and 6 blue-winged teal, respectively,
during the first 16 days of the regular duck season in each respective
duck hunting zone. These extra limits are in addition to the regular
duck bag and possession limits.
Merganser Limits: The daily bag limit is 5 mergansers, only 2 of
which may be hooded mergansers. In States that include mergansers in
the duck daily bag limit, the daily limit may be the same as the duck
bag limit, only two of which may be hooded mergansers.
Coot Limits: The daily bag limit is 15 coots.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Colorado, Kansas (Low Plains portion),
Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, Oklahoma (Low Plains portion), South
Dakota (Low Plains portion), Texas (Low Plains portion), and Wyoming
may select hunting seasons by zones.
North Dakota may split their season into 3 segments. Montana, New
Mexico, Oklahoma, and Texas may select seasons in each of 2 zones, and
Colorado, Kansas, South Dakota, and Wyoming may select seasons in each
of 3 zones; and all these States may split their season in each zone
into 2 segments. Nebraska may select seasons in each of 4 zones.
Geese
Special Early Canada Goose Seasons
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and Limits: In Kansas, Nebraska,
Oklahoma, South Dakota, and Texas, Canada goose seasons of not more
than 30 days during September 1-30 may be selected. In Colorado, New
Mexico, Montana, and Wyoming, Canada goose seasons of not more than 15
days during September 1-15 may be selected. In North Dakota, Canada
goose seasons of not more than 22 days during September 1-22 may be
selected. The daily bag limit may not exceed 5 Canada geese, except in
Kansas, Nebraska, and Oklahoma, where the daily bag limit may not
exceed 8 Canada geese, and in North Dakota and South Dakota, where the
daily bag limit may not exceed 15 Canada geese. Areas open to the
hunting of Canada geese must be described, delineated, and designated
as such in each State's hunting regulations.
Shooting Hours: One-half hour before sunrise to sunset, except that
during September 1-15 shooting hours may extend to one-half hour after
sunset if all other waterfowl and crane seasons are closed in the
specific applicable area.
Regular Goose Seasons
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and Limits
Outside Dates: For dark geese, seasons may be selected between the
outside dates of the Saturday nearest September 24 (September 26) and
the Sunday nearest February 15 (February 14). For light geese, outside
dates for seasons may be selected between the Saturday nearest
September 24 (September 26) and March 10. In the Rainwater Basin Light
Goose Area (East and West) of Nebraska, temporal and spatial
restrictions that are consistent with the late-winter snow goose
hunting strategy cooperatively developed by the Central Flyway Council
and the Service are required.
Dark Geese: In Kansas, Nebraska, North Dakota, Oklahoma, South
Dakota, and the Eastern Goose Zone of Texas, States may select a season
for Canada geese (or any other dark goose species except white-fronted
geese) not to exceed 107 days with a daily bag limit of 8. For white-
fronted geese, these States may select either a season of 74 days with
a bag limit of 3, or an 88-day
[[Page 15886]]
season with a bag limit of 2, or a season of 107 days with a bag limit
of 1.
In Colorado, Montana, New Mexico, and Wyoming, States may select
seasons not to exceed 107 days. The daily bag limit for dark geese is 5
in the aggregate.
In the Western Goose Zone of Texas, the season may not exceed 95
days. The daily bag limit for Canada geese (or any other dark goose
species except white-fronted geese) is 5. The daily bag limit for
white-fronted geese is 2.
Light Geese: States may select a light goose season not to exceed
107 days. The daily bag limit for light geese is 50 with no possession
limit.
Split Seasons: Seasons for geese may be split into 3 segments.
Three-segment seasons for Canada geese require Central Flyway Council
and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service approval, and a 3-year evaluation by
each participating State.
Pacific Flyway
Ducks, Mergansers, and Coots
Outside Dates: Between the Saturday nearest September 24 (September
26) and January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Duck and Merganser Limits: 107 days. The daily
bag limit is 7 ducks and mergansers, including no more than 2 female
mallards, 1 pintail, 2 canvasbacks, 2 scaup, and 2 redheads. For scaup,
the season length is 86 days, which may be split according to
applicable zones and split duck hunting configurations approved for
each State.
Coot, Common Moorhen, and Purple Gallinule Limits: The daily bag
limit of coots, common moorhens, and purple gallinules is 25, singly or
in the aggregate.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Montana and New Mexico may split their
seasons into 3 segments. Arizona, Colorado, Oregon, Utah, Washington,
and Wyoming may select seasons in each of 2 zones, Nevada may select
seasons in each of 3 zones, and California may select seasons in each
of 5 zones; and all these States may split their season in each zone
into 2 segments. Idaho may select seasons in each of 4 zones.
Colorado River Zone, California: Seasons and limits should be the
same as seasons and limits selected in the adjacent portion of Arizona
(South Zone).
Geese
Special Early Canada Goose Seasons
A Canada goose season of not more than 15 days during September 1-
20 may be selected. The daily bag limit may not exceed 5 Canada geese,
except in Pacific County, Washington, where the daily bag limit may not
exceed 15 Canada geese. Areas open to hunting of Canada geese in each
State must be described, delineated, and designated as such in each
State's hunting regulations.
Regular Goose Seasons
Season Lengths, Outside Dates, and Limits
Canada Geese and Brant: Except as subsequently provided, 107-day
seasons may be selected with outside dates between the Saturday nearest
September 24 (September 26) and January 31. In Arizona, Colorado,
Idaho, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming, the daily bag
limit is 4 Canada geese and brant in the aggregate. In California,
Oregon, and Washington, the daily bag limit is 4 Canada geese. For
brant, in California, Oregon and Washington, the season lengths and
daily bag limits will be based on the upcoming Winter Brant Survey
results and the Pacific brant harvest strategy. Days must be
consecutive. Washington and California may select hunting seasons for
up to 2 zones. The daily bag limit is 2 brant and is in addition to
other goose limits. In Oregon and California, the brant season must end
no later than December 15.
White-fronted Geese: Except as subsequently provided, 107-day
seasons may be selected with outside dates between the Saturday nearest
September 24 (September 26) and March 10. The daily bag limit is 10.
Light Geese: Except as subsequently provided, 107-day seasons may
be selected with outside dates between the Saturday nearest September
24 (September 26) and March 10. The daily bag limit is 20.
Split Seasons: Seasons may be split into 3 segments. Three-segment
seasons for Canada geese and white-fronted geese require Pacific Flyway
Council and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service approval and a 3-year
evaluation by each participating State.
California
The daily bag limit for Canada geese is 10.
Balance of State Zone: A Canada goose season may be selected with
outside dates between the Saturday nearest September 24 (September 26)
and March 10. In the Sacramento Valley Special Management Area, the
season on white-fronted geese must end on or before December 28, and
the daily bag limit is 3 white-fronted geese. In the North Coast
Special Management Area, hunting days that occur after January 31
should be concurrent with Oregon's South Coast Zone.
Northeastern Zone: The white-fronted goose season may be split into
3 segments.
Oregon
The daily bag limit for light geese is 6 on or before the last
Sunday in January (January 31).
Harney and Lake County Zone: For Lake County only, the daily white-
fronted goose bag limit is 1.
Northwest Permit Zone: A Canada goose season may be selected with
outside dates between the Saturday nearest September 24 (September 26)
and March 10. Canada goose and white-fronted goose seasons may be split
into 3 segments. The daily bag limits of Canada geese and light geese
are 6 each. In the Tillamook County Management Area, the hunting season
is closed on geese.
South Coast Zone: A Canada goose season may be selected with
outside dates between the Saturday nearest September 24 (September 26)
and March 10. Canada goose and white-fronted goose seasons may be split
into 3 segments. The daily bag limit of Canada geese is 6. Hunting days
that occur after January 31 should be concurrent with California's
North Coast Special Management Area.
Utah
A Canada goose and brant season may be selected in the Wasatch
Front Zone with outside dates between the Saturday nearest September 24
(September 26) and the first Sunday in February (February 7).
Washington
The daily bag limit for light geese is 6.
Areas 2 Inland and 2 Coastal (Southwest Permit Zone): A Canada
goose season may be selected in each zone with outside dates between
the Saturday nearest September 24 (September 26) and March 10. Canada
goose and white-fronted goose seasons may be split into 3 segments.
Area 4: Canada goose and white-fronted goose seasons may be split
into 3 segments.
Permit Zones
In Oregon and Washington permit zones, the hunting season is closed
on dusky Canada geese. A dusky Canada goose is any dark-breasted Canada
goose (Munsell 10 YR color value 5 or less) with a bill length between
40 and 50 millimeters. Hunting of geese will only be by hunters
possessing a State-issued permit authorizing them to do so. Shooting
hours for geese may begin no earlier than sunrise. Regular Canada
[[Page 15887]]
goose seasons in the permit zones of Oregon and Washington remain
subject to the Memorandum of Understanding entered into with the
Service regarding monitoring the impacts of take during the regular
Canada goose season on the dusky Canada goose population.
Swans
Pacific Flyway
In portions of the Pacific Flyway (Idaho, Montana, Nevada, and
Utah), an open season for taking a limited number of swans may be
selected. These seasons are also subject to the following conditions:
Outside Dates: Between the Saturday nearest September 24 (September
26) and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Seasons may not exceed 107 days, and may be split
into 2 segments.
Permits: Swan hunting is by permit only. Permits will be issued by
the State and will authorize each permittee to take no more than 1 swan
per season with each permit. Only 1 permit may be issued per hunter in
Montana and Utah, 2 permits may be issued per hunter in Nevada. The
total number of permits issued may not exceed 50 in Idaho, 500 in
Montana, 650 in Nevada, and 2,750 in Utah.
Quotas: The swan season in the respective State must end upon
attainment of the following reported harvest of trumpeter swans: 20 in
Utah and 10 in Nevada. There is no quota in Montana.
Monitoring: Each State must evaluate hunter participation, species-
specific swan harvest, and hunter compliance in providing either
species-determinant parts (at least the intact head) or bill
measurements (bill length from tip to posterior edge of the nares
opening, and presence or absence of yellow lore spots on the bill in
front of the eyes) of harvested swans for species identification. Each
State should use appropriate measures to maximize hunter compliance
with the State's program for swan harvest reporting. Each State must
achieve a hunter compliance of at least 80 percent in providing
species-determinant parts or bill measurements of harvested swans for
species identification or subsequent permits will be reduced by 10
percent in the respective State. Each State must provide to the Service
by June 30 following the swan season a report detailing hunter
participation, species-specific swan harvest, and hunter compliance in
reporting harvest. In Idaho and Montana, all hunters that harvest a
swan must complete and submit a reporting card (bill card) with the
bill measurement and color information from the harvested swan within
72 hours of harvest for species determination. In Utah and Nevada, all
hunters that harvest a swan must have the swan or species-determinant
parts examined by a State or Federal biologist within 72 hours of
harvest for species determination.
Other Provisions: In Utah, the season is subject to the terms of
the Memorandum of Agreement entered into with the Service in January
2019 regarding harvest monitoring, season closure procedures, and
education requirements to minimize take of trumpeter swans during the
swan season.
Atlantic and Central Flyways
In portions of the Atlantic Flyway (Delaware, North Carolina, and
Virginia) and the Central Flyway (North Dakota, South Dakota [east of
the Missouri River], and that portion of Montana in the Central
Flyway), an open season for taking a limited number of swans may be
selected. Permits will be issued by the States that authorize the take
of no more than 1 swan per permit. A second permit may be issued to
hunters from unused permits remaining after the first drawing.
Monitoring: Each State must evaluate hunter participation, species-
specific swan harvest, and hunter compliance in providing measurements
of harvested swans for species identification. Each State should use
appropriate measures to maximize hunter compliance with the State's
program for swan harvest reporting. Each State must achieve a hunter
compliance of at least 80 percent in providing species-determinant
measurements of harvested swans for species identification. Each State
must provide to the Service by June 30 following the swan season a
report detailing hunter participation, species-specific swan harvest,
and hunter compliance in reporting harvest.
In lieu of a general swan hunting season, States may select a
season only for tundra swans. States selecting a season only for tundra
swans must obtain harvest and hunter participation data.
These general swan seasons and tundra swan seasons are also subject
to the following conditions:
In the Atlantic Flyway
--The season may be 90 days, between October 1 and January 31.
--In Delaware, no more than 67 permits may be issued. The season is
experimental.
--In North Carolina, no more than 4,895 permits may be issued.
--In Virginia, no more than 638 permits may be issued.
In the Central Flyway
--The season may be 107 days, between the Saturday nearest October 1
(October 3) and January 31.
--In the Central Flyway portion of Montana, no more than 500 permits
may be issued.
--In North Dakota, no more than 2,200 permits may be issued.
--In South Dakota, no more than 1,300 permits may be issued.
Sandhill Cranes
Regular Seasons in the Mississippi Flyway
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and February 28 in Minnesota,
and between September 1 and January 31 in Alabama, Kentucky and
Tennessee.
Hunting Seasons: A season not to exceed 37 consecutive days may be
selected in the designated portion of northwestern Minnesota (Northwest
Goose Zone), and a season not to exceed 60 consecutive days in Alabama,
Kentucky, and Tennessee. The season in Alabama is experimental.
Daily Bag Limit: 1 sandhill crane in Minnesota, 2 sandhill cranes
in Kentucky, and 3 sandhill cranes in Alabama and Tennessee. In
Alabama, Kentucky, and Tennessee, the seasonal bag limit is 3 sandhill
cranes.
Permits: Each person participating in the regular sandhill crane
seasons must have a valid State sandhill crane hunting permit.
Other Provisions: The number of permits (where applicable), open
areas, season dates, protection plans for other species, and other
provisions of seasons must be consistent with the management plans and
approved by the Mississippi Flyway Council.
Regular Seasons in the Central Flyway
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and February 28.
Hunting Seasons: Seasons not to exceed 37 consecutive days may be
selected in designated portions of Texas (Area 2). Seasons not to
exceed 58 consecutive days may be selected in designated portions of
the following States: Colorado, Kansas, Montana, North Dakota, South
Dakota, and Wyoming. Seasons not to exceed 93 consecutive days may be
selected in designated portions of the following States: New Mexico,
Oklahoma, and Texas.
Daily Bag Limits: 3 sandhill cranes, except 2 sandhill cranes in
designated portions of North Dakota (Area 2) and Texas (Area 2).
[[Page 15888]]
Permits: Each person participating in the regular sandhill crane
season must have a valid Federal or State sandhill crane hunting
permit.
Special Seasons in the Central and Pacific Flyways
Arizona, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Utah, and Wyoming
may select seasons for hunting sandhill cranes within the range of the
Rocky Mountain Population (RMP) of sandhill cranes subject to the
following conditions:
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: The season in any State or zone may not exceed 60
days, and may be split into 3 segments.
Bag limits: Not to exceed 3 daily and 9 per season.
Permits: Participants must have a valid permit, issued by the
appropriate State, in their possession while hunting.
Other Provisions: Numbers of permits, open areas, season dates,
protection plans for other species, and other provisions of seasons
must be consistent with the management plan and approved by the Central
and Pacific Flyway Councils, with the following exceptions:
A. In Utah, 100 percent of the harvest will be assigned to the RMP
crane quota;
B. In Arizona, monitoring the racial composition of the harvest
must be conducted at 3-year intervals unless 100 percent of the harvest
will be assigned to the RMP crane quota;
C. In Idaho, 100 percent of the harvest will be assigned to the RMP
crane quota; and
D. In the Estancia Valley hunt area of New Mexico, the level and
racial composition of the harvest must be monitored; greater sandhill
cranes in the harvest will be assigned to the RMP crane quota.
Common Moorhens and Purple Gallinules
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and January 31 in the Atlantic,
Mississippi, and Central Flyways. States in the Pacific Flyway may
select their hunting seasons between the outside dates for the season
on ducks, mergansers, and coots; therefore, Pacific Flyway frameworks
for common moorhens and purple gallinules are included with the duck,
merganser, and coot frameworks.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Seasons may not exceed 70
days in the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central Flyways. Seasons may be
split into 2 segments. The daily bag limit is 15 common moorhens and
purple gallinules, singly or in the aggregate of the two species.
Zoning: Seasons may be selected by zones established for duck
hunting.
Rails
Outside Dates: States included herein may select seasons between
September 1 and January 31 on clapper, king, sora, and Virginia rails.
Hunting Seasons: Seasons may not exceed 70 days, and may be split
into 2 segments.
Daily Bag Limits
Clapper and King Rails: In Connecticut, Delaware, Maryland, New
Jersey, and Rhode Island, 10, singly or in the aggregate of the two
species. In Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, North
Carolina, South Carolina, Texas, and Virginia, 15, singly or in the
aggregate of the two species.
Sora and Virginia Rails: In the Atlantic, Mississippi, and Central
Flyways and the Pacific Flyway portions of Colorado, Montana, New
Mexico, and Wyoming, 25 rails, singly or in the aggregate of the two
species. The season is closed in the remainder of the Pacific Flyway.
Snipe
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and February 28, except in
Connecticut, Delaware, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire,
New Jersey, New York, Rhode Island, Vermont, and Virginia, where the
season must end no later than January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Seasons may not exceed 107
days and may be split into 2 segments. The daily bag limit is 8 snipe.
Zoning: Seasons may be selected by zones established for duck
hunting.
American Woodcock
Outside Dates: States in the Eastern Management Region may select
hunting seasons between October 1 and January 31. States in the Central
Management Region may select hunting seasons between the Saturday
nearest September 22 (September 19) and January 31.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Seasons may not exceed 45
days in the Eastern and Central Regions. The daily bag limit is 3.
Seasons may be split into 2 segments.
Zoning: New Jersey may select seasons in each of two zones. The
season in each zone may not exceed 36 days.
Band-Tailed Pigeons
Pacific Coast States (California, Oregon, Washington, and Nevada)
Outside Dates: Between September 15 and January 1.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not more than 9 consecutive
days, with a daily bag limit of 2.
Zoning: California may select hunting seasons not to exceed 9
consecutive days in each of 2 zones. The season in the North Zone must
close by October 3.
Four-Corners States (Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico, and Utah)
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and November 30.
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not more than 14 consecutive
days, with a daily bag limit of 2.
Zoning: New Mexico may select hunting seasons not to exceed 14
consecutive days in each of 2 zones. The season in the South Zone may
not open until October 1.
Doves
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and January 31 in the Eastern
Management Unit, and between September 1 and January 15 in the Central
and Western Management Units, except as subsequently provided, States
may select hunting seasons and daily bag limits as follows:
Eastern Management Unit
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not more than 90 days, with a
daily bag limit of 15 mourning and white-winged doves in the aggregate.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Seasons may be split into 3 segments;
Alabama, Louisiana, and Mississippi may select seasons in each of 2
zones, and may split their season in each zone into 3 segments.
Central Management Unit
For all States except Texas
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not more than 90 days, with a
daily bag limit of 15 mourning and white-winged doves in the aggregate.
Zoning and Split Seasons: Seasons may be split into 3 segments; New
Mexico may select seasons in each of 2 zones and may split their season
in each zone into 3 segments.
Texas
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits: Not more than 90 days, with a
daily bag limit of 15 mourning, white-winged, and white-tipped doves in
the aggregate, of which no more than 2 may be white-tipped doves.
[[Page 15889]]
Zoning and Split Seasons: Texas may select hunting seasons for each
of 3 zones subject to the following conditions:
A. The season may be split into 2 segments, except in that portion
of Texas in which the special white-winged dove season is allowed,
where a limited take of mourning and white-tipped doves may also occur
during that special season (see Special White-winged Dove Area in
Texas, below).
B. A season may be selected for the North and Central Zones between
September 1 and January 25; and for the South Zone between September 14
and January 25.
Special White-Winged Dove Area in Texas
In addition, Texas may select a hunting season of not more than 4
days for the Special White-winged Dove Area between September 1 and
September 19. The daily bag limit may not exceed 15 white-winged,
mourning, and white-tipped doves in the aggregate, of which no more
than 2 may be mourning doves and no more than 2 may be white-tipped
doves.
Western Management Unit
Hunting Seasons and Daily Bag Limits
Idaho, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, and Washington: Not more than 60 days,
which may be split between 2 segments. The daily bag limit is 15
mourning and white-winged doves in the aggregate.
Arizona and California: Not more than 60 days, which may be split
between 2 segments, September 1-15 and November 1-January 15. In
Arizona, during the first segment of the season, the daily bag limit is
15 mourning and white-winged doves in the aggregate, of which no more
than 10 could be white-winged doves. During the remainder of the
season, the daily bag limit is 15 mourning doves. In California, the
daily bag limit is 15 mourning and white-winged doves in the aggregate,
of which no more than 10 could be white-winged doves.
Alaska
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and January 26.
Hunting Seasons: Except as subsequently provided, not more than 107
consecutive days for waterfowl (except brant), sandhill cranes, and
common snipe concurrent in each of 5 zones. The season length for brant
will be determined based on the upcoming brant winter survey results
and the Pacific brant harvest strategy. The season may be split into 2
segments in the Kodiak Zone.
Closures: The hunting season is closed on spectacled eiders and
Steller's eiders.
Daily Bag and Possession Limits
Ducks: Except as subsequently provided, the basic daily bag limit
is 7 ducks. Basic daily bag limit in the North Zone is 10, and in the
Gulf Coast Zone is 8. The basic daily bag limits may include no more
than 2 canvasbacks daily and may not include sea ducks.
In addition to the basic daily bag limits, Alaska may select sea
duck limits of 10 daily, singly or in the aggregate, including no more
than 6 each of either harlequin or long-tailed ducks. Sea ducks include
scoters, common and king eiders, harlequin ducks, long-tailed ducks,
and common and red-breasted mergansers.
Light Geese: The daily bag limit is 6.
Canada Geese: The daily bag limit is 4 with the following
exceptions:
A. In Units 5 and 6, the taking of Canada geese is permitted from
September 28 through December 16.
B. On Middleton Island in Unit 6, a special, permit-only Canada
goose season may be offered. A mandatory goose identification class is
required. Hunters must check in and check out. The bag limit is 1 daily
and 1 in possession. The season will close if incidental harvest
includes 5 dusky Canada geese. A dusky Canada goose is any dark-
breasted Canada goose (Munsell 10 YR color value 5 or less) with a bill
length between 40 and 50 millimeters.
C. In Units 9, 10, 17, and 18, the daily bag limit is 6 Canada
geese.
White-fronted Geese: The daily bag limit is 4 with the following
exceptions:
A. In Units 9, 10, and 17, the daily bag limit is 6 white-fronted
geese.
B. In Unit 18, the daily bag limit is 10 white-fronted geese.
Emperor Geese: Open seasons for emperor geese may be selected
subject to the following conditions:
A. All seasons are by permit only.
B. No more than 1 emperor goose may be harvested per hunter per
season.
C. Total harvest may not exceed 500 emperor geese.
D. In State Game Management Unit 8, the Kodiak Island Road Area is
closed to hunting. The Kodiak Island Road Area consists of all lands
and water (including exposed tidelands) east of a line extending from
Crag Point in the north to the west end of Saltery Cove in the south
and all lands and water south of a line extending from Termination
Point along the north side of Cascade Lake extending to Anton Larsen
Bay. Marine waters adjacent to the closed area are closed to harvest
within 500 feet from the water's edge. The offshore islands are open to
harvest, for example: Woody, Long, Gull, and Puffin islands.
Brant: The daily bag limit will be determined based on the upcoming
brant winter survey results and the Pacific brant harvest strategy.
Snipe: The daily bag limit is 8.
Sandhill Cranes: The daily bag limit is 2 in the Southeast, Gulf
Coast, Kodiak, and Aleutian Zones, and Unit 17 in the North Zone. In
the remainder of the North Zone (outside Unit 17), the daily bag limit
is 3.
Tundra Swans: Open seasons for tundra swans may be selected subject
to the following conditions:
A. All seasons are by permit only.
B. All season framework dates are September 1-October 31.
C. In Unit 17, no more than 200 permits may be issued during this
operational season. No more than 3 tundra swans may be authorized per
permit, with no more than 1 permit issued per hunter per season.
D. In Unit 18, no more than 500 permits may be issued during the
operational season. No more than 3 tundra swans may be authorized per
permit. No more than 1 permit may be issued per hunter per season.
E. In Unit 22, no more than 300 permits may be issued during the
operational season. No more than 3 tundra swans may be authorized per
permit. No more than 1 permit may be issued per hunter per season.
F. In Unit 23, no more than 300 permits may be issued during the
operational season. No more than 3 tundra swans may be authorized per
permit. No more than 1 permit may be issued per hunter per season.
Hawaii
Outside Dates: Between October 1 and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 65 days (75 under the alternative)
for mourning doves.
Bag Limits: Not to exceed 15 (12 under the alternative) mourning
doves.
Note: Mourning doves may be taken in Hawaii in accordance with
shooting hours and other regulations set by the State of Hawaii, and
subject to the applicable provisions of 50 CFR part 20.
Puerto Rico
Doves and Pigeons
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and January 15.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 60 days.
Daily Bag and Possession Limits: Not to exceed 30 Zenaida,
mourning, and white-winged doves in the aggregate, of
[[Page 15890]]
which not more than 10 may be Zenaida doves and 3 may be mourning
doves. Not to exceed 5 scaly-naped pigeons.
Closed Seasons: The season is closed on the white-crowned pigeon
and the plain pigeon, which are protected by the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico.
Closed Areas: There is no open season on doves or pigeons in the
following areas: Municipality of Culebra, Desecheo Island, Mona Island,
El Verde Closure Area, and Cidra Municipality and adjacent areas.
Ducks, Coots, Moorhens, Gallinules, and Snipe
Outside Dates: Between October 1 and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 55 days may be selected for hunting
ducks, common moorhens, and common snipe. The season may be split into
2 segments.
Daily Bag Limits
Ducks: Not to exceed 6 ducks.
Common Moorhens: Not to exceed 6 moorhens.
Common Snipe: Not to exceed 8 snipe.
Closed Seasons: The season is closed on the ruddy duck, white-
cheeked pintail, West Indian whistling duck, fulvous whistling duck,
and masked duck, which are protected by the Commonwealth of Puerto
Rico. The season also is closed on the purple gallinule, American coot,
and Caribbean coot.
Closed Areas: There is no open season on ducks, common moorhens,
and common snipe in the Municipality of Culebra and on Desecheo Island.
Virgin Islands
Doves and Pigeons
Outside Dates: Between September 1 and January 15.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 60 consecutive days.
Daily Bag and Possession Limits: Not to exceed 10 Zenaida doves.
Closed Seasons: No open season is prescribed for ground or quail
doves or pigeons.
Closed Areas: There is no open season for migratory game birds on
Ruth Cay (just south of St. Croix).
Local Names for Certain Birds: Zenaida dove, also known as mountain
dove; bridled quail-dove, also known as Barbary dove or partridge;
common ground-dove, also known as stone dove, tobacco dove, rola, or
tortolita; scaly-naped pigeon, also known as red-necked or scaled
pigeon.
Ducks
Outside Dates: Between December 1 and January 31.
Hunting Seasons: Not more than 55 consecutive days.
Daily Bag Limits: Not to exceed 6 ducks.
Closed Seasons: The season is closed on the ruddy duck, white-
cheeked pintail, West Indian whistling duck, fulvous whistling duck,
and masked duck.
Special Falconry Regulations
In accordance with 50 CFR 21.29, falconry is a permitted means of
taking migratory game birds in any State except for Hawaii. States may
select an extended season for taking migratory game birds in accordance
with the following:
Extended Seasons: For all hunting methods combined, the combined
length of the extended season, regular season, and any special or
experimental seasons must not exceed 107 days for any species or group
of species in a geographical area. Each extended season may be split
into 3 segments.
Framework Dates: Seasons must fall between September 1 and March
10.
Daily Bag Limits: Falconry daily bag limits for all permitted
migratory game birds must not exceed 3 birds, singly or in the
aggregate, during extended falconry seasons, any special or
experimental seasons, and regular hunting seasons in all States,
including those that do not select an extended falconry season.
Regular Seasons: General hunting regulations, including seasons and
hunting hours, apply to falconry. Regular season bag limits do not
apply to falconry. The falconry bag limit is not in addition to gun
limits.
Area, Unit, and Zone Descriptions
Ducks (Including Mergansers) and Coots
Atlantic Flyway
Connecticut
North Zone: That portion of the State north of I-95.
South Zone: Remainder of the State.
Maine
North Zone: That portion north of the line extending east along
Maine State Highway 110 from the New Hampshire-Maine State line to the
intersection of Maine State Highway 11 in Newfield; then north and east
along Route 11 to the intersection of U.S. Route 202 in Auburn; then
north and east on Route 202 to the intersection of I-95 in Augusta;
then north and east along I-95 to Route 15 in Bangor; then east along
Route 15 to Route 9; then east along Route 9 to Stony Brook in
Baileyville; then east along Stony Brook to the U.S. border.
Coastal Zone: That portion south of a line extending east from the
Maine-New Brunswick border in Calais at the Route 1 Bridge; then south
along Route 1 to the Maine-New Hampshire border in Kittery.
South Zone: Remainder of the State.
Maryland
Special Teal Season Area: Calvert, Caroline, Cecil, Dorchester,
Harford, Kent, Queen Anne's, St. Mary's, Somerset, Talbot, Wicomico,
and Worcester Counties; that part of Anne Arundel County east of
Interstate 895, Interstate 97, and Route 3; that part of Prince
George's County east of Route 3 and Route 301; and that part of Charles
County east of Route 301 to the Virginia State Line.
Massachusetts
Western Zone: That portion of the State west of a line extending
south from the Vermont State line on I-91 to MA 9, west on MA 9 to MA
10, south on MA 10 to U.S. 202, south on U.S. 202 to the Connecticut
State line.
Central Zone: That portion of the State east of the Berkshire Zone
and west of a line extending south from the New Hampshire State line on
I-95 to U.S. 1, south on U.S. 1 to I-93, south on I-93 to MA 3, south
on MA 3 to U.S. 6, west on U.S. 6 to MA 28, west on MA 28 to I-195,
west to the Rhode Island State line; except the waters, and the lands
150 yards inland from the high-water mark, of the Assonet River
upstream to the MA 24 bridge, and the Taunton River upstream to the
Center St.-Elm St. bridge shall be in the Coastal Zone.
Coastal Zone: That portion of Massachusetts east and south of the
Central Zone.
New Hampshire
Northern Zone: That portion of the State east and north of the
Inland Zone beginning at the Jct. of Rte. 10 and Rte. 25-A in Orford,
east on Rte. 25-A to Rte. 25 in Wentworth, southeast on Rte. 25 to Exit
26 of Rte. I-93 in Plymouth, south on Rte. I-93 to Rte. 3 at Exit 24 of
Rte. I-93 in Ashland, northeast on Rte. 3 to Rte. 113 in Holderness,
north on Rte. 113 to Rte. 113-A in Sandwich, north on Rte. 113-A to
Rte. 113 in Tamworth, east on Rte. 113 to Rte. 16 in Chocorua, north on
Rte. 16 to Rte. 302 in Conway, east on Rte. 302 to the Maine-New
Hampshire border.
Inland Zone: That portion of the State south and west of the
Northern Zone,
[[Page 15891]]
west of the Coastal Zone, and includes the area of Vermont and New
Hampshire as described for hunting reciprocity. A person holding a New
Hampshire hunting license that allows the taking of migratory waterfowl
or a person holding a Vermont resident hunting license that allows the
taking of migratory waterfowl may take migratory waterfowl and coots
from the following designated area of the Inland Zone: The State of
Vermont east of Rte. I-91 at the Massachusetts border, north on Rte. I-
91 to Rte. 2, north on Rte. 2 to Rte. 102, north on Rte. 102 to Rte.
253, and north on Rte. 253 to the border with Canada and the area of
New Hampshire west of Rte. 63 at the Massachusetts border, north on
Rte. 63 to Rte. 12, north on Rte. 12 to Rte. 12-A, north on Rte. 12-A
to Rte. 10, north on Rte. 10 to Rte. 135, north on Rte. 135 to Rte. 3,
north on Rte. 3 to the intersection with the Connecticut River.
Coastal Zone: That portion of the State east of a line beginning at
the Maine-New Hampshire border in Rollinsford, then extending to Rte. 4
west to the city of Dover, south to the intersection of Rte. 108, south
along Rte. 108 through Madbury, Durham, and Newmarket to the junction
of Rte. 85 in Newfields, south to Rte. 101 in Exeter, east to
Interstate 95 (New Hampshire Turnpike) in Hampton, and south to the
Massachusetts border.
New Jersey
Coastal Zone: That portion of the State seaward of a line beginning
at the New York State line in Raritan Bay and extending west along the
New York State line to NJ 440 at Perth Amboy; west on NJ 440 to the
Garden State Parkway; south on the Garden State Parkway to NJ 109;
south on NJ 109 to Cape May County Route 633 (Lafayette Street); south
on Lafayette Street to Jackson Street; south on Jackson Street to the
shoreline at Cape May; west along the shoreline of Cape May beach to
COLREGS Demarcation Line 80.503 at Cape May Point; south along COLREGS
Demarcation Line 80.503 to the Delaware State line in Delaware Bay.
North Zone: That portion of the State west of the Coastal Zone and
north of a line extending west from the Garden State Parkway on NJ 70
to the New Jersey Turnpike, north on the turnpike to U.S. 206, north on
U.S. 206 to U.S. 1 at Trenton, west on U.S. 1 to the Pennsylvania State
line in the Delaware River.
South Zone: That portion of the State not within the North Zone or
the Coastal Zone.
New York
Lake Champlain Zone: That area east and north of a continuous line
extending along U.S. 11 from the New York-Canada International boundary
south to NY 9B, south along NY 9B to U.S. 9, south along U.S. 9 to NY
22 south of Keesville; south along NY 22 to the west shore of South
Bay, along and around the shoreline of South Bay to NY 22 on the east
shore of South Bay; southeast along NY 22 to U.S. 4, northeast along
U.S. 4 to the Vermont State line.
Long Island Zone: That area consisting of Nassau County, Suffolk
County, that area of Westchester County southeast of I-95, and their
tidal waters.
Western Zone: That area west of a line extending from Lake Ontario
east along the north shore of the Salmon River to I-81, and south along
I-81 to the Pennsylvania State line.
Northeastern Zone: That area north of a continuous line extending
from Lake Ontario east along the north shore of the Salmon River to I-
81, south along I-81 to NY 31, east along NY 31 to NY 13, north along
NY 13 to NY 49, east along NY 49 to NY 365, east along NY 365 to NY 28,
east along NY 28 to NY 29, east along NY 29 to NY 22, north along NY 22
to Washington County Route 153, east along CR 153 to the New York-
Vermont boundary, exclusive of the Lake Champlain Zone.
Southeastern Zone: The remaining portion of New York.
Pennsylvania
Lake Erie Zone: The Lake Erie waters of Pennsylvania and a
shoreline margin along Lake Erie from New York on the east to Ohio on
the west extending 150 yards inland, but including all of Presque Isle
Peninsula.
Northwest Zone: The area bounded on the north by the Lake Erie Zone
and including all of Erie and Crawford Counties and those portions of
Mercer and Venango Counties north of I-80.
North Zone: That portion of the State east of the Northwest Zone
and north of a line extending east on I-80 to U.S. 220, Route 220 to I-
180, I-180 to I-80, and I-80 to the Delaware River.
South Zone: The remaining portion of Pennsylvania.
Vermont
Lake Champlain Zone: The U.S. portion of Lake Champlain and that
area north and west of the line extending from the New York border
along U.S. 4 to VT 22A at Fair Haven; VT 22A to U.S. 7 at Vergennes;
U.S. 7 to VT 78 at Swanton; VT 78 to VT 36; VT 36 to Maquam Bay on Lake
Champlain; along and around the shoreline of Maquam Bay and Hog Island
to VT 78 at the West Swanton Bridge; VT 78 to VT 2 in Alburg; VT 2 to
the Richelieu River in Alburg; along the east shore of the Richelieu
River to the Canadian border.
Interior Zone: That portion of Vermont east of the Lake Champlain
Zone and west of a line extending from the Massachusetts border at
Interstate 91; north along Interstate 91 to U.S. 2; east along U.S. 2
to VT 102; north along VT 102 to VT 253; north along VT 253 to the
Canadian border.
Connecticut River Zone: The remaining portion of Vermont east of
the Interior Zone.
Mississippi Flyway
Illinois
North Zone: That portion of the State north of a line extending
west from the Indiana border along Peotone-Beecher Road to Illinois
Route 50, south along Illinois Route 50 to Wilmington-Peotone Road,
west along Wilmington-Peotone Road to Illinois Route 53, north along
Illinois Route 53 to New River Road, northwest along New River Road to
Interstate Highway 55, south along I-55 to Pine Bluff-Lorenzo Road,
west along Pine Bluff-Lorenzo Road to Illinois Route 47, north along
Illinois Route 47 to I-80, west along I-80 to I-39, south along I-39 to
Illinois Route 18, west along Illinois Route 18 to Illinois Route 29,
south along Illinois Route 29 to Illinois Route 17, west along Illinois
Route 17 to the Mississippi River, and due south across the Mississippi
River to the Iowa border.
Central Zone: That portion of the State south of the North Duck
Zone line to a line extending west from the Indiana border along I-70
to Illinois Route 4, south along Illinois Route 4 to Illinois Route
161, west along Illinois Route 161 to Illinois Route 158, south and
west along Illinois Route 158 to Illinois Route 159, south along
Illinois Route 159 to Illinois Route 3, south along Illinois Route 3 to
St. Leo's Road, south along St. Leo's Road to Modoc Road, west along
Modoc Road to Modoc Ferry Road, southwest along Modoc Ferry Road to
Levee Road, southeast along Levee Road to County Route 12 (Modoc Ferry
entrance Road), south along County Route 12 to the Modoc Ferry route
and southwest on the Modoc Ferry route across the Mississippi River to
the Missouri border.
South Zone: That portion of the State south and east of a line
extending west from the Indiana border along Interstate 70, south along
U.S. Highway 45, to Illinois Route 13, west along Illinois Route 13 to
Greenbriar Road, north on
[[Page 15892]]
Greenbriar Road to Sycamore Road, west on Sycamore Road to N Reed
Station Road, south on N Reed Station Road to Illinois Route 13, west
along Illinois Route 13 to Illinois Route 127, south along Illinois
Route 127 to State Forest Road (1025 N), west along State Forest Road
to Illinois Route 3, north along Illinois Route 3 to the south bank of
the Big Muddy River, west along the south bank of the Big Muddy River
to the Mississippi River, west across the Mississippi River to the
Missouri border.
South Central Zone: The remainder of the State between the south
border of the Central Zone and the North border of the South Zone.
Indiana
North Zone: That part of Indiana north of a line extending east
from the Illinois border along State Road 18 to U.S. 31; north along
U.S. 31 to U.S. 24; east along U.S. 24 to Huntington; southeast along
U.S. 224; south along State Road 5; and east along State Road 124 to
the Ohio border.
Central Zone: That part of Indiana south of the North Zone boundary
and north of the South Zone boundary.
South Zone: That part of Indiana south of a line extending east
from the Illinois border along I-70; east along National Ave.; east
along U.S. 150; south along U.S. 41; east along State Road 58; south
along State Road 37 to Bedford; and east along U.S. 50 to the Ohio
border.
Iowa
North Zone: That portion of Iowa north of a line beginning on the
South Dakota-Iowa border at Interstate 29, southeast along Interstate
29 to State Highway 175, east along State Highway 175 to State Highway
37, southeast along State Highway 37 to State Highway 183, northeast
along State Highway 183 to State Highway 141, east along State Highway
141 to U.S. Highway 30, and along U.S. Highway 30 to the Illinois
border.
Missouri River Zone: That portion of Iowa west of a line beginning
on the South Dakota-Iowa border at Interstate 29, southeast along
Interstate 29 to State Highway 175, and west along State Highway 175 to
the Iowa-Nebraska border.
South Zone: The remainder of Iowa.
Kentucky
West Zone: All counties west of and including Butler, Daviess,
Ohio, Simpson, and Warren Counties.
East Zone: The remainder of Kentucky.
Louisiana
East Zone: That area of the State between the Mississippi State
line and a line going south on Highway (Hwy) 79 from the Arkansas
border to Homer, then south on Hwy 9 to Arcadia, then south on Hwy 147
to Hodge, then south on Hwy 167 to Turkey Creek, then south on Hwy 13
to Eunice, then west on Hwy 190 to Kinder, then south on Hwy 165 to
Iowa, then west on I-10 to its junction with Hwy 14 at Lake Charles,
then south and east on Hwy 14 to its junction with Hwy 90 in New
Iberia, then east on Hwy 90 to the Mississippi State line.
West Zone: That area between the Texas State line and a line going
east on I-10 from the Texas border to Hwy 165 at Iowa, then north on
Hwy 165 to Kinder, then east on Hwy 190 to Eunice, then north on Hwy 13
to Turkey Creek, then north on Hwy 167 to Hodge, then north on Hwy 147
to Arcadia, then north on Hwy 9 to Homer, then north on Hwy 79 to the
Arkansas border.
Coastal Zone: Remainder of the State.
Michigan
North Zone: The Upper Peninsula.
Middle Zone: That portion of the Lower Peninsula north of a line
beginning at the Wisconsin State line in Lake Michigan due west of the
mouth of Stony Creek in Oceana County; then due east to, and easterly
and southerly along the south shore of Stony Creek to Scenic Drive,
easterly and southerly along Scenic Drive to Stony Lake Road, easterly
along Stony Lake and Garfield Roads to Michigan Highway 20, east along
Michigan 20 to U.S. Highway 10 Business Route (BR) in the city of
Midland, easterly along U.S. 10 BR to U.S. 10, easterly along U.S. 10
to Interstate Highway 75/U.S. Highway 23, northerly along I-75/U.S. 23
to the U.S. 23 exit at Standish, easterly along U.S. 23 to the
centerline of the Au Gres River, then southerly along the centerline of
the Au Gres River to Saginaw Bay, then on a line directly east 10 miles
into Saginaw Bay, and from that point on a line directly northeast to
the Canadian border.
South Zone: The remainder of Michigan.
Minnesota
North Duck Zone: That portion of the State north of a line
extending east from the North Dakota State line along State Highway 210
to State Highway 23 and east to State Highway 39 and east to the
Wisconsin State line at the Oliver Bridge.
South Duck Zone: The portion of the State south of a line extending
east from the South Dakota State line along U.S. Highway 212 to
Interstate 494 and east to Interstate 94 and east to the Wisconsin
State line.
Central Duck Zone: The remainder of the State.
Missouri
North Zone: That portion of Missouri north of a line running west
from the Illinois border at Lock and Dam 25; west on Lincoln County Hwy
N to MO Hwy 79; south on MO Hwy 79 to MO Hwy 47; west on MO Hwy 47 to
I-70; west on I-70 to the Kansas border.
Middle Zone: The remainder of Missouri not included in other zones.
South Zone: That portion of Missouri south of a line running west
from the Illinois border on MO Hwy 74 to MO Hwy 25; south on MO Hwy 25
to U.S. Hwy 62; west on U.S. Hwy 62 to MO Hwy 53; north on MO Hwy 53 to
MO Hwy 51; north on MO Hwy 51 to U.S. Hwy 60; west on U.S. Hwy 60 to MO
Hwy 21; north on MO Hwy 21 to MO Hwy 72; west on MO Hwy 72 to MO Hwy
32; west on MO Hwy 32 to U.S. Hwy 65; north on U.S. Hwy 65 to U.S. Hwy
54; west on U.S. Hwy 54 to U.S. Hwy 71; south on U.S. Hwy 71 to Jasper
County Hwy M (Base Line Blvd.); west on Jasper County Hwy M (Base Line
Blvd.) to CRD 40 (Base Line Blvd.); west on CRD 40 (Base Line Blvd.) to
the Kansas border.
Ohio
Lake Erie Marsh Zone: Includes all land and water within the
boundaries of the area bordered by a line beginning at the intersection
of Interstate 75 at the Ohio-Michigan State line and continuing south
to Interstate 280, then south on I-280 to the Ohio Turnpike (I-80/I-
90), then east on the Ohio Turnpike to the Erie-Lorain County line,
then north to Lake Erie, then following the Lake Erie shoreline at a
distance of 200 yards offshore, then following the shoreline west
toward and around the northern tip of Cedar Point Amusement Park, then
continuing from the westernmost point of Cedar Point toward the
southernmost tip of the sand bar at the mouth of Sandusky Bay and out
into Lake Erie at a distance of 200 yards offshore continuing parallel
to the Lake Erie shoreline north and west toward the northernmost tip
of Cedar Point National Wildlife Refuge, then following a direct line
toward the southernmost tip of Wood Tick Peninsula in Michigan to a
point that intersects the Ohio-Michigan State line, then following the
State line back to the point of the beginning.
North Zone: That portion of the State, excluding the Lake Erie
Marsh Zone,
[[Page 15893]]
north of a line extending east from the Indiana State line along U.S.
Highway (U.S.) 33 to State Route (SR) 127, then south along SR 127 to
SR 703, then south along SR 703 and including all lands within the
Mercer Wildlife Area to SR 219, then east along SR 219 to SR 364, then
north along SR 364 and including all lands within the St. Mary's Fish
Hatchery to SR 703, then east along SR 703 to SR 66, then north along
SR 66 to U.S. 33, then east along U.S. 33 to SR 385, then east along SR
385 to SR 117, then south along SR 117 to SR 273, then east along SR
273 to SR 31, then south along SR 31 to SR 739, then east along SR 739
to SR 4, then north along SR 4 to SR 95, then east along SR 95 to SR
13, then southeast along SR 13 to SR 3, then northeast along SR 3 to SR
60, then north along SR 60 to U.S. 30, then east along U.S. 30 to SR 3,
then south along SR 3 to SR 226, then south along SR 226 to SR 514,
then southwest along SR 514 to SR 754, then south along SR 754 to SR
39/60, then east along SR 39/60 to SR 241, then north along SR 241 to
U.S. 30, then east along U.S. 30 to SR 39, then east along SR 39 to the
Pennsylvania State line.
South Zone: The remainder of Ohio not included in the Lake Erie
Marsh Zone or the North Zone.
Tennessee
Reelfoot Zone: All or portions of Lake and Obion Counties.
Remainder of State: That portion of Tennessee outside of the
Reelfoot Zone.
Wisconsin
North Zone: That portion of the State north of a line extending
east from the Minnesota State line along U.S. Highway 10 into Portage
County to County Highway HH, east on County Highway HH to State Highway
66 and then east on State Highway 66 to U.S. Highway 10, continuing
east on U.S. Highway 10 to U.S. Highway 41, then north on U.S. Highway
41 to the Michigan State line.
Mississippi River Zone: That area encompassed by a line beginning
at the intersection of the Burlington Northern & Santa Fe Railway and
the Illinois State line in Grant County and extending northerly along
the Burlington Northern & Santa Fe Railway to the city limit of
Prescott in Pierce County, then west along the Prescott city limit to
the Minnesota State line.
South Zone: The remainder of Wisconsin.
Central Flyway
Colorado (Central Flyway Portion)
Special Teal Season Area: Lake and Chaffee Counties and that
portion of the State east of Interstate Highway 25.
Northeast Zone: All areas east of Interstate 25 and north of
Interstate 70.
Southeast Zone: All areas east of Interstate 25 and south of
Interstate 70, and all of El Paso, Pueblo, Huerfano, and Las Animas
Counties.
Mountain/Foothills Zone: All areas west of Interstate 25 and east
of the Continental Divide, except El Paso, Pueblo, Huerfano, and Las
Animas Counties.
Kansas
High Plains: That portion of the State west of U.S. 283.
Low Plains Early Zone: That part of Kansas bounded by a line from
the Federal highway U.S.-283 and State highway 96 junction, then east
on State highway 96 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-183, then
north on Federal highway U.S.-183 to its junction with Federal highway
U.S.-24, then east on Federal highway U.S.-24 to its junction with
Federal highway U.S.-281, then north on Federal highway U.S.-281 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.-36, then east on Federal highway
U.S.-36 to its junction with State highway K-199, then south on State
highway K-199 to its junction with Republic County 30th Road, then
south on Republic County 30th Road to its junction with State highway
K-148, then east on State highway K-148 to its junction with Republic
County 50th Road, then south on Republic County 50th Road to its
junction with Cloud County 40th Road, then south on Cloud County 40th
Road to its junction with State highway K-9, then west on State highway
K-9 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-24, then west on Federal
highway U.S.-24 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-181, then
south on Federal highway U.S.-181 to its junction with State highway K-
18, then west on State highway K-18 to its junction with Federal
highway U.S.-281, then south on Federal highway U.S.-281 to its
junction with State highway K-4, then east on State highway K-4 to its
junction with interstate highway I-135, then south on interstate
highway I-135 to its junction with State highway K-61, then southwest
on State highway K-61 to its junction with McPherson County 14th
Avenue, then south on McPherson County 14th Avenue to its junction with
McPherson County Arapaho Rd, then west on McPherson County Arapaho Rd
to its junction with State highway K-61, then southwest on State
highway K-61 to its junction with State highway K-96, then northwest on
State highway K-96 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-56, then
southwest on Federal highway U.S.-56 to its junction with State highway
K-19, then east on State highway K-19 to its junction with Federal
highway U.S.-281, then south on Federal highway U.S.-281 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.-54, then west on Federal highway
U.S.-54 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-183, then north on
Federal highway U.S.-183 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-56,
then southwest on Federal highway U.S.-56 to its junction with North
Main Street in Spearville, then south on North Main Street to Davis
Street, then east on Davis Street to Ford County Road 126 (South
Stafford Street), then south on Ford County Road 126 to Garnett Road,
then east on Garnett Road to Ford County Road 126, then south on Ford
County Road 126 to Ford Spearville Road, then west on Ford Spearville
Road to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-400, then northwest on
Federal highway U.S.-400 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-283,
and then north on Federal highway U.S.-283 to its junction with Federal
highway U.S.-96.
Low Plains Late Zone: That part of Kansas bounded by a line from
the Federal highway U.S.-283 and State highway 96 junction, then north
on Federal highway U.S.-283 to the Kansas-Nebraska State line, then
east along the Kansas-Nebraska State line to its junction with the
Kansas-Missouri State line, then southeast along the Kansas-Missouri
State line to its junction with State highway K-68, then west on State
highway K-68 to its junction with interstate highway I-35, then
southwest on interstate highway I-35 to its junction with Butler County
NE 150th Street, then west on Butler County NE 150th Street to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.-77, then south on Federal highway
U.S.-77 to its junction with the Kansas-Oklahoma State line, then west
along the Kansas-Oklahoma State line to its junction with Federal
highway U.S.-283, then north on Federal highway U.S.-283 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.-400, then east on Federal highway
U.S.-400 to its junction with Ford Spearville Road, then east on Ford
Spearville Road to Ford County Road 126 (South Stafford Street), then
north on Ford County Road 126 to Garnett Road, then west on Garnett
Road to Ford County Road 126, then north on Ford County Road 126 to
Davis Street, then west on Davis Street to North Main Street, then
[[Page 15894]]
north on North Main Street to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-
56, then east on Federal highway U.S.-56 to its junction with Federal
highway U.S.-183, then south on Federal highway U.S.-183 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.-54, then east on Federal highway
U.S.-54 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-281, then north on
Federal highway U.S.-281 to its junction with State highway K-19, then
west on State highway K-19 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-
56, then east on Federal highway U.S.-56 to its junction with State
highway K-96, then southeast on State highway K-96 to its junction with
State highway K-61, then northeast on State highway K-61 to its
junction with McPherson County Arapaho Road, then east on McPherson
County Arapaho Road to its junction with McPherson County 14th Avenue,
then north on McPherson County 14th Avenue to its junction with State
highway K-61, then east on State highway K-61 to its junction with
interstate highway I-135, then north on interstate highway I-135 to its
junction with State highway K-4, then west on State highway K-4 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.-281, then north on Federal highway
U.S.-281 to its junction with State highway K-18, then east on State
highway K-18 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-181, then north
on Federal highway U.S.-181 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-
24, then east on Federal highway U.S.-24 to its junction with State
highway K-9, then east on State highway K-9 to its junction with Cloud
County 40th Road, then north on Cloud County 40th Road to its junction
with Republic County 50th Road, then north on Republic County 50th Road
to its junction with State highway K-148, then west on State highway K-
148 to its junction with Republic County 30th Road, then north on
Republic County 30th Road to its junction with State highway K-199,
then north on State highway K-199 to its junction with Federal highway
U.S.-36, then west on Federal highway U.S.-36 to its junction with
Federal highway U.S.-281, then south on Federal highway U.S.-281 to its
junction with Federal highway U.S.-24, then west on Federal highway
U.S.-24 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-183, then south on
Federal highway U.S.-183 to its junction with Federal highway U.S.-96,
and then west on Federal highway U.S.-96 to its junction with Federal
highway U.S.-283.
Low Plains Southeast Zone: That part of Kansas bounded by a line
from the Missouri-Kansas State line west on K-68 to its junction with
I-35, then southwest on I-35 to its junction with Butler County, NE
150th Street, then west on NE 150th Street to its junction with Federal
highway U.S.-77, then south on Federal highway U.S.-77 to the Oklahoma-
Kansas State line, then east along the Kansas-Oklahoma State line to
its junction with the Kansas-Missouri State line, then north along the
Kansas-Missouri State line to its junction with State highway K-68.
Montana (Central Flyway Portion)
Zone 1: The Counties of Blaine, Carter, Daniels, Dawson, Fallon,
Fergus, Garfield, Golden Valley, Judith Basin, McCone, Musselshell,
Petroleum, Phillips, Powder River, Richland, Roosevelt, Sheridan,
Stillwater, Sweet Grass, Valley, Wheatland, and Wibaux.
Zone 2: The Counties of Big Horn, Carbon, Custer, Prairie, Rosebud,
Treasure, and Yellowstone.
Nebraska
High Plains: That portion of Nebraska lying west of a line
beginning at the South Dakota-Nebraska border on U.S. Hwy 183; south on
U.S. Hwy 183 to U.S. Hwy 20; west on U.S. Hwy 20 to NE Hwy 7; south on
NE Hwy 7 to NE Hwy 91; southwest on NE Hwy 91 to NE Hwy 2; southeast on
NE Hwy 2 to NE Hwy 92; west on NE Hwy 92 to NE Hwy 40; south on NE Hwy
40 to NE Hwy 47; south on NE Hwy 47 to NE Hwy 23; east on NE Hwy 23 to
U.S. Hwy 283; and south on U.S. Hwy 283 to the Kansas-Nebraska border.
Zone 1: Area bounded by designated Federal and State highways and
political boundaries beginning at the South Dakota-Nebraska border west
of NE Hwy 26E Spur and north of NE Hwy 12; those portions of Dixon,
Cedar, and Knox Counties north of NE Hwy 12; that portion of Keya Paha
County east of U.S. Hwy 183; and all of Boyd County. Both banks of the
Niobrara River in Keya Paha and Boyd Counties east of U.S. Hwy 183
shall be included in Zone 1.
Zone 2: The area south of Zone 1 and north of Zone 3.
Zone 3: Area bounded by designated Federal and State highways,
County roads, and political boundaries beginning at the Wyoming-
Nebraska border at the intersection of the Interstate Canal; east along
northern borders of Scotts Bluff and Morrill Counties to Broadwater
Road; south to Morrill County Rd 94; east to County Rd 135; south to
County Rd 88; southeast to County Rd 151; south to County Rd 80; east
to County Rd 161; south to County Rd 76; east to County Rd 165; south
to County Rd 167; south to U.S. Hwy 26; east to County Rd 171; north to
County Rd 68; east to County Rd 183; south to County Rd 64; east to
County Rd 189; north to County Rd 70; east to County Rd 201; south to
County Rd 60A; east to County Rd 203; south to County Rd 52; east to
Keith County Line; east along the northern boundaries of Keith and
Lincoln Counties to NE Hwy 97; south to U.S. Hwy 83; south to E Hall
School Rd; east to N Airport Road; south to U.S. Hwy 30; east to NE Hwy
47; north to Dawson County Rd 769; east to County Rd 423; south to
County Rd 766; east to County Rd 428; south to County Rd 763; east to
NE Hwy 21 (Adams Street); south to County Rd 761; east to the Dawson
County Canal; south and east along the Dawson County Canal to County Rd
444; south to U.S. Hwy 30; east to U.S. Hwy 183; north to Buffalo
County Rd 100; east to 46th Avenue; north to NE Hwy 40; south and east
to NE Hwy 10; north to Buffalo County Rd 220 and Hall County Husker
Hwy; east to Hall County Rd 70; north to NE Hwy 2; east to U.S. Hwy
281; north to Chapman Rd; east to 7th Rd; south to U.S. Hwy 30; east to
Merrick County Rd 13; north to County Rd O; east to NE Hwy 14; north to
NE Hwy 52; west and north to NE Hwy 91; west to U.S. Hwy 281; south to
NE Hwy 22; west to NE Hwy 11; northwest to NE Hwy 91; west to U.S. Hwy
183; south to Round Valley Rd; west to Sargent River Rd; west to Drive
443; north to Sargent Rd; west to NE Hwy S21A; west to NE Hwy 2; west
and north to NE Hwy 91; north and east to North Loup Spur Rd; north to
North Loup River Rd; east to Pleasant Valley/Worth Rd; east to Loup
County line; north to Loup-Brown County line; east along northern
boundaries of Loup and Garfield Counties to Cedar River Rd; south to NE
Hwy 70; east to U.S. Hwy 281; north to NE Hwy 70; east to NE Hwy 14;
south to NE Hwy 39; southeast to NE Hwy 22; east to U.S. Hwy 81;
southeast to U.S. Hwy 30; east to U.S. Hwy 75; north to the Washington
County line; east to the Iowa-Nebraska border; south to the Missouri-
Nebraska border; south to Kansas-Nebraska border; west along Kansas-
Nebraska border to Colorado-Nebraska border; north and west to Wyoming-
Nebraska border; north to intersection of Interstate Canal; and
excluding that area in Zone 4.
Zone 4: Area encompassed by designated Federal and State highways
and County roads beginning at the intersection of NE Hwy 8 and U.S. Hwy
75; north to U.S. Hwy 136; east to the intersection of U.S. Hwy 136 and
the Steamboat Trace (Trace); north along the Trace to the intersection
with Federal Levee R-562; north along Federal Levee
[[Page 15895]]
R-562 to the intersection with Nemaha County Rd 643A; south to the
Trace; north along the Trace/Burlington Northern Railroad right-of-way
to NE Hwy 2; west to U.S. Hwy 75; north to NE Hwy 2; west to NE Hwy 50;
north to U.S. Hwy 34; west to NE Hwy 63; north to NE Hwy 66; north and
west to U.S. Hwy 77; north to NE Hwy 92; west to NE Hwy Spur 12F; south
to Butler County Rd 30; east to County Rd X; south to County Rd 27;
west to County Rd W; south to County Rd 26; east to County Rd X; south
to County Rd 21 (Seward County Line); west to NE Hwy 15; north to
County Rd 34; west to County Rd H; south to NE Hwy 92; west to U.S. Hwy
81; south to NE Hwy 66; west to Polk County Rd C; north to NE Hwy 92;
west to U.S. Hwy 30; west to Merrick County Rd 17; south to Hordlake
Road; southeast to Prairie Island Road; southeast to Hamilton County Rd
T; south to NE Hwy 66; west to NE Hwy 14; south to County Rd 22; west
to County Rd M; south to County Rd 21; west to County Rd K; south to
U.S. Hwy 34; west to NE Hwy 2; south to U.S. Hwy I-80; west to
Gunbarrel Rd (Hall/Hamilton County line); south to Giltner Rd; west to
U.S. Hwy 281; south to Lochland Rd; west to Holstein Avenue; south to
U.S. Hwy 34; west to NE Hwy 10; north to Kearney County Rd R and Phelps
County Rd 742; west to U.S. Hwy 283; south to U.S. Hwy 34; east to U.S.
Hwy 136; east to U.S. Hwy 183; north to NE Hwy 4; east to NE Hwy 10;
south to U.S. Hwy 136; east to NE Hwy 14; south to NE Hwy 8; east to
U.S. Hwy 81; north to NE Hwy 4; east to NE Hwy 15; south to U.S. Hwy
136; east to Jefferson County Rd 578 Avenue; south to PWF Rd; east to
NE Hwy 103; south to NE Hwy 8; east to U.S. Hwy 75.
New Mexico (Central Flyway Portion)
North Zone: That portion of the State north of I-40 and U.S. 54.
South Zone: The remainder of New Mexico.
North Dakota
High Plains: That portion of the State south and west of a line
beginning at the junction of U.S. Hwy 83 and the South Dakota State
line, then north along U.S. Hwy 83 and I-94 to ND Hwy 41, then north on
ND Hwy 41 to ND Hwy 53, then west on ND Hwy 53 to U.S. Hwy 83, then
north on U.S. Hwy 83 to U.S. Hwy 2, then west on U.S. Hwy 2 to the
Williams County line, then north and west along the Williams and Divide
County lines to the Canadian border.
Low Plains: The remainder of North Dakota.
Oklahoma
High Plains: The Counties of Beaver, Cimarron, and Texas.
Low Plains Zone 1: That portion of the State east of the High
Plains Zone and north of a line extending east from the Texas State
line along OK 33 to OK 47, east along OK 47 to U.S. 183, south along
U.S. 183 to I-40, east along I-40 to U.S. 177, north along U.S. 177 to
OK 33, east along OK 33 to OK 18, north along OK 18 to OK 51, west
along OK 51 to I-35, north along I-35 to U.S. 412, west along U.S. 412
to OK 132, then north along OK 132 to the Kansas State line.
Low Plains Zone 2: The remainder of Oklahoma.
South Dakota
High Plains: That portion of the State west of a line beginning at
the North Dakota State line and extending south along U.S. 83 to U.S.
14, east on U.S. 14 to Blunt, south on the Blunt-Canning Rd to SD 34,
east and south on SD 34 to SD 50 at Lee's Corner, south on SD 50 to I-
90, east on I-90 to SD 50, south on SD 50 to SD 44, west on SD 44
across the Platte-Winner bridge to SD 47, south on SD 47 to U.S. 18,
east on U.S. 18 to SD 47, south on SD 47 to the Nebraska State line.
Low Plains North Zone: That portion of northeastern South Dakota
east of the High Plains Unit and north of a line extending east along
U.S. 212 to the Minnesota State line.
Low Plains South Zone: That portion of Gregory County east of SD 47
and south of SD 44; Charles Mix County south of SD 44 to the Douglas
County line; south on SD 50 to Geddes; east on the Geddes Highway to
U.S. 281; south on U.S. 281 and U.S. 18 to SD 50; south and east on SD
50 to the Bon Homme County line; the Counties of Bon Homme, Yankton,
and Clay south of SD 50; and Union County south and west of SD 50 and
I-29.
Low Plains Middle Zone: The remainder of South Dakota.
Texas
High Plains: That portion of the State west of a line extending
south from the Oklahoma State line along U.S. 183 to Vernon, south
along U.S. 283 to Albany, south along TX 6 to TX 351 to Abilene, south
along U.S. 277 to Del Rio, then south along the Del Rio International
Toll Bridge access road to the Mexico border.
Low Plains North Zone: That portion of northeastern Texas east of
the High Plains Zone and north of a line beginning at the International
Toll Bridge south of Del Rio, then extending east on U.S. 90 to San
Antonio, then continuing east on I-10 to the Louisiana State line at
Orange, Texas.
Low Plains South Zone: The remainder of Texas.
Wyoming (Central Flyway portion)
Zone C1: Big Horn, Converse, Goshen, Hot Springs, Natrona, Park,
Platte, and Washakie Counties; and Fremont County excluding the
portions west or south of the Continental Divide.
Zone C2: Campbell, Crook, Johnson, Niobrara, Sheridan, and Weston
Counties.
Zone C3: Albany and Laramie Counties; and that portion of Carbon
County east of the Continental Divide.
Pacific Flyway
Arizona
North Zone: Game Management Units 1-5, those portions of Game
Management Units 6 and 8 within Coconino County, and Game Management
Units 7, 9, and 12A.
South Zone: Those portions of Game Management Units 6 and 8 in
Yavapai County, and Game Management Units 10 and 12B-45.
California
Northeastern Zone: That portion of California lying east and north
of a line beginning at the intersection of Interstate 5 with the
California-Oregon line; south along Interstate 5 to its junction with
Walters Lane south of the town of Yreka; west along Walters Lane to its
junction with Easy Street; south along Easy Street to the junction with
Old Highway 99; south along Old Highway 99 to the point of intersection
with Interstate 5 north of the town of Weed; south along Interstate 5
to its junction with Highway 89; east and south along Highway 89 to
Main Street Greenville; north and east to its junction with North
Valley Road; south to its junction of Diamond Mountain Road; north and
east to its junction with North Arm Road; south and west to the
junction of North Valley Road; south to the junction with Arlington
Road (A22); west to the junction of Highway 89; south and west to the
junction of Highway 70; east on Highway 70 to Highway 395; south and
east on Highway 395 to the point of intersection with the California-
Nevada State line; north along the California-Nevada State line to the
junction of the California-Nevada-Oregon State lines; west along the
California-Oregon State line to the point of origin.
Colorado River Zone: Those portions of San Bernardino, Riverside,
and Imperial Counties east of a line from the intersection of Highway
95 with the
[[Page 15896]]
California-Nevada State line; south on Highway 95 through the junction
with Highway 40; south on Highway 95 to Vidal Junction; south through
the town of Rice to the San Bernardino-Riverside County line on a road
known as ``Aqueduct Road'' also known as Highway 62 in San Bernardino
County; southwest on Highway 62 to Desert Center Rice Road; south on
Desert Center Rice Road/Highway 177 to the town of Desert Center; east
31 miles on Interstate 10 to its intersection with Wiley Well Road;
south on Wiley Well Road to Wiley Well; southeast on Milpitas Wash Road
to the Blythe, Brawley, Davis Lake intersections; south on Blythe
Ogilby Road also known as County Highway 34 to its intersection with
Ogilby Road; south on Ogilby Road to its intersection with Interstate
8; east 7 miles on Interstate 8 to its intersection with the Andrade-
Algodones Road/Highway 186; south on Highway 186 to its intersection
with the U.S.-Mexico border at Los Algodones, Mexico.
Southern Zone: That portion of southern California (but excluding
the Colorado River zone) south and east of a line beginning at the
mouth of the Santa Maria River at the Pacific Ocean; east along the
Santa Maria River to where it crosses Highway 101-166 near the City of
Santa Maria; north on Highway 101-166; east on Highway 166 to the
junction with Highway 99; south on Highway 99 to the junction of
Interstate 5; south on Interstate 5 to the crest of the Tehachapi
Mountains at Tejon Pass; east and north along the crest of the
Tehachapi Mountains to where it intersects Highway 178 at Walker Pass;
east on Highway 178 to the junction of Highway 395 at the town of
Inyokern; south on Highway 395 to the junction of Highway 58; east on
Highway 58 to the junction of Interstate 15; east on Interstate 15 to
the junction with Highway 127; north on Highway 127 to the point of
intersection with the California-Nevada State line.
Southern San Joaquin Valley Zone: All of Kings and Tulare Counties
and that portion of Kern County north of the Southern Zone.
Balance of State Zone: The remainder of California not included in
the Northeastern, Colorado River, Southern, and the Southern San
Joaquin Valley Zones.
Colorado (Pacific Flyway Portion)
Eastern Zone: Routt, Grand, Summit, Eagle, and Pitkin Counties,
those portions of Saguache, San Juan, Hinsdale, and Mineral Counties
west of the Continental Divide, those portions of Gunnison County
except the North Fork of the Gunnison River Valley (Game Management
Units 521, 53, and 63), and that portion of Moffat County east of the
northern intersection of Moffat County Road 29 with the Moffat-Routt
County line, south along Moffat County Road 29 to the intersection of
Moffat County Road 29 with the Moffat-Routt County line (Elkhead
Reservoir State Park).
Western Zone: All areas west of the Continental Divide not included
in the Eastern Zone.
Idaho
Zone 1: All lands and waters within the Fort Hall Indian
Reservation, including private in-holdings; Bannock County; Bingham
County except that portion within the Blackfoot Reservoir drainage;
Caribou County within the Fort Hall Indian Reservation; and Power
County east of State Highway 37 and State Highway 39.
Zone 2: Bear Lake, Bonneville, Butte, Clark, Fremont, Jefferson,
Madison, and Teton Counties; Bingham County within the Blackfoot
Reservoir drainage; and Caribou County except within the Fort Hall
Indian Reservation.
Zone 3: Ada, Adams, Benewah, Blaine, Boise, Bonner, Boundary,
Camas, Canyon, Cassia, Clearwater, Custer, Elmore, Franklin, Gem,
Gooding, Idaho, Jerome, Kootenai, Latah, Lemhi, Lewis, Lincoln,
Minidoka, Nez Perce, Oneida, Owyhee, Payette, Shoshone, Twin Falls, and
Washington Counties; and Power County west of State Highway 37 and
State Highway 39.
Zone 4: Valley County.
Nevada
Northeast Zone: Elko and White Pine Counties.
Northwest Zone: Carson City, Churchill, Douglas, Esmeralda, Eureka,
Humboldt, Lander, Lyon, Mineral, Nye, Pershing, Storey, and Washoe
Counties.
South Zone: Clark and Lincoln Counties.
Moapa Valley Special Management Area: That portion of Clark County
including the Moapa Valley to the confluence of the Muddy and Virgin
Rivers.
Oregon
Zone 1: Benton, Clackamas, Clatsop, Columbia, Coos, Curry, Douglas,
Gilliam, Hood River, Jackson, Josephine, Lane, Lincoln, Linn, Marion,
Morrow, Multnomah, Polk, Sherman, Tillamook, Umatilla, Wasco,
Washington, and Yamhill Counties.
Zone 2: The remainder of Oregon not included in Zone 1.
Utah
Zone 1: Box Elder, Cache, Daggett, Davis, Duchesne, Morgan, Rich,
Salt Lake, Summit, Uintah, Utah, Wasatch, and Weber Counties, and that
part of Toole County north of I-80.
Zone 2: The remainder of Utah not included in Zone 1.
Washington
East Zone: All areas east of the Pacific Crest Trail and east of
the Big White Salmon River in Klickitat County.
West Zone: The remainder of Washington not included in the East
Zone.
Wyoming (Pacific Flyway Portion)
Snake River Zone: Beginning at the south boundary of Yellowstone
National Park and the Continental Divide; south along the Continental
Divide to Union Pass and the Union Pass Road (U.S.F.S. Road 600); west
and south along the Union Pass Road to U.S.F.S. Road 605; south along
U.S.F.S. Road 605 to the Bridger-Teton National Forest boundary; along
the national forest boundary to the Idaho State line; north along the
Idaho State line to the south boundary of Yellowstone National Park;
east along the Yellowstone National Park boundary to the Continental
Divide.
Balance of State Zone: The remainder of the Pacific Flyway portion
of Wyoming not included in the Snake River Zone.
Geese
Atlantic Flyway
Connecticut
Early Canada Goose Seasons
South Zone: Same as for ducks.
North Zone: Same as for ducks.
Regular Seasons
AP Unit: Litchfield County and the portion of Hartford County west
of a line beginning at the Massachusetts border in Suffield and
extending south along Route 159 to its intersection with I-91 in
Hartford, and then extending south along I-91 to its intersection with
the Hartford-Middlesex County line.
NAP H-Unit: That part of the State east of a line beginning at the
Massachusetts border in Suffield and extending south along Route 159 to
its intersection with I-91 in Hartford and then extending south along
I-91 to State Street in New Haven; then south on State Street to Route
34, west on Route 34 to Route 8, south along Route 8 to Route 110,
south along Route 110 to Route 15, north along Route 15 to the Milford
Parkway, south along the Milford Parkway to I-95, north along I-95 to
the intersection with the east shore of the Quinnipiac River, south to
the mouth of the Quinnipiac River and then
[[Page 15897]]
south along the eastern shore of New Haven Harbor to the Long Island
Sound.
Atlantic Flyway Resident Population (AFRP) Unit: Remainder of the
State not included in AP and NAP Units.
South Zone: Same as for ducks.
Maine
North NAP-H Zone: Same as North Zone for ducks.
Coastal NAP-L Zone: Same as Coastal Zone for ducks.
South NAP-H Zone: Same as South Zone for ducks.
Maryland
Early Canada Goose Seasons
Eastern Unit: Calvert, Caroline, Cecil, Dorchester, Harford, Kent,
Queen Anne's, St. Mary's, Somerset, Talbot, Wicomico, and Worcester
Counties; and that part of Anne Arundel County east of Interstate 895,
Interstate 97, and Route 3; that part of Prince George's County east of
Route 3 and Route 301; and that part of Charles County east of Route
301 to the Virginia State line.
Western Unit: Allegany, Baltimore, Carroll, Frederick, Garrett,
Howard, Montgomery, and Washington Counties and that part of Anne
Arundel County west of Interstate 895, Interstate 97, and Route 3; that
part of Prince George's County west of Route 3 and Route 301; and that
part of Charles County west of Route 301 to the Virginia State line.
Regular Seasons
Resident Population (RP) Zone: Allegany, Frederick, Garrett,
Montgomery, and Washington Counties; that portion of Prince George's
County west of Route 3 and Route 301; that portion of Charles County
west of Route 301 to the Virginia State line; and that portion of
Carroll County west of Route 31 to the intersection of Route 97, and
west of Route 97 to the Pennsylvania State line.
AP Zone: Remainder of the State.
Massachusetts
NAP Zone: Central and Coastal Zones (see duck zones).
AP Zone: The Western Zone (see duck zones).
Special Late Season Area: The Central Zone and that portion of the
Coastal Zone (see duck zones) that lies north of the Cape Cod Canal,
north to the New Hampshire State line.
New Hampshire
Same zones as for ducks.
New Jersey
AP Zone: North and South Zones (see duck zones).
NAP Zone: The Coastal Zone (see duck zones).
Special Late Season Area: In northern New Jersey, that portion of
the State within a continuous line that runs east along the New York
State boundary line to the Hudson River; then south along the New York
State boundary to its intersection with Route 440 at Perth Amboy; then
west on Route 440 to its intersection with Route 287; then west along
Route 287 to its intersection with Route 206 in Bedminster (Exit 18);
then north along Route 206 to its intersection with Route 94; then west
along Route 94 to the toll bridge in Columbia; then north along the
Pennsylvania State boundary in the Delaware River to the beginning
point. In southern New Jersey, that portion of the State within a
continuous line that runs west from the Atlantic Ocean at Ship Bottom
along Route 72 to Route 70; then west along Route 70 to Route 206; then
south along Route 206 to Route 536; then west along Route 536 to Route
322; then west along Route 322 to Route 55; then south along Route 55
to Route 553 (Buck Road); then south along Route 553 to Route 40; then
east along Route 40 to Route 55; then south along Route 55 to Route 552
(Sherman Avenue); then west along Route 552 to Carmel Road; then south
along Carmel Road to Route 49; then east along Route 49 to Route 555;
then south along Route 555 to Route 553; then east along Route 553 to
Route 649; then north along Route 649 to Route 670; then east along
Route 670 to Route 47; then north along Route 47 to Route 548; then
east along Route 548 to Route 49; then east along Route 49 to Route 50;
then south along Route 50 to Route 9; then south along Route 9 to Route
625 (Sea Isle City Boulevard); then east along Route 625 to the
Atlantic Ocean; then north to the beginning point.
New York
Lake Champlain Goose Area: The same as the Lake Champlain Waterfowl
Hunting Zone, which is that area of New York State lying east and north
of a continuous line extending along Route 11 from the New York-Canada
international boundary south to Route 9B, south along Route 9B to Route
9, south along Route 9 to Route 22 south of Keeseville, south along
Route 22 to the west shore of South Bay along and around the shoreline
of South Bay to Route 22 on the east shore of South Bay, southeast
along Route 22 to Route 4, northeast along Route 4 to the New York-
Vermont boundary.
Northeast Goose Area: The same as the Northeastern Waterfowl
Hunting Zone, which is that area of New York State lying north of a
continuous line extending from Lake Ontario east along the north shore
of the Salmon River to Interstate 81, south along Interstate 81 to
Route 31, east along Route 31 to Route 13, north along Route 13 to
Route 49, east along Route 49 to Route 365, east along Route 365 to
Route 28, east along Route 28 to Route 29, east along Route 29 to Route
22 at Greenwich Junction, north along Route 22 to Washington County
Route 153, east along CR 153 to the New York-Vermont boundary,
exclusive of the Lake Champlain Zone.
East Central Goose Area: That area of New York State lying inside
of a continuous line extending from Interstate Route 81 in Cicero, east
along Route 31 to Route 13, north along Route 13 to Route 49, east
along Route 49 to Route 365, east along Route 365 to Route 28, east
along Route 28 to Route 29, east along Route 29 to Route 147 at Kimball
Corners, south along Route 147 to Schenectady County Route 40 (West
Glenville Road), west along Route 40 to Touareuna Road, south along
Touareuna Road to Schenectady County Route 59, south along Route 59 to
State Route 5, east along Route 5 to the Lock 9 bridge, southwest along
the Lock 9 bridge to Route 5S, southeast along Route 5S to Schenectady
County Route 58, southwest along Route 58 to the NYS Thruway, south
along the Thruway to Route 7, southwest along Route 7 to Schenectady
County Route 103, south along Route 103 to Route 406, east along Route
406 to Schenectady County Route 99 (Windy Hill Road), south along Route
99 to Dunnsville Road, south along Dunnsville Road to Route 397,
southwest along Route 397 to Route 146 at Altamont, west along Route
146 to Albany County Route 252, northwest along Route 252 to
Schenectady County Route 131, north along Route 131 to Route 7, west
along Route 7 to Route 10 at Richmondville, south on Route 10 to Route
23 at Stamford, west along Route 23 to Route 7 in Oneonta, southwest
along Route 7 to Route 79 to Interstate Route 88 near Harpursville,
west along Route 88 to Interstate Route 81, north along Route 81 to the
point of beginning.
West Central Goose Area: That area of New York State lying within a
continuous line beginning at the point where the northerly extension of
Route 269 (County Line Road on the Niagara-Orleans County boundary)
meets the international boundary with Canada, south to the shore of
Lake Ontario at the eastern boundary of Golden Hill State Park, south
along the extension of Route 269 and Route 269 to Route 104 at Jeddo,
west along Route 104 to Niagara County Route 271, south along Route 271
to Route 31E at Middleport, south along Route 31E to Route 31, west
along Route 31 to Griswold Street, south along
[[Page 15898]]
Griswold Street to Ditch Road, south along Ditch Road to Foot Road,
south along Foot Road to the north bank of Tonawanda Creek, west along
the north bank of Tonawanda Creek to Route 93, south along Route 93 to
Route 5, east along Route 5 to Crittenden-Murrays Corners Road, south
on Crittenden-Murrays Corners Road to the NYS Thruway, east along the
Thruway 90 to Route 98 (at Thruway Exit 48) in Batavia, south along
Route 98 to Route 20, east along Route 20 to Route 19 in Pavilion
Center, south along Route 19 to Route 63, southeast along Route 63 to
Route 246, south along Route 246 to Route 39 in Perry, northeast along
Route 39 to Route 20A, northeast along Route 20A to Route 20, east
along Route 20 to Route 364 (near Canandaigua), south and east along
Route 364 to Yates County Route 18 (Italy Valley Road), southwest along
Route 18 to Yates County Route 34, east along Route 34 to Yates County
Route 32, south along Route 32 to Steuben County Route 122, south along
Route 122 to Route 53, south along Route 53 to Steuben County Route 74,
east along Route 74 to Route 54A (near Pulteney), south along Route 54A
to Steuben County Route 87, east along Route 87 to Steuben County Route
96, east along Route 96 to Steuben County Route 114, east along Route
114 to Schuyler County Route 23, east and southeast along Route 23 to
Schuyler County Route 28, southeast along Route 28 to Route 409 at
Watkins Glen, south along Route 409 to Route 14, south along Route 14
to Route 224 at Montour Falls, east along Route 224 to Route 228 in
Odessa, north along Route 228 to Route 79 in Mecklenburg, east along
Route 79 to Route 366 in Ithaca, northeast along Route 366 to Route 13,
northeast along Route 13 to Interstate Route 81 in Cortland, north
along Route 81 to the north shore of the Salmon River to shore of Lake
Ontario, extending generally northwest in a straight line to the
nearest point of the international boundary with Canada, south and west
along the international boundary to the point of beginning.
Hudson Valley Goose Area: That area of New York State lying within
a continuous line extending from Route 4 at the New York-Vermont
boundary, west and south along Route 4 to Route 149 at Fort Ann, west
on Route 149 to Route 9, south along Route 9 to Interstate Route 87 (at
Exit 20 in Glens Falls), south along Route 87 to Route 29, west along
Route 29 to Route 147 at Kimball Corners, south along Route 147 to
Schenectady County Route 40 (West Glenville Road), west along Route 40
to Touareuna Road, south along Touareuna Road to Schenectady County
Route 59, south along Route 59 to State Route 5, east along Route 5 to
the Lock 9 bridge, southwest along the Lock 9 bridge to Route 5S,
southeast along Route 5S to Schenectady County Route 58, southwest
along Route 58 to the NYS Thruway, south along the Thruway to Route 7,
southwest along Route 7 to Schenectady County Route 103, south along
Route 103 to Route 406, east along Route 406 to Schenectady County
Route 99 (Windy Hill Road), south along Route 99 to Dunnsville Road,
south along Dunnsville Road to Route 397, southwest along Route 397 to
Route 146 at Altamont, southeast along Route 146 to Main Street in
Altamont, west along Main Street to Route 156, southeast along Route
156 to Albany County Route 307, southeast along Route 307 to Route 85A,
southwest along Route 85A to Route 85, south along Route 85 to Route
443, southeast along Route 443 to Albany County Route 301 at
Clarksville, southeast along Route 301 to Route 32, south along Route
32 to Route 23 at Cairo, west along Route 23 to Joseph Chadderdon Road,
southeast along Joseph Chadderdon Road to Hearts Content Road (Greene
County Route 31), southeast along Route 31 to Route 32, south along
Route 32 to Greene County Route 23A, east along Route 23A to Interstate
Route 87 (the NYS Thruway), south along Route 87 to Route 28 (Exit 19)
near Kingston, northwest on Route 28 to Route 209, southwest on Route
209 to the New York-Pennsylvania boundary, southeast along the New
York-Pennsylvania boundary to the New York-New Jersey boundary,
southeast along the New York-New Jersey boundary to Route 210 near
Greenwood Lake, northeast along Route 210 to Orange County Route 5,
northeast along Orange County Route 5 to Route 105 in the Village of
Monroe, east and north along Route 105 to Route 32, northeast along
Route 32 to Orange County Route 107 (Quaker Avenue), east along Route
107 to Route 9W, north along Route 9W to the south bank of Moodna
Creek, southeast along the south bank of Moodna Creek to the New
Windsor-Cornwall town boundary, northeast along the New Windsor-
Cornwall town boundary to the Orange-Dutchess County boundary (middle
of the Hudson River), north along the county boundary to Interstate
Route 84, east along Route 84 to the Dutchess-Putnam County boundary,
east along the county boundary to the New York-Connecticut boundary,
north along the New York-Connecticut boundary to the New York-
Massachusetts boundary, north along the New York-Massachusetts boundary
to the New York-Vermont boundary, north to the point of beginning.
Eastern Long Island Goose Area (NAP High Harvest Area): That area
of Suffolk County lying east of a continuous line extending due south
from the New York-Connecticut boundary to the northernmost end of
Roanoke Avenue in the Town of Riverhead; then south on Roanoke Avenue
(which becomes County Route 73) to State Route 25; then west on Route
25 to Peconic Avenue; then south on Peconic Avenue to County Route (CR)
104 (Riverleigh Avenue); then south on CR 104 to CR 31 (Old Riverhead
Road); then south on CR 31 to Oak Street; then south on Oak Street to
Potunk Lane; then west on Stevens Lane; then south on Jessup Avenue (in
Westhampton Beach) to Dune Road (CR 89); then due south to
international waters.
Western Long Island Goose Area (RP Area): That area of Westchester
County and its tidal waters southeast of Interstate Route 95 and that
area of Nassau and Suffolk Counties lying west of a continuous line
extending due south from the New York-Connecticut boundary to the
northernmost end of Sound Road (just east of Wading River Marsh); then
south on Sound Road to North Country Road; then west on North Country
Road to Randall Road; then south on Randall Road to Route 25A, then
west on Route 25A to the Sunken Meadow State Parkway; then south on the
Sunken Meadow Parkway to the Sagtikos State Parkway; then south on the
Sagtikos Parkway to the Robert Moses State Parkway; then south on the
Robert Moses Parkway to its southernmost end; then due south to
international waters.
Central Long Island Goose Area (NAP Low Harvest Area): That area of
Suffolk County lying between the Western and Eastern Long Island Goose
Areas, as defined above.
South Goose Area: The remainder of New York State, excluding New
York City.
North Carolina
Northeast Zone: Includes the following counties or portions of
counties: Bertie (that portion north and east of a line formed by NC 45
at the Washington County line to U.S. 17 in Midway, U.S. 17 in Midway
to U.S. 13 in Windsor, U.S. 13 in Windsor to the Hertford County line),
Camden, Chowan, Currituck, Dare, Hyde, Pasquotank, Perquimans, Tyrrell,
and Washington.
RP Zone: Remainder of the State.
[[Page 15899]]
Pennsylvania
Resident Canada Goose Zone: All of Pennsylvania except for SJBP
Zone and the area east of route SR 97 from the Maryland State Line to
the intersection of SR 194, east of SR 194 to the intersection of U.S.
Route 30, south of U.S. Route 30 to SR 441, east of SR 441 to SR 743,
east of SR 743 to intersection of I-81, east of I-81 to intersection of
I-80, and south of I-80 to the New Jersey State line.
SJBP Zone: The area north of I-80 and west of I-79 including in the
city of Erie west of Bay Front Parkway to and including the Lake Erie
Duck zone (Lake Erie, Presque Isle, and the area within 150 yards of
the Lake Erie shoreline).
AP Zone: The area east of route SR 97 from Maryland State Line to
the intersection of SR 194, east of SR 194 to intersection of U.S.
Route 30, south of U.S. Route 30 to SR 441, east of SR 441 to SR 743,
east of SR 743 to intersection of I-81, east of I-81 to intersection of
I-80, south of I-80 to the New Jersey State line.
Rhode Island
Special Area for Canada Geese: Kent and Providence Counties and
portions of the towns of Exeter and North Kingston within Washington
County (see State regulations for detailed descriptions).
South Carolina
Canada Goose Area: Statewide except for the following area:
East of U.S. 301: That portion of Clarendon County bounded to the
North by S-14-25, to the East by Hwy 260, and to the South by the
markers delineating the channel of the Santee River.
West of U.S. 301: That portion of Clarendon County bounded on the
North by S-14-26 extending southward to that portion of Orangeburg
County bordered by Hwy 6.
Vermont
Same zones as for ducks.
Virginia
AP Zone: The area east and south of the following line--the
Stafford County line from the Potomac River west to Interstate 95 at
Fredericksburg, then south along Interstate 95 to Petersburg, then
Route 460 (SE) to City of Suffolk, then south along Route 32 to the
North Carolina line.
SJBP Zone: The area to the west of the AP Zone boundary and east of
the following line: the ``Blue Ridge'' (mountain spine) at the West
Virginia-Virginia Border (Loudoun County-Clarke County line) south to
Interstate 64 (the Blue Ridge line follows county borders along the
western edge of Loudoun-Fauquier-Rappahannock-Madison-Greene-Albemarle
and into Nelson Counties), then east along Interstate Rte. 64 to Route
15, then south along Rte. 15 to the North Carolina line.
RP Zone: The remainder of the State west of the SJBP Zone.
Mississippi Flyway
Arkansas
Northwest Zone: Baxter, Benton, Boone, Carroll, Conway, Crawford,
Faulkner, Franklin, Johnson, Logan, Madison, Marion, Newton, Perry,
Pope, Pulaski, Searcy, Sebastian, Scott, Van Buren, Washington, and
Yell Counties.
Remainder of State: That portion of the State outside of the
Northwest Zone.
Illinois
Early Canada Goose Seasons
North September Canada Goose Zone: That portion of the State north
of a line extending west from the Indiana border along Interstate 80 to
I-39, south along I-39 to Illinois Route 18, west along Illinois Route
18 to Illinois Route 29, south along Illinois Route 29 to Illinois
Route 17, west along Illinois Route 17 to the Mississippi River, and
due south across the Mississippi River to the Iowa border.
Central September Canada Goose Zone: That portion of the State
south of the North September Canada Goose Zone line to a line extending
west from the Indiana border along I-70 to Illinois Route 4, south
along Illinois Route 4 to Illinois Route 161, west along Illinois Route
161 to Illinois Route 158, south and west along Illinois Route 158 to
Illinois Route 159, south along Illinois Route 159 to Illinois Route 3,
south along Illinois Route 3 to St. Leo's Road, south along St. Leo's
road to Modoc Road, west along Modoc Road to Modoc Ferry Road,
southwest along Modoc Ferry Road to Levee Road, southeast along Levee
Road to County Route 12 (Modoc Ferry entrance Road), south along County
Route 12 to the Modoc Ferry route and southwest on the Modoc Ferry
route across the Mississippi River to the Missouri border.
South September Canada Goose Zone: That portion of the State south
and east of a line extending west from the Indiana border along
Interstate 70, south along U.S. Highway 45, to Illinois Route 13, west
along Illinois Route 13 to Greenbriar Road, north on Greenbriar Road to
Sycamore Road, west on Sycamore Road to N. Reed Station Road, south on
N. Reed Station Road to Illinois Route 13, west along Illinois Route 13
to Illinois Route 127, south along Illinois Route 127 to State Forest
Road (1025 N), west along State Forest Road to Illinois Route 3, north
along Illinois Route 3 to the south bank of the Big Muddy River, west
along the south bank of the Big Muddy River to the Mississippi River,
west across the Mississippi River to the Missouri border.
South Central September Canada Goose Zone: The remainder of the
State between the south border of the Central September Canada Goose
Zone and the north border of the South September Canada Goose Zone.
Regular Seasons
North Zone: That portion of the State north of a line extending
west from the Indiana border along Interstate 80 to I-39, south along
I-39 to Illinois Route 18, west along Illinois Route 18 to Illinois
Route 29, south along Illinois Route 29 to Illinois Route 17, west
along Illinois Route 17 to the Mississippi River, and due south across
the Mississippi River to the Iowa border.
Central Zone: That portion of the State south of the North Goose
Zone line to a line extending west from the Indiana border along I-70
to Illinois Route 4, south along Illinois Route 4 to Illinois Route
161, west along Illinois Route 161 to Illinois Route 158, south and
west along Illinois Route 158 to Illinois Route 159, south along
Illinois Route 159 to Illinois Route 3, south along Illinois Route 3 to
St. Leo's Road, south along St. Leo's road to Modoc Road, west along
Modoc Road to Modoc Ferry Road, southwest along Modoc Ferry Road to
Levee Road, southeast along Levee Road to County Route 12 (Modoc Ferry
entrance Road), south along County Route 12 to the Modoc Ferry route
and southwest on the Modoc Ferry route across the Mississippi River to
the Missouri border.
South Zone: Same zone as for ducks.
South Central Zone: Same zone as for ducks.
Indiana
Same zones as for ducks.
Iowa
Early Canada Goose Seasons
Cedar Rapids/Iowa City Goose Zone: Includes portions of Linn and
Johnson Counties bounded as follows: Beginning at the intersection of
the west border of Linn County and Linn County Road E2W; then south and
east along County Road E2W to Highway 920; then north along Highway 920
to County Road E16; then east along County Road E16 to County Road W58;
then south along County Road W58 to County Road E34; then east along
County Road E34 to
[[Page 15900]]
Highway 13; then south along Highway 13 to Highway 30; then east along
Highway 30 to Highway 1; then south along Highway 1 to Morse Road in
Johnson County; then east along Morse Road to Wapsi Avenue; then south
along Wapsi Avenue to Lower West Branch Road; then west along Lower
West Branch Road to Taft Avenue; then south along Taft Avenue to County
Road F62; then west along County Road F62 to Kansas Avenue; then north
along Kansas Avenue to Black Diamond Road; then west on Black Diamond
Road to Jasper Avenue; then north along Jasper Avenue to Rohert Road;
then west along Rohert Road to Ivy Avenue; then north along Ivy Avenue
to 340th Street; then west along 340th Street to Half Moon Avenue; then
north along Half Moon Avenue to Highway 6; then west along Highway 6 to
Echo Avenue; then north along Echo Avenue to 250th Street; then east on
250th Street to Green Castle Avenue; then north along Green Castle
Avenue to County Road F12; then west along County Road F12 to County
Road W30; then north along County Road W30 to Highway 151; then north
along the Linn-Benton County line to the point of beginning.
Des Moines Goose Zone: Includes those portions of Polk, Warren,
Madison, and Dallas Counties bounded as follows: Beginning at the
intersection of Northwest 158th Avenue and County Road R38 in Polk
County; then south along R38 to Northwest 142nd Avenue; then east along
Northwest 142nd Avenue to Northeast 126th Avenue; then east along
Northeast 126th Avenue to Northeast 46th Street; then south along
Northeast 46th Street to Highway 931; then east along Highway 931 to
Northeast 80th Street; then south along Northeast 80th Street to
Southeast 6th Avenue; then west along Southeast 6th Avenue to Highway
65; then south and west along Highway 65 to Highway 69 in Warren
County; then south along Highway 69 to County Road G24; then west along
County Road G24 to Highway 28; then southwest along Highway 28 to 43rd
Avenue; then north along 43rd Avenue to Ford Street; then west along
Ford Street to Filmore Street; then west along Filmore Street to 10th
Avenue; then south along 10th Avenue to 155th Street in Madison County;
then west along 155th Street to Cumming Road; then north along Cumming
Road to Badger Creek Avenue; then north along Badger Creek Avenue to
County Road F90 in Dallas County; then east along County Road F90 to
County Road R22; then north along County Road R22 to Highway 44; then
east along Highway 44 to County Road R30; then north along County Road
R30 to County Road F31; then east along County Road F31 to Highway 17;
then north along Highway 17 to Highway 415 in Polk County; then east
along Highway 415 to Northwest 158th Avenue; then east along Northwest
158th Avenue to the point of beginning.
Cedar Falls/Waterloo Goose Zone: Includes those portions of Black
Hawk County bounded as follows: Beginning at the intersection of County
Roads C66 and V49 in Black Hawk County, then south along County Road
V49 to County Road D38, then west along County Road D38 to State
Highway 21, then south along State Highway 21 to County Road D35, then
west along County Road D35 to Grundy Road, then north along Grundy Road
to County Road D19, then west along County Road D19 to Butler Road,
then north along Butler Road to County Road C57, then north and east
along County Road C57 to U.S. Highway 63, then south along U.S. Highway
63 to County Road C66, then east along County Road C66 to the point of
beginning.
Regular Seasons
Same zones as for ducks.
Louisiana
North Zone: That portion of the State north of the line from the
Texas border at Hwy 190/12 east to Hwy 49, then south on Hwy 49 to I-
10, then east on I-10 to I-12, then east on I-12 to I-10, then east on
I-10 to the Mississippi State line.
South Zone: Remainder of the State.
Michigan
North Zone: Same as North duck zone.
Middle Zone: Same as Middle duck zone.
South Zone: Same as South duck zone.
Allegan County Game Management Unit (GMU): That area encompassed by
a line beginning at the junction of 136th Avenue and Interstate Highway
196 in Lake Town Township and extending easterly along 136th Avenue to
Michigan Highway 40, southerly along Michigan 40 through the city of
Allegan to 108th Avenue in Trowbridge Township, westerly along 108th
Avenue to 46th Street, northerly along 46th Street to 109th Avenue,
westerly along 109th Avenue to I-196 in Casco Township, then northerly
along I-196 to the point of beginning.
Muskegon Wastewater GMU: That portion of Muskegon County within the
boundaries of the Muskegon County wastewater system, east of the
Muskegon State Game Area, in sections 5, 6, 7, 8, 17, 18, 19, 20, 29,
30, and 32, T10N R14W, and sections 1, 2, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 24, and
25, T10N R15W, as posted.
Minnesota
Same zones as for ducks.
Missouri
Same zones as for ducks.
Ohio
Same zones as for ducks.
Tennessee
Reelfoot Zone: The lands and waters within the boundaries of
Reelfoot Lake WMA only.
Remainder of State: The remainder of the State.
Wisconsin
Early Canada Goose Seasons
Early-Season Subzone A: That portion of the State encompassed by a
line beginning at the intersection of U.S. Highway 141 and the Michigan
border near Niagara, then south along U.S. 141 to State Highway 22,
west and southwest along State 22 to U.S. 45, south along U.S. 45 to
State 22, west and south along State 22 to State 110, south along State
110 to U.S. 10, south along U.S. 10 to State 49, south along State 49
to State 23, west along State 23 to State 73, south along State 73 to
State 60, west along State 60 to State 23, south along State 23 to
State 11, east along State 11 to State 78, then south along State 78 to
the Illinois border.
Early-Season Subzone B: The remainder of the State.
Regular Seasons
Same zones as for ducks.
Central Flyway
Colorado (Central Flyway Portion)
Northern Front Range Area: All areas in Boulder, Larimer, and Weld
Counties from the Continental Divide east along the Wyoming border to
U.S. 85, south on U.S. 85 to the Adams County line, and all lands in
Adams, Arapahoe, Broomfield, Clear Creek, Denver, Douglas, Gilpin, and
Jefferson Counties.
North Park Area: Jackson County.
South Park Area: Chaffee, Custer, Fremont, Lake, Park, and Teller
Counties.
San Luis Valley Area: All of Alamosa, Conejos, Costilla, and Rio
Grande Counties, and those portions of Saguache, Mineral, Hinsdale,
Archuleta, and San Juan Counties east of the Continental Divide.
Remainder: Remainder of the Central Flyway portion of Colorado.
[[Page 15901]]
Eastern Colorado Late Light Goose Area: That portion of the State
east of Interstate Highway 25.
Montana (Central Flyway Portion)
Zone 1: Same as Zone 1 for ducks and coots.
Zone 2: Same as Zone 2 for ducks and coots.
Nebraska
Dark Geese
Niobrara Unit: That area contained within and bounded by the
intersection of the South Dakota State line and the eastern Cherry
County line, south along the Cherry County line to the Niobrara River,
east to the Norden Road, south on the Norden Road to U.S. Hwy 20, east
along U.S. Hwy 20 to NE Hwy 14, north along NE Hwy 14 to NE Hwy 59 and
County Road 872, west along County Road 872 to the Knox County Line,
north along the Knox County Line to the South Dakota State line. Where
the Niobrara River forms the boundary, both banks of the river are
included in the Niobrara Unit.
East Unit: That area north and east of U.S. 81 at the Kansas-
Nebraska State line, north to NE Hwy 91, east to U.S. 275, south to
U.S. 77, south to NE 91, east to U.S. 30, east to the Nebraska-Iowa
State line.
Platte River Unit: That area north and west of U.S. 81 at the
Kansas-Nebraska State line, north to NE Hwy 91, west along NE 91 to NE
11, north to the Holt County line, west along the northern border of
Garfield, Loup, Blaine, and Thomas Counties to the Hooker County line,
south along the Thomas-Hooker County lines to the McPherson County
line, east along the south border of Thomas County to the western line
of Custer County, south along the Custer-Logan County line to NE 92,
west to U.S. 83, north to NE 92, west to NE 61, south along NE 61 to NE
92, west along NE 92 to U.S. Hwy 26, south along U.S. Hwy 26 to Keith
County Line, south along Keith County Line to the Colorado State line.
Panhandle Unit: That area north and west of Keith-Deuel County Line
at the Nebraska-Colorado State line, north along the Keith County Line
to U.S. Hwy 26, west to NE Hwy 92, east to NE Hwy 61, north along NE
Hwy 61 to NE Hwy 2, west along NE 2 to the corner formed by Garden-
Grant-Sheridan Counties, west along the north border of Garden,
Morrill, and Scotts Bluff Counties to the intersection of the
Interstate Canal, west to the Wyoming State line.
North-Central Unit: The remainder of the State.
Light Geese
Rainwater Basin Light Goose Area: The area bounded by the junction
of NE Hwy 92 and NE Hwy 15, south along NE Hwy 15 to NE Hwy 4, west
along NE Hwy 4 to U.S. Hwy 34, west along U.S. Hwy 34 to U.S. Hwy 283,
north along U.S. Hwy 283 to U.S. Hwy 30, east along U.S. Hwy 30 to NE
Hwy 92, east along NE Hwy 92 to the beginning.
Remainder of State: The remainder of Nebraska.
New Mexico (Central Flyway Portion)
Dark Geese
Middle Rio Grande Valley Unit: Sierra, Socorro, and Valencia
Counties.
Remainder: The remainder of the Central Flyway portion of New
Mexico.
North Dakota
Missouri River Canada Goose Zone: The area within and bounded by a
line starting where ND Hwy 6 crosses the South Dakota border; then
north on ND Hwy 6 to I-94; then west on I-94 to ND Hwy 49; then north
on ND Hwy 49 to ND Hwy 200; then west on ND Hwy 200; then north on ND
Hwy 8 to the Mercer/McLean County line; then east following the county
line until it turns south toward Garrison Dam; then east along a line
(including Mallard Island) of Lake Sakakawea to U.S. Hwy 83; then south
on U.S. Hwy 83 to ND Hwy 200; then east on ND Hwy 200 to ND Hwy 41;
then south on ND Hwy 41 to U.S. Hwy 83; then south on U.S. Hwy 83 to I-
94; then east on I-94 to U.S. Hwy 83; then south on U.S. Hwy 83 to the
South Dakota border; then west along the South Dakota border to ND Hwy
6.
Western North Dakota Canada Goose Zone: Same as the High Plains
Unit for ducks, mergansers and coots, excluding the Missouri River
Canada Goose Zone.
Rest of State: Remainder of North Dakota.
South Dakota
Early Canada Goose Seasons
Special Early Canada Goose Unit: The Counties of Campbell, Clark,
Codington, Day, Deuel, Grant, Hamlin, Marshall, Roberts, Walworth; that
portion of Perkins County west of State Highway 75 and south of State
Highway 20; that portion of Dewey County north of Bureau of Indian
Affairs Road 8, Bureau of Indian Affairs Road 9, and the section of
U.S. Highway 212 east of the Bureau of Indian Affairs Road 8 junction;
that portion of Potter County east of U.S. Highway 83; that portion of
Sully County east of U.S. Highway 83; portions of Hyde, Buffalo, Brule,
and Charles Mix Counties north and east of a line beginning at the
Hughes-Hyde County line on State Highway 34, east to Lees Boulevard,
southeast to State Highway 34, east 7 miles to 350th Avenue, south to
Interstate 90 on 350th Avenue, south and east on State Highway 50 to
Geddes, east on 285th Street to U.S. Highway 281, and north on U.S.
Highway 281 to the Charles Mix-Douglas County boundary; that portion of
Bon Homme County north of State Highway 50; those portions of Yankton
and Clay Counties north of a line beginning at the junction of State
Highway 50 and 306th Street/County Highway 585 in Bon Homme County,
east to U.S. Highway 81, then north on U.S. Highway 81 to 303rd Street,
then east on 303rd Street to 444th Avenue, then south on 444th Avenue
to 305th Street, then east on 305th Street/Bluff Road to State Highway
19, then south to State Highway 50 and east to the Clay/Union County
Line; Aurora, Beadle, Brookings, Brown, Butte, Corson, Davison,
Douglas, Edmunds, Faulk, Haakon, Hand, Hanson, Harding, Hutchinson,
Jackson, Jerauld, Jones, Kingsbury, Lake, McCook, McPherson, Meade,
Mellette, Miner, Moody, Oglala Lakota (formerly Shannon), Sanborn,
Spink, Todd, Turner, and Ziebach Counties; and those portions of
Minnehaha and Lincoln Counties outside of an area bounded by a line
beginning at the junction of the South Dakota-Minnesota State line and
Minnehaha County Highway 122 (254th Street) west to its junction with
Minnehaha County Highway 149 (464th Avenue), south on Minnehaha County
Highway 149 (464th Avenue) to Hartford, then south on Minnehaha County
Highway 151 (463rd Avenue) to State Highway 42, east on State Highway
42 to State Highway 17, south on State Highway 17 to its junction with
Lincoln County Highway 116 (Klondike Road), and east on Lincoln County
Highway 116 (Klondike Road) to the South Dakota-Iowa State line, then
north along the South Dakota-Iowa and South Dakota-Minnesota border to
the junction of the South Dakota-Minnesota State line and Minnehaha
County Highway 122 (254th Street).
Regular Seasons
Unit 1: Same as that for the September Canada goose season.
Unit 2: Remainder of South Dakota.
Unit 3: Bennett County.
Texas
Northeast Goose Zone: That portion of Texas lying east and north of
a line beginning at the Texas-Oklahoma border at U.S. 81, then
continuing south to Bowie and then southeasterly along U.S. 81 and U.S.
287 to I-35W and I-35 to
[[Page 15902]]
the juncture with I-10 in San Antonio, then east on I-10 to the Texas-
Louisiana border.
Southeast Goose Zone: That portion of Texas lying east and south of
a line beginning at the International Toll Bridge at Laredo, then
continuing north following I-35 to the juncture with I-10 in San
Antonio, then easterly along I-10 to the Texas-Louisiana border.
West Goose Zone: The remainder of the State.
Wyoming (Central Flyway Portion)
Dark Geese
Zone G1: Big Horn, Converse, Hot Springs, Natrona, Park, and
Washakie Counties.
Zone G1A: Goshen and Platte Counties.
Zone G2: Campbell, Crook, Johnson, Niobrara, Sheridan, and Weston
Counties.
Zone G3: Albany and Laramie Counties; and that portion of Carbon
County east of the Continental Divide.
Zone G4: Fremont County excluding those portions south or west of
the Continental Divide.
Pacific Flyway
Arizona
Same zones as for ducks.
California
Northeastern Zone: That portion of California lying east and north
of a line beginning at the intersection of Interstate 5 with the
California-Oregon line; south along Interstate 5 to its junction with
Walters Lane south of the town of Yreka; west along Walters Lane to its
junction with Easy Street; south along Easy Street to the junction with
Old Highway 99; south along Old Highway 99 to the point of intersection
with Interstate 5 north of the town of Weed; south along Interstate 5
to its junction with Highway 89; east and south along Highway 89 to
main street Greenville; north and east to its junction with North
Valley Road; south to its junction of Diamond Mountain Road; north and
east to its junction with North Arm Road; south and west to the
junction of North Valley Road; south to the junction with Arlington
Road (A22); west to the junction of Highway 89; south and west to the
junction of Highway 70; east on Highway 70 to Highway 395; south and
east on Highway 395 to the point of intersection with the California-
Nevada State line; north along the California-Nevada State line to the
junction of the California-Nevada-Oregon State lines west along the
California-Oregon State line to the point of origin.
Klamath Basin Special Management Area: Beginning at the
intersection of Highway 161 and Highway 97; east on Highway 161 to Hill
Road; south on Hill Road to N Dike Road West Side; east on N Dike Road
West Side until the junction of the Lost River; north on N Dike Road
West Side until the Volcanic Legacy Scenic Byway; east on Volcanic
Legacy Scenic Byway until N Dike Road East Side; south on the N Dike
Road East Side; continue east on N Dike Road East Side to Highway 111;
south on Highway 111/Great Northern Road to Highway 120/Highway 124;
west on Highway 120/Highway 124 to Hill Road; south on Hill Road until
Lairds Camp Road; west on Lairds Camp Road until Willow Creek; west and
south on Willow Creek to Red Rock Road; west on Red Rock Road until
Meiss Lake Road/Old State Highway; north on Meiss Lake Road/Old State
Highway to Highway 97; north on Highway 97 to the point of origin.
Colorado River Zone: Those portions of San Bernardino, Riverside,
and Imperial Counties east of a line from the intersection of Highway
95 with the California-Nevada State line; south on Highway 95 through
the junction with Highway 40; south on Highway 95 to Vidal Junction;
south through the town of Rice to the San Bernardino-Riverside County
line on a road known as ``Aqueduct Road'' also known as Highway 62 in
San Bernardino County; southwest on Highway 62 to Desert Center Rice
Road; south on Desert Center Rice Road/Highway 177 to the town of
Desert Center; east 31 miles on Interstate 10 to its intersection with
Wiley Well Road; south on Wiley Well Road to Wiley Well; southeast on
Milpitas Wash Road to the Blythe, Brawley, Davis Lake intersections;
south on Blythe Ogilby Road also known as County Highway 34 to its
intersection with Ogilby Road; south on Ogilby Road to its intersection
with Interstate 8; east 7 miles on Interstate 8 to its intersection
with the Andrade-Algodones Road/Highway 186; south on Highway 186 to
its intersection with the U.S.-Mexico border at Los Algodones, Mexico.
Southern Zone: That portion of southern California (but excluding
the Colorado River zone) south and east of a line beginning at the
mouth of the Santa Maria River at the Pacific Ocean; east along the
Santa Maria River to where it crosses Highway 101-166 near the City of
Santa Maria; north on Highway 101-166; east on Highway 166 to the
junction with Highway 99; south on Highway 99 to the junction of
Interstate 5; south on Interstate 5 to the crest of the Tehachapi
Mountains at Tejon Pass; east and north along the crest of the
Tehachapi Mountains to where it intersects Highway 178 at Walker Pass;
east on Highway 178 to the junction of Highway 395 at the town of
Inyokern; south on Highway 395 to the junction of Highway 58; east on
Highway 58 to the junction of Interstate 15; east on Interstate 15 to
the junction with Highway 127; north on Highway 127 to the point of
intersection with the California-Nevada State line.
Imperial County Special Management Area: The area bounded by a line
beginning at Highway 86 and the Navy Test Base Road; south on Highway
86 to the town of Westmoreland; continue through the town of
Westmoreland to Route S26; east on Route S26 to Highway 115; north on
Highway 115 to Weist Road; north on Weist Road to Flowing Wells Road;
northeast on Flowing Wells Road to the Coachella Canal; northwest on
the Coachella Canal to Drop 18; a straight line from Drop 18 to Frink
Road; south on Frink Road to Highway 111; north on Highway 111 to
Niland Marina Road; southwest on Niland Marina Road to the old Imperial
County boat ramp and the water line of the Salton Sea; from the water
line of the Salton Sea, a straight line across the Salton Sea to the
Salinity Control Research Facility and the Navy Test Base Road;
southwest on the Navy Test Base Road to the point of beginning.
Balance of State Zone: The remainder of California not included in
the Northeastern, Colorado River, and Southern Zones.
North Coast Special Management Area: Del Norte and Humboldt
Counties.
Sacramento Valley Special Management Area: That area bounded by a
line beginning at Willows south on I-5 to Hahn Road; easterly on Hahn
Road and the Grimes-Arbuckle Road to Grimes; northerly on CA 45 to the
junction with CA 162; northerly on CA 45/162 to Glenn; and westerly on
CA 162 to the point of beginning in Willows.
Colorado (Pacific Flyway Portion)
Same zones as for ducks.
Idaho
Canada Geese and Brant
Zone 1: All lands and waters within the Fort Hall Indian
Reservation, including private in-holdings; Bannock County; Bingham
County, except that portion within the Blackfoot Reservoir drainage;
Caribou County within the Fort Hall Indian Reservation; and Power
County east of State Highway 37 and State Highway 39.
[[Page 15903]]
Zone 2: Bonneville, Butte, Clark, Fremont, Jefferson, Madison, and
Teton Counties.
Zone 3: Ada, Adams, Benewah, Blaine, Boise, Bonner, Boundary,
Camas, Canyon, Cassia, Clearwater, Custer, Elmore, Franklin, Gem,
Gooding, Idaho, Jerome, Kootenai, Latah, Lemhi, Lewis, Lincoln,
Minidoka, Nez Perce, Oneida, Owyhee, Payette, Shoshone, Twin Falls, and
Washington Counties; and Power County west of State Highway 37 and
State Highway 39.
Zone 4: Bear Lake County; Bingham County within the Blackfoot
Reservoir drainage; and Caribou County, except that portion within the
Fort Hall Indian Reservation.
Zone 5: Valley County.
White-fronted Geese
Zone 1: All lands and waters within the Fort Hall Indian
Reservation, including private in-holdings; Bannock County; Bingham
County except that portion within the Blackfoot Reservoir drainage;
Caribou County within the Fort Hall Indian Reservation; and Power
County east of State Highway 37 and State Highway 39.
Zone 2: Bear Lake, Bonneville, Butte, Clark, Fremont, Jefferson,
Madison, and Teton Counties; Bingham County within the Blackfoot
Reservoir drainage; and Caribou County except within the Fort Hall
Indian Reservation.
Zone 3: Adams, Benewah, Blaine, Bonner, Boundary, Camas,
Clearwater, Custer, Franklin, Idaho, Kootenai, Latah, Lemhi, Lewis, Nez
Perce, Oneida, and Shoshone Counties; and Power County west of State
Highway 37 and State Highway 39.
Zone 4: Ada, Boise, Canyon, Cassia, Elmore, Gem, Gooding, Jerome,
Lincoln, Minidoka, Owyhee, Payette, Twin Falls, and Washington
Counties.
Zone 5: Valley County.
Light Geese
Zone 1: All lands and waters within the Fort Hall Indian
Reservation, including private in-holdings; Bannock County; Bingham
County east of the west bank of the Snake River, west of the McTucker
boat ramp access road, and east of the American Falls Reservoir bluff,
except that portion within the Blackfoot Reservoir drainage; Caribou
County within the Fort Hall Indian Reservation; and Power County below
the American Falls Reservoir bluff, and within the Fort Hall Indian
Reservation.
Zone 2: Franklin and Oneida Counties; Bingham County west of the
west bank of the Snake River, east of the McTucker boat ramp access
road, and west of the American Falls Reservoir bluff; Power County,
except below the American Falls Reservoir bluff and those lands and
waters within the Fort Hall Indian Reservation.
Zone 3: Ada, Boise, Canyon, Cassia, Elmore, Gem, Gooding, Jerome,
Lincoln, Minidoka, Owyhee, Payette, Twin Falls, and Washington
Counties.
Zone 4: Adams, Benewah, Blaine, Bonner, Boundary, Camas,
Clearwater, Custer, Idaho, Kootenai, Latah, Lemhi, Lewis, Nez Perce,
and Shoshone Counties.
Zone 5: Bear Lake, Bonneville, Butte, Clark, Fremont, Jefferson,
Madison, and Teton Counties; Bingham County within the Blackfoot
Reservoir drainage; and Caribou County except within the Fort Hall
Indian Reservation.
Zone 6: Valley County.
Nevada
Same zones as for ducks.
New Mexico (Pacific Flyway Portion)
North Zone: The Pacific Flyway portion of New Mexico located north
of I-40.
South Zone: The Pacific Flyway portion of New Mexico located south
of I-40.
Oregon
Northwest Permit Zone: Benton, Clackamas, Clatsop, Columbia, Lane,
Lincoln, Linn, Marion, Multnomah, Polk, Tillamook, Washington, and
Yamhill Counties.
Lower Columbia/N. Willamette Valley Management Area: Those portions
of Clatsop, Columbia, Multnomah, and Washington Counties within the
Northwest Special Permit Zone.
Tillamook County Management Area: That portion of Tillamook County
beginning at the point where Old Woods Road crosses the south shores of
Horn Creek, north on Old Woods Road to Sand Lake Road at Woods, north
on Sand Lake Road to the intersection with McPhillips Drive, due west
(~200 yards) from the intersection to the Pacific coastline, south
along the Pacific coastline to a point due west of the western end of
Pacific Avenue in Pacific City, east from this point (~250 yards) to
Pacific Avenue, east on Pacific Avenue to Brooten Road, south and then
east on Brooten Road to Highway 101, north on Highway 101 to Resort
Drive, north on Resort Drive to a point due west of the south shores of
Horn Creek at its confluence with the Nestucca River, due east (~80
yards) across the Nestucca River to the south shores of Horn Creek,
east along the south shores of Horn Creek to the point of beginning.
Southwest Zone: Those portions of Douglas, Coos, and Curry Counties
east of Highway 101, and Josephine and Jackson Counties.
South Coast Zone: Those portions of Douglas, Coos, and Curry
Counties west of Highway 101.
Eastern Zone: Baker, Crook, Deschutes, Gilliam, Grant, Hood River,
Jefferson, Morrow, Sherman, Umatilla, Union, Wallowa, Wasco, and
Wheeler Counties.
Klamath County Zone: Klamath County.
Harney and Lake County Zone: Harney and Lake Counties.
Malheur County Zone: Malheur County.
Utah
East Box Elder County Zone: Boundary begins at the intersection of
the eastern boundary of Public Shooting Grounds Waterfowl Management
Area and SR-83 (Promontory Road); east along SR-83 to I-15; south on I-
15 to the Perry access road; southwest along this road to the Bear
River Bird Refuge boundary; west, north, and then east along the refuge
boundary until it intersects the Public Shooting Grounds Waterfowl
Management Area boundary; east and north along the Public Shooting
Grounds Waterfowl Management Area boundary to SR-83.
Wasatch Front Zone: Boundary begins at the Weber-Box Elder County
line at I-15; east along Weber County line to U.S.-89; south on U.S.-89
to I-84; east and south on I-84 to I-80; south on I-80 to U.S.-189;
south and west on U.S.-189 to the Utah County line; southeast and then
west along this line to the Tooele County line; north along the Tooele
County line to I-80; east on I-80 to Exit 99; north from Exit 99 along
a direct line to the southern tip of Promontory Point and Promontory
Road; east and north along this road to the causeway separating Bear
River Bay from Ogden Bay; east on this causeway to the southwest corner
of Great Salt Lake Mineral Corporations (GSLMC) west impoundment; north
and east along GSLMC's west impoundment to the northwest corner of the
impoundment; north from this point along a direct line to the southern
boundary of Bear River Migratory Bird Refuge; east along this southern
boundary to the Perry access road; northeast along this road to I-15;
south along I-15 to the Weber-Box Elder County line.
Southern Zone: Boundary includes Beaver, Carbon, Emery, Garfield,
Grand, Iron, Juab, Kane, Millard, Piute, San Juan, Sanpete, Sevier,
Washington, and Wayne Counties, and that part of Tooele County south of
I-80.
[[Page 15904]]
Northern Zone: The remainder of Utah not included in the East Box
Elder County, Wasatch Front, and Southern Zones.
Washington
Area 1: Skagit, Island, and Snohomish Counties.
Area 2 Inland (Southwest Permit Zone): Clark, Cowlitz, and
Wahkiakum Counties, and that portion of Grays Harbor County east of
Highway 101
Area 2 Coastal (Southwest Permit Zone): Pacific County and that
portion of Grays Harbor County west of Highway 101.
Area 3: All areas west of the Pacific Crest Trail and west of the
Big White Salmon River that are not included in Areas 1, 2A, and 2B.
Area 4: Adams, Benton, Chelan, Douglas, Franklin, Grant, Kittitas,
Lincoln, Okanogan, Spokane, and Walla Walla Counties.
Area 5: All areas east of the Pacific Crest Trail and east of the
Big White Salmon River that are not included in Area 4.
Brant
Pacific Flyway
California
Northern Zone: Del Norte, Humboldt, and Mendocino Counties.
Balance of State Zone: The remainder of the State not included in
the Northern Zone.
Washington
Puget Sound Zone: Clallam, Skagit, and Whatcom Counties.
Coastal Zone: Pacific County.
Swans
Central Flyway
South Dakota
Open Area: Aurora, Beadle, Brookings, Brown, Brule, Buffalo,
Campbell, Clark, Codington, Davison, Day, Deuel, Edmunds, Faulk, Grant,
Hamlin, Hand, Hanson, Hughes, Hyde, Jerauld, Kingsbury, Lake, Marshall,
McCook, McPherson, Miner, Minnehaha, Moody, Potter, Roberts, Sanborn,
Spink, Sully, and Walworth Counties.
Pacific Flyway
Idaho
Open Area: Benewah, Bonner, Boundary, and Kootenai Counties.
Montana (Pacific Flyway Portion)
Open Area: Cascade, Chouteau, Hill, Liberty, and Toole Counties and
those portions of Pondera and Teton Counties lying east of U.S. 287-89.
Nevada
Open Area: Churchill, Lyon, and Pershing Counties.
Utah
Open Area: Those portions of Box Elder, Weber, Davis, Salt Lake,
and Toole Counties lying west of I-15, north of I-80, and south of a
line beginning from the Forest Street exit to the Bear River National
Wildlife Refuge boundary; then north and west along the Bear River
National Wildlife Refuge boundary to the farthest west boundary of the
Refuge; then west along a line to Promontory Road; then north on
Promontory Road to the intersection of SR 83; then north on SR 83 to I-
84; then north and west on I-84 to State Hwy 30; then west on State Hwy
30 to the Nevada-Utah State line; then south on the Nevada-Utah State
line to I-80.
Doves
Alabama
South Zone: Baldwin, Barbour, Coffee, Covington, Dale, Escambia,
Geneva, Henry, Houston, and Mobile Counties.
North Zone: Remainder of the State.
Florida
Northwest Zone: The Counties of Bay, Calhoun, Escambia, Franklin,
Gadsden, Gulf, Holmes, Jackson, Liberty, Okaloosa, Santa Rosa, Walton,
Washington, Leon (except that portion north of U.S. 27 and east of
State Road 155), Jefferson (south of U.S. 27, west of State Road 59 and
north of U.S. 98), and Wakulla (except that portion south of U.S. 98
and east of the St. Marks River).
South Zone: The remainder of the State.
Louisiana
North Zone: That portion of the State north of a line extending
east from the Texas border along State Highway 12 to U.S. Highway 190,
east along U.S. 190 to Interstate Highway 12, east along Interstate
Highway 12 to Interstate Highway 10, then east along Interstate Highway
10 to the Mississippi border.
South Zone: The remainder of the State.
Mississippi
North Zone: That portion of the State north and west of a line
extending west from the Alabama State line along U.S. Highway 84 to its
junction with State Highway 35, then south along State Highway 35 to
the Louisiana State line.
South Zone: The remainder of Mississippi.
Texas
North Zone: That portion of the State north of a line beginning at
the International Bridge south of Fort Hancock; north along FM 1088 to
TX 20; west along TX 20 to TX 148; north along TX 148 to I-10 at Fort
Hancock; east along I-10 to I-20; northeast along I-20 to I-30 at Fort
Worth; northeast along I-30 to the Texas-Arkansas State line.
Central Zone: That portion of the State lying between the North and
South Zones.
South Zone: That portion of the State south and west of a line
beginning at the International Bridge south of Del Rio, proceeding east
on U.S. 90 to State Loop 1604 west of San Antonio; then south, east,
and north along Loop 1604 to I-10 east of San Antonio; then east on I-
10 to Orange, Texas.
Special White-winged Dove Area: Same as the South Zone.
Band-tailed Pigeons
California
North Zone: Alpine, Butte, Del Norte, Glenn, Humboldt, Lassen,
Mendocino, Modoc, Plumas, Shasta, Sierra, Siskiyou, Tehama, and Trinity
Counties.
South Zone: The remainder of the State not included in the North
Zone.
New Mexico
North Zone: North of a line following U.S. 60 from the Arizona
State line east to I-25 at Socorro and then south along I-25 from
Socorro to the Texas State line.
South Zone: The remainder of the State not included in the North
Zone.
Washington
Western Washington: The State of Washington excluding those
portions lying east of the Pacific Crest Trail and east of the Big
White Salmon River in Klickitat County.
Woodcock
New Jersey
North Zone: That portion of the State north of NJ 70.
South Zone: The remainder of the State.
Sandhill Cranes
Mississippi Flyway
Alabama
Open Area: That area north of Interstate 20 from the Georgia State
line to the interchange with Interstate 65, then east of Interstate 65
to the interchange with Interstate 22, then north of Interstate 22 to
the Mississippi State line.
[[Page 15905]]
Minnesota
Northwest Zone: That portion of the State encompassed by a line
extending east from the North Dakota border along U.S. Highway 2 to
State Trunk Highway (STH) 32, north along STH 32 to STH 92, east along
STH 92 to County State Aid Highway (CSAH) 2 in Polk County, north along
CSAH 2 to CSAH 27 in Pennington County, north along CSAH 27 to STH 1,
east along STH 1 to CSAH 28 in Pennington County, north along CSAH 28
to CSAH 54 in Marshall County, north along CSAH 54 to CSAH 9 in Roseau
County, north along CSAH 9 to STH 11, west along STH 11 to STH 310, and
north along STH 310 to the Manitoba border.
Tennessee
Southeast Crane Zone: That portion of the State south of Interstate
40 and east of State Highway 56.
Remainder of State: That portion of Tennessee outside of the
Southeast Crane Zone.
Central Flyway
Colorado
Open Area: The Central Flyway portion of the State except the San
Luis Valley (Alamosa, Conejos, Costilla, Hinsdale, Mineral, Rio Grande,
and Saguache Counties east of the Continental Divide) and North Park
(Jackson County).
Kansas
Central Zone: That portion of the State within an area bounded by a
line beginning where I-35 crosses the Kansas-Oklahoma border, then
north on I-35 to Wichita, then north on I-135 to Salina, then north on
U.S. 81 to the Nebraska border, then west along the Kansas/Nebraska
border to its intersection with Hwy 283, then south on Hwy 283 to the
intersection with Hwy 18/24, then east along Hwy 18 to Hwy 183, then
south on Hwy 183 to Route 1, then south on Route 1 to the Oklahoma
border, then east along the Kansas/Oklahoma border to where it crosses
I-35.
West Zone: That portion of the State west of the western boundary
of the Central Zone.
Montana
Regular Season Open Area: The Central Flyway portion of the State
except for that area south and west of Interstate 90, which is closed
to sandhill crane hunting.
Special Season Open Area: Carbon County.
New Mexico
Regular-Season Open Area: Chaves, Curry, De Baca, Eddy, Lea, Quay,
and Roosevelt Counties.
Special Season Open Areas
Middle Rio Grande Valley Area: The Central Flyway portion of New
Mexico in Socorro and Valencia Counties.
Estancia Valley Area: Those portions of Santa Fe, Torrance, and
Bernallilo Counties within an area bounded on the west by New Mexico
Highway 55 beginning at Mountainair north to NM 337, north to NM 14,
north to I-25; on the north by I-25 east to U.S. 285; on the east by
U.S. 285 south to U.S. 60; and on the south by U.S. 60 from U.S. 285
west to NM 55 in Mountainair.
Southwest Zone: Area bounded on the south by the New Mexico-Mexico
border; on the west by the New Mexico-Arizona border north to
Interstate 10; on the north by Interstate 10 east to U.S. 180, north to
NM 26, east to NM 27, north to NM 152, and east to Interstate 25; on
the east by Interstate 25 south to Interstate 10, west to the Luna
County line, and south to the New Mexico-Mexico border.
North Dakota
Area 1: That portion of the State west of U.S. 281.
Area 2: That portion of the State east of U.S. 281.
Oklahoma
Open Area: That portion of the State west of I-35.
South Dakota
Open Area: That portion of the State lying west of a line beginning
at the South Dakota-North Dakota border and State Highway 25, south on
State Highway 25 to its junction with State Highway 34, east on State
Highway 34 to its junction with U.S. Highway 81, then south on U.S.
Highway 81 to the South Dakota-Nebraska border.
Texas
Zone A: That portion of Texas lying west of a line beginning at the
international toll bridge at Laredo, then northeast along U.S. Highway
81 to its junction with Interstate Highway 35 in Laredo, then north
along Interstate Highway 35 to its junction with Interstate Highway 10
in San Antonio, then northwest along Interstate Highway 10 to its
junction with U.S. Highway 83 at Junction, then north along U.S.
Highway 83 to its junction with U.S. Highway 62, 16 miles north of
Childress, then east along U.S. Highway 62 to the Texas-Oklahoma State
line.
Zone B: That portion of Texas lying within boundaries beginning at
the junction of U.S. Highway 81 and the Texas-Oklahoma State line, then
southeast along U.S. Highway 81 to its junction with U.S. Highway 287
in Montague County, then southeast along U.S. Highway 287 to its
junction with Interstate Highway 35W in Fort Worth, then southwest
along Interstate Highway 35 to its junction with Interstate Highway 10
in San Antonio, then northwest along Interstate Highway 10 to its
junction with U.S. Highway 83 in the town of Junction, then north along
U.S. Highway 83 to its junction with U.S. Highway 62, 16 miles north of
Childress, then east along U.S. Highway 62 to the Texas-Oklahoma State
line, then south along the Texas-Oklahoma State line to the south bank
of the Red River, then eastward along the vegetation line on the south
bank of the Red River to U.S. Highway 81.
Zone C: The remainder of the State, except for the closed areas.
Closed areas:
A. That portion of the State lying east and north of a line
beginning at the junction of U.S. Highway 81 and the Texas-Oklahoma
State line, then southeast along U.S. Highway 81 to its junction with
U.S. Highway 287 in Montague County, then southeast along U.S. Highway
287 to its junction with I-35W in Fort Worth, then southwest along I-35
to its junction with U.S. Highway 290 East in Austin, then east along
U.S. Highway 290 to its junction with Interstate Loop 610 in Harris
County, then south and east along Interstate Loop 610 to its junction
with Interstate Highway 45 in Houston, then south on Interstate Highway
45 to State Highway 342, then to the shore of the Gulf of Mexico, and
then north and east along the shore of the Gulf of Mexico to the Texas-
Louisiana State line.
B. That portion of the State lying within the boundaries of a line
beginning at the Kleberg-Nueces County line and the shore of the Gulf
of Mexico, then west along the County line to Park Road 22 in Nueces
County, then north and west along Park Road 22 to its junction with
State Highway 358 in Corpus Christi, then west and north along State
Highway 358 to its junction with State Highway 286, then north along
State Highway 286 to its junction with Interstate Highway 37, then east
along Interstate Highway 37 to its junction with U.S. Highway 181, then
north and west along U.S. Highway 181 to its junction with U.S. Highway
77 in Sinton, then north and east along U.S. Highway 77 to its junction
with U.S. Highway 87 in Victoria, then south and east along U.S.
Highway 87 to its
[[Page 15906]]
junction with State Highway 35 at Port Lavaca, then north and east
along State Highway 35 to the south end of the Lavaca Bay Causeway,
then south and east along the shore of Lavaca Bay to its junction with
the Port Lavaca Ship Channel, then south and east along the Lavaca Bay
Ship Channel to the Gulf of Mexico, and then south and west along the
shore of the Gulf of Mexico to the Kleberg-Nueces County line.
Wyoming
Area 7: Campbell, Converse, Crook, Goshen, Laramie, Niobrara,
Platte, and Weston Counties.
Area 4: All lands within the Bureau of Reclamation's Riverton and
Boysen Unit boundaries; those lands within Boysen State Park south of
Cottonwood Creek, west of Boysen Reservoir, and south of U.S. Highway
20-26; and all non[hyphen]Indian owned fee title lands within the
exterior boundaries of the Wind River Reservation, excluding those
lands within Hot Springs County.
Area 6: Big Horn, Hot Springs, Park, and Washakie Counties.
Area 8: Johnson, Natrona, and Sheridan Counties.
Pacific Flyway
Arizona
Zone 1: Beginning at the junction of the New Mexico State line and
U.S. Hwy 80; south along the State line to the U.S.-Mexico border; west
along the border to the San Pedro River; north along the San Pedro
River to the junction with Arizona Hwy 77; northerly along Arizona Hwy
77 to the Gila River; northeast along the Gila River to the San Carlos
Indian Reservation boundary; south then east and north along the
reservation boundary to U.S. Hwy 70; southeast on U.S. Hwy 70 to U.S.
Hwy 191; south on U.S. Hwy 191 to the 352 exit on I-10; east on I-10 to
Bowie-Apache Pass Road; southerly on the Bowie-Apache Pass Road to
Arizona Hwy 186; southeasterly on Arizona Hwy 186 to Arizona Hwy 181;
south on Arizona Hwy 181 to the West Turkey Creek-Kuykendall cutoff
road; southerly on the Kuykendall cutoff road to Rucker Canyon Road;
easterly on Rucker Canyon Road to the Tex Canyon Road; southerly on Tex
Canyon Road to U.S. Hwy 80; northeast on U.S. Hwy 80 to the New Mexico
State line.
Zone 2: Beginning at I-10 and the New Mexico State line; north
along the State line to Arizona Hwy 78; southwest on Arizona Hwy 78 to
U.S. Hwy 191; northwest on U.S. Hwy 191 to Clifton; westerly on the
Lower Eagle Creek Road (Pump Station Road) to Eagle Creek; northerly
along Eagle Creek to the San Carlos Indian Reservation boundary;
southerly and west along the reservation boundary to U.S. Hwy 70;
southeast on U.S. Hwy 70 to U.S. Hwy 191; south on U.S. Hwy 191 to I-
10; easterly on I-10 to the New Mexico State line.
Zone 3: Beginning on I-10 at the New Mexico State line; westerly on
I-10 to the Bowie-Apache Pass Road; southerly on the Bowie-Apache Pass
Road to AZ Hwy 186; southeast on AZ Hwy 186 to AZ Hwy 181; south on AZ
Hwy 181 to the West Turkey Creek-Kuykendall cutoff road; southerly on
the Kuykendall cutoff road to Rucker Canyon Road; easterly on the
Rucker Canyon Road to Tex Canyon Road; southerly on Tex Canyon Road to
U.S. Hwy 80; northeast on U.S. Hwy 80 to the New Mexico State line;
north along the State line to I-10.
Idaho
Area 1: All of Bear Lake County and all of Caribou County except
that portion lying within the Grays Lake Basin.
Area 2: All of Teton County except that portion lying west of State
Highway 33 and south of Packsaddle Road (West 400 North) and north of
the North Cedron Road (West 600 South) and east of the west bank of the
Teton River.
Area 3: All of Fremont County except the Chester Wetlands Wildlife
Management Area.
Area 4: All of Jefferson County.
Area 5: All of Bannock County east of Interstate 15 and south of
U.S. Highway 30; and all of Franklin County.
Area 6: That portion of Oneida County within the boundary beginning
at the intersection of the Idaho-Utah border and Old Highway 191, then
north on Old Highway 191 to 1500 S, then west on 1500 S to Highway 38,
then west on Highway 38 to 5400 W, then south on 5400 W to
Pocatello Valley Road, then west and south on Pocatello Valley Road
to 10000 W, then south on 10000 W to the Idaho-Utah border, then east
along the Idaho-Utah border to the beginning point.
Montana
Zone 1: Those portions of Deer Lodge County lying within the
following described boundary: beginning at the intersection of I-90 and
Highway 273, then westerly along Highway 273 to the junction of Highway
1, then southeast along said highway to Highway 275 at Opportunity,
then east along said highway to East Side County road, then north along
said road to Perkins Lane, then west on said lane to I-90, then north
on said interstate to the junction of Highway 273, the point of
beginning. Except for sections 13 and 24, T5N, R10W; and Warm Springs
Pond number 3.
Zone 2: That portion of the Pacific Flyway, located in Powell
County lying within the following described boundary: beginning at the
junction of State Routes 141 and 200, then west along Route 200 to its
intersection with the Blackfoot River at Russell Gates Fishing Access
Site (Powell-Missoula County line), then southeast along said river to
its intersection with the Ovando-Helmville Road (County Road 104) at
Cedar Meadows Fishing Access Site, then south and east along said road
to its junction with State Route 141, then north along said route to
its junction with State Route 200, the point of beginning.
Zone 3: Beaverhead, Gallatin, Jefferson, and Madison Counties.
Zone 4: Broadwater County.
Utah
Cache County: Cache County.
East Box Elder County: That portion of Box Elder County beginning
on the Utah-Idaho State line at the Box Elder-Cache County line; west
on the State line to the Pocatello Valley County Road; south on the
Pocatello Valley County Road to I-15; southeast on I-15 to SR-83; south
on SR-83 to Lamp Junction; west and south on the Promontory Point
County Road to the tip of Promontory Point; south from Promontory Point
to the Box Elder-Weber County line; east on the Box Elder-Weber County
line to the Box Elder-Cache County line; north on the Box Elder-Cache
County line to the Utah-Idaho State line.
Rich County: Rich County.
Uintah County: Uintah County.
Wyoming
Area 1: All of the Bear River and Ham's Fork River drainages in
Lincoln County.
Area 2: All of the Salt River drainage in Lincoln County south of
the McCoy Creek Road.
Area 3: All lands within the Bureau of Reclamation's Eden Project
in Sweetwater County.
Area 5: Uinta County.
All Migratory Game Birds in Alaska
North Zone: State Game Management Units 11-13 and 17-26.
Gulf Coast Zone: State Game Management Units 5-7, 9, 14-16, and 10
(Unimak Island only).
Southeast Zone: State Game Management Units 1-4.
Pribilof and Aleutian Islands Zone: State Game Management Unit 10
(except Unimak Island).
[[Page 15907]]
Kodiak Zone: State Game Management Unit 8.
All Migratory Game Birds in the Virgin Islands
Ruth Cay Closure Area: The island of Ruth Cay, just south of St.
Croix.
All Migratory Game Birds in Puerto Rico
Municipality of Culebra Closure Area: All of the municipality of
Culebra.
Desecheo Island Closure Area: All of Desecheo Island.
Mona Island Closure Area: All of Mona Island.
El Verde Closure Area: Those areas of the municipalities of Rio
Grande and Loiza delineated as follows: (1) All lands between Routes
956 on the west and 186 on the east, from Route 3 on the north to the
juncture of Routes 956 and 186 (Km 13.2) in the south; (2) all lands
between Routes 186 and 966 from the juncture of 186 and 966 on the
north, to the Caribbean National Forest Boundary on the south; (3) all
lands lying west of Route 186 for 1 kilometer from the juncture of
Routes 186 and 956 south to Km 6 on Route 186; (4) all lands within Km
14 and Km 6 on the west and the Caribbean National Forest Boundary on
the east; and (5) all lands within the Caribbean National Forest
Boundary whether private or public.
Cidra Municipality and adjacent areas: All of Cidra Municipality
and portions of Aguas Buenas, Caguas, Cayey, and Comerio Municipalities
as encompassed within the following boundary: beginning on Highway 172
as it leaves the municipality of Cidra on the west edge, north to
Highway 156, east on Highway 156 to Highway 1, south on Highway 1 to
Highway 765, south on Highway 765 to Highway 763, south on Highway 763
to the Rio Guavate, west along Rio Guavate to Highway 1, southwest on
Highway 1 to Highway 14, west on Highway 14 to Highway 729, north on
Highway 729 to Cidra Municipality boundary to the point of the
beginning.
[FR Doc. 2020-04918 Filed 3-18-20; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4333-15-P